This is a modern-English version of The Letters of Amerigo Vespucci, and Other Documents Illustrative of His Career, originally written by Columbus, Christopher, Casas, Bartolomé de las, Vespucci, Amerigo.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
WORKS ISSUED BY
The Hakluyt Society.
WORKS PUBLISHED BY
The Hakluyt Society.
THE LETTERS
OF
AMERIGO VESPUCCI.
THE LETTERS
OF
AMERIGO VESPUCCI.
FIRST SERIES. NO. XC-MDCCCXCIV
FIRST SERIES. NO. 90-1894
THE LETTERS
OF
AMERIGO VESPUCCI
AND
OTHER DOCUMENTS ILLUSTRATIVE OF
HIS CAREER.
Translated, with Notes and an Introduction,
BY
CLEMENTS R. MARKHAM, C.B., F.R.S.,
PRESIDENT OF THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.
Translated, with Notes and an Introduction,
BY
Clements R. Markham, C.B., F.R.S.,
PRESIDENT OF THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.
BURT FRANKLIN, PUBLISHER
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
BURT FRANKLIN, PUBLISHER
NEW YORK, NY
Published by
BURT FRANKLIN
514 West 113th Street
New York 25, N. Y.
Published by
BURT FRANKLIN
514 West 113th Street
New York 25, N. Y.
ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY
REPRINTED BY PERMISSION
ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY
REPRINTED BY PERMISSION
PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.
PRINTED IN THE USA
COUNCIL OF THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.
HAKLUYT SOCIETY COUNCIL.
Clements R. Markham, Esq., C.B., F.R.S., Pres. R.G.S., President.
Major-General Sir Henry Rawlinson, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,
Associé Étranger de L'Institut de France, Vice-President.
The Right Hon. Lord Aberdare, G.C.B., F.R.S., Vice-President.
Vice-Admiral Lindesay Brine.
Robert Brown, Esq., M.A., Ph.D.
Miller Christy, Esq.
The Hon. George N. Curzon, M.P.
The Right Hon. Sir Mountstuart E. Grant-Duff, G.C.S.I., late Pres.
R.G.S.
F. Ducane Godman, Esq., F.R.S.
Albert Gray, Esq.
C. P. Lucas, Esq.
A. P. Maudslay, Esq.
E. Delmar Morgan, Esq.
Captain Nathan, R.E.
Admiral Sir E. Ommanney, C.B., F.R.S.
E. A. Petherick, Esq.
S. W. Silver, Esq.
Coutts Trotter, Esq.
Prof. E. B. Tylor, D.C.L.
Captain W. J. L. Wharton, R.N.
William Foster, Esq., Honorary Secretary.
Clements R. Markham, Esq., C.B., F.R.S., President of the Royal Geographical Society., President.
Major-General Sir Henry Rawlinson, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., Foreign Associate of the Institute of France, Vice President.
The Right Honorable Lord Aberdare, G.C.B., F.R.S., Vice President.
Vice Admiral Lindesay Brine.
Robert Brown, Esq., M.A., Ph.D.
Christy Miller, Attorney
The Honorable George N. Curzon, Member of Parliament.
The Right Honorable Sir Mountstuart E. Grant-Duff, G.C.S.I., former President of the Royal Geographical Society.
F. Ducane Godman, Esq., F.R.S.
Albert Gray, Esq.
C.P. Lucas, Esq.
A. P. Maudslay, Esq.
E. Delmar Morgan, Attorney
Captain Nathan, Royal Engineers
Admiral Sir E. Ommanney, C.B., F.R.S.
E.A. Petherick, Esq.
S.W. Silver, Esq.
Mr. Coutts Trotter
Prof. E. B. Tylor, D.C.L.
Captain W. J. L. Wharton, Royal Navy.
William Foster, Esq., Secretary.
CONTENTS.
PAGE | |
Intro | i |
Letter from Amerigo Vespucci to a “Magnificent Lord”: | |
First Voyage | 1 |
Second Voyage | 21 |
Third Voyage | 34 |
Fourth Voyage | 52 |
Letter from Amerigo Vespucci to Lorenzo Pietro F. di Medici | 42 |
Evidence of Alonso de Hojeda regarding his 1499 Voyage | 30 |
Account of Hojeda's Voyage, 1499-1500, by Navarrete | 31 |
Letter from Admiral Christopher Columbus to his Son | 57 |
Letter from Vianelo to the Venetian Senate | 58 |
Letter of Naturalization for Vespucci | 61 |
Appointment of Amerigo Vespucci as Head Pilot | 63 |
Chapters from Las Casas that talk about the Statements of Vespucci: | |
Chapter CXL | 68 |
" CLXIV | 76 |
" CLXV | 85 |
" CLXVI | 86 |
" CLXVII | 89 |
" CLXVIII | 96 |
" CLXIX | 101 |
Evidence regarding the Voyage of Pinzon and Solis | 109 |
Las Casas (II, cap. xxxix) on the Voyage of Pinzon and Solis | 111 |
Index | 115 |
INTRODUCTION.
The account of the alleged voyage of Amerigo Vespucci in 1497-98 was written for that worthy's own countrymen, and for foreigners who lived at a distance from the Peninsula. When, after some years, the story reached Spain in print, men were still alive who would have known whether any such voyage had ever been made. Among them was the able and impartial historian Las Casas, who considered that the story was false, and disproved it from internal evidence. The authority of Las Casas is alone conclusive. Modern investigators, such as Robertson, Muñoz, Navarrete, Humboldt, Washington Irving, and D'Avezac examined the question, and they all came to the same conclusion as Las Casas.
The story of the supposed voyage of Amerigo Vespucci in 1497-98 was written for his fellow countrymen and for foreigners far from the Peninsula. When the tale was published in Spain years later, there were still people around who would have known if such a voyage ever happened. One of them was the skilled and unbiased historian Las Casas, who believed the story was false and proved it wrong based on internal evidence. Las Casas's authority is definitive. Modern researchers like Robertson, Muñoz, Navarrete, Humboldt, Washington Irving, and D'Avezac investigated the matter and all reached the same conclusion as Las Casas.
The matter appeared to be finally settled until 1865. In that year M. F. de Varnhagen, Baron of [ii] Porto Seguro in Brazil, published a book at Lima, 1 where he was accredited as Brazilian Minister, with the object of rehabilitating the Florentine's character for honesty, by arguing that the story of the alleged voyage in 1497-98 was worthy of credit. This makes it desirable that the whole question should once more be discussed. Varnhagen at least deserves the thanks of all students of the history of American discovery for having published, in an accessible form, both the Latin and the Italian texts of the letters of Vespucci.
The issue seemed resolved until 1865. That year, M. F. de Varnhagen, Baron of Porto Seguro in Brazil, published a book in Lima, where he served as the Brazilian Minister, aimed at restoring the Florentine's reputation for honesty by claiming that the story of the supposed voyage in 1497-98 was credible. This calls for a renewed discussion on the topic. Varnhagen deserves appreciation from all those studying the history of American discovery for making both the Latin and Italian texts of Vespucci's letters accessible.
It has been decided by the Council of the Hakluyt Society to supply a volume to the members containing translations of the letters of Vespucci, of the chapters in which they are discussed in the history of Las Casas, and other original documents relating to the subject. Readers will thus be enabled to form independent judgments on this vexed question; while the Introduction will furnish them with the events of the life of Vespucci, and with a review of the arguments in support of Varnhagen's theory, as well as of those which militate against it.
The Council of the Hakluyt Society has decided to provide a volume for members that includes translations of Vespucci's letters, the chapters that discuss them in Las Casas's history, and other original documents related to the topic. This will allow readers to make their own judgments on this complex issue; the Introduction will cover the events of Vespucci's life and review the arguments for Varnhagen's theory, as well as those against it.
There are three spurious letters attributed to Vespucci, but they are now so universally held to be forgeries, that they need not occupy our time. 4
There are three fake letters falsely assigned to Vespucci, but they are now widely regarded as forgeries, so we don’t need to spend time on them. 4
We learn from Bandini that Amerigo was the third son of a notary at Florence, named Ser Nastagio (Anastasio) Vespucci, by Lisabetta Mini, and that he was born on March 9th, 1451. 5 He was thus four years younger than Columbus. Amerigo studied under his uncle, Fra Giorgio Antonio Vespucci, a Dominican monk of St. Marco, at Florence, who taught him Latin. A letter from Amerigo to his father, in Latin, has been preserved, dated on October 18th, 1476, at Mugello, near Trebbio, whither he had been sent in consequence [iv] of an epidemic then raging at Florence. In the same year the elder brother, Antonio, was sent to the University of Pisa. He was a scholar and an author. His eldest son, Bartolomeo, rose to be Professor of Astrology at Pisa, and left a son. His second son, Giovanni, eventually joined his uncle Amerigo in Spain, and became a pilot. The other brother, Geronimo, went as a merchant to Syria, where he lost all he had made after nine years of labour. This is stated in a letter to Amerigo, dated July 24th, 1489, which was brought to Italy by a priest named Carnesecchi, who was returning.
We learn from Bandini that Amerigo was the third son of a notary in Florence named Ser Nastagio (Anastasio) Vespucci, and Lisabetta Mini, and he was born on March 9th, 1451. He was thus four years younger than Columbus. Amerigo studied under his uncle, Fra Giorgio Antonio Vespucci, a Dominican monk of St. Marco in Florence, who taught him Latin. A letter from Amerigo to his father, written in Latin, has been preserved, dated October 18th, 1476, in Mugello, near Trebbio, where he had been sent due to an epidemic that was spreading in Florence. In the same year, his older brother, Antonio, was sent to the University of Pisa. He was a scholar and an author. His eldest son, Bartolomeo, became a Professor of Astrology at Pisa and had a son. His second son, Giovanni, eventually joined his uncle Amerigo in Spain and became a pilot. The other brother, Geronimo, went as a merchant to Syria, where he lost everything he had earned after nine years of hard work. This is mentioned in a letter to Amerigo, dated July 24th, 1489, which was brought back to Italy by a priest named Carnesecchi who was returning home.
Amerigo Vespucci embraced a mercantile life at Florence, 6 and was eventually taken into the great commercial house of the Medici, the head of which was Lorenzo Piero Francesco di Medici, who succeeded his father, Lorenzo the Magnificent, in 1492. The house had transactions in Spain, and required experienced agents at Cadiz. Amerigo, who was then over forty years of age, and Donato Niccolini were selected for this duty, and took up their residence at Cadiz and Seville in 1492. In December 1495, an Italian merchant, named Juanoto Berardi, died at Seville, and Vespucci was employed to wind up his affairs. This Berardi had contracted, on April 9th, 1495, to supply the Government with twelve vessels of 900 tons each for the Indies. 7 He handed over the first four in the same [v] April, four more in June, and the rest in September, but unluckily the four last were wrecked before delivery. 8 On the 10th of April 1495, the Spanish Government broke faith with Columbus, and contrary to the concession made to him, free navigation was allowed to the Indies, on condition that the ships sailed from Cadiz, and were registered as submitting to certain engagements as regards the State. Gomara, an unreliable authority, alleges that many vessels took advantage of this concession. It is likely enough that some were sent on commercial ventures, but it is grossly improbable that any discoveries of importance were made and left entirely unrecorded. The Admiral remonstrated against the infraction of his rights, and the order of April 10th, 1495, was cancelled on June 2nd, 1497.
Amerigo Vespucci took up a commercial life in Florence, 6 and was eventually brought into the prominent Medici family business, led by Lorenzo Piero Francesco di Medici, who took over from his father, Lorenzo the Magnificent, in 1492. The company had dealings in Spain and needed experienced agents in Cadiz. Amerigo, who was then over forty, and Donato Niccolini were chosen for this role and moved to Cadiz and Seville in 1492. In December 1495, an Italian merchant named Juanoto Berardi passed away in Seville, and Vespucci was hired to settle his affairs. Berardi had made a contract on April 9th, 1495, to supply the government with twelve ships of 900 tons each for the Indies. 7 He delivered the first four in April, four more in June, and the rest in September, but unfortunately, the last four were wrecked before they could be delivered. 8 On April 10th, 1495, the Spanish government went back on their agreement with Columbus, allowing free navigation to the Indies as long as the ships sailed from Cadiz and were registered to follow certain state requirements. Gomara, a questionable source, claims that many ships took advantage of this new rule. It’s likely that some were sent on trade missions, but it’s highly unlikely that any significant discoveries were made and left completely unrecorded. The Admiral protested against the violation of his rights, and the order from April 10th, 1495, was revoked on June 2nd, 1497.
During this period Vespucci was engaged at Cadiz as a provision contractor. A record is preserved of his having received 10,000 maravedis from Treasurer Pinelo on January 12th, 1496, for payment of sailors' wages; and we learn from Muñoz that other entries 9 prove that Vespucci continued [vi] his business of provision merchant at least until May 1498. He contracted for one, if not for two, of the expeditions of Columbus. A very civil and plausible man was this beef contractor, and the Admiral spoke of him, seven years afterwards, as being very respectable (hombre muy de bien).
During this time, Vespucci was working in Cadiz as a supplier of provisions. Records show that he received 10,000 maravedis from Treasurer Pinelo on January 12, 1496, to pay the sailors' wages; and we learn from Muñoz that other entries 9 demonstrate that Vespucci kept up his business as a provision merchant at least until May 1498. He contracted for one, if not two, of Columbus's expeditions. This beef supplier was a very polite and agreeable man, and the Admiral referred to him, seven years later, as being quite respectable (hombre muy de bien).
In 1499, the very respectable contractor, who was approaching the age of fifty, determined to retire from business and go to sea. His own reasons for this complete change in his old age were that he had already seen and known various changes of fortune in business; that a man might at one time be at the top of the well and at another be fallen and subject to losses; and that it had become evident to him that a merchant's life was one of continual labour, with the chance of failure and ruin. It was rather late in life to make these discoveries, and it may fairly be suspected that there was some more concrete reason for his change of life which he concealed under these generalities.
In 1499, a respected contractor who was nearing fifty decided to retire from business and set sail. His reasons for this significant shift in his later years were that he had already experienced various ups and downs in his career; a person could be successful one moment and then face setbacks and losses the next. He realized that a merchant's life involved constant hard work with the risk of failure and disaster. It was somewhat late in life to come to these conclusions, and one might reasonably suspect there was a more specific reason for his lifestyle change that he kept hidden behind these general statements.
The expedition in which Vespucci sailed was organised and fitted out by Alonzo de Hojeda in 1499. Columbus, having discovered the island of Trinidad and the mainland of South America on the 31st of July 1498, arrived at San Domingo in the end of August. In October he sent five ships to Spain with the news of the discovery, a chart of the [vii] new coast-line and islands, and a report containing mention of the existence of pearls. These precious documents fell into the hands of Bishop Fonseca, who showed them to Hojeda, a man whom he favoured. The Bishop suggested that his protégé should equip an expedition to reap all the advantages to be derived from the discoveries of the Admiral, and granted him a licence. Hojeda was nothing loth, but he was in want of funds, and only succeeded in fitting out four vessels by promising shares of the expected profits to persons in Seville and Cadiz who would advance money. Vespucci seems to have been one of these promoters of Hojeda's voyage. Las Casas supposes that he was taken on board as a merchant who had contributed to the expenses, and also possibly on account of his theoretical knowledge of cosmography, of which he doubtless made the most.
The expedition that Vespucci joined was organized and equipped by Alonzo de Hojeda in 1499. Columbus, who had discovered the island of Trinidad and the South American mainland on July 31, 1498, reached San Domingo at the end of August. In October, he sent five ships back to Spain with news of the discovery, a map of the new coastline and islands, and a report mentioning the existence of pearls. These important documents ended up with Bishop Fonseca, who showed them to Hojeda, a man he supported. The Bishop suggested that his protégé should set up an expedition to take full advantage of the Admiral's discoveries and granted him a license. Hojeda was eager to proceed, but he needed funds, and he managed to outfit four ships by promising shares of the expected profits to investors in Seville and Cadiz who would provide the money. Vespucci appears to have been one of these supporters of Hojeda's voyage. Las Casas believes he was brought on board as a merchant who contributed to the expenses and possibly also due to his theoretical knowledge of cosmography, which he likely made good use of.
As there is no doubt that Vespucci wrote the famous letters from Lisbon, we may gather some idea of the man from their contents. He was fond of airing his classical knowledge, though it was a mere smattering; for he thought that Pliny was the contemporary of Mecænas, 10 and that the sculptor Policletus was a painter. 11 On the other hand he quotes Petrarch, and gives a correct reference to a passage in Dante's Inferno. 12 He was inaccurate in [viii] his narratives and regardless of the truth, as was ably shown by Las Casas, 13 while he habitually assumed the credit of work which belonged to his superiors; and pretended to knowledge and influence which he could never have possessed. 14 Though externally civil and obliging, he harboured jealousy and hatred in his heart, 15 and was disloyal towards the men under whom he served. 16 Of his natural ability there can be no doubt. He wrote well, and some of his stories are capitally told. 17 He must have been a plausible talker, so that, by such men as Fonseca and Peter Martyr, the theoretical pretender was taken at the value he put upon himself, and was believed to be a great pilot and navigator. 18
Since there's no doubt that Vespucci wrote the famous letters from Lisbon, we can get some insight into the man from what he wrote. He liked to show off his classical knowledge, even though it was just superficial; he thought that Pliny lived at the same time as Mecænas, and believed that the sculptor Policletus was a painter. On the other hand, he quotes Petrarch and accurately references a passage in Dante's Inferno. He was often inaccurate in his stories and indifferent to the truth, as Las Casas pointed out, while he frequently took credit for work that actually belonged to his superiors; he pretended to have knowledge and influence that he could never have had. Although he seemed polite and accommodating on the outside, he concealed jealousy and hatred inside and was disloyal to the men he served under. There’s no doubt about his natural ability. He wrote well, and some of his stories are really well told. He must have been a convincing speaker, so much so that men like Fonseca and Peter Martyr believed his self-promotion and thought he was a great pilot and navigator.
He was certainly not a practical navigator, much less a pilot, as the term was understood in those days. Hojeda, in his evidence, said that he took with him "Juan de la Cosa, and Morigo Vespuche, and other pilots". In this sentence the "other pilots" must be intended to be coupled with Juan de la Cosa, not [ix] with "Morigo Vespuche". A man of fifty years of age could not go to sea for the first time and be a pilot. The thing would be absurd now, but it would be much more absurd in the fifteenth century. With the perfectly graduated and adjusted instruments, the facilities for calculations, and the appliances of all kinds with which the modern navigator is supplied, the business of the sea may be learnt more quickly than in former days. Yet no one would now dream of calling a middle-aged man an expert navigator because he had read a book on astronomy and made one or two voyages. In the fifteenth century the instruments were of the roughest kind, and much more depended on the skill and intuitive instincts of the seaman himself, qualifications which could only be acquired by a long training and many years of experience. Vespucci has the assurance to talk of his astrolabe and quadrant and sea chart, and to write disparagingly of the trained pilots of whom he was jealous. 19 But his own writings make it clear to any seaman that the Florentine contractor was merely a landlubber with a smattering of Sacrobosco or some other work De Sphæra, which enabled him to impose upon his brother landsmen by talking of climates, of steering by winds, and of measuring diameters of fixed stars. Hojeda certainly did not ship a pilot when he took Amerigo Vespucci on board, but a very clever and very plausible landsman with a keen eye to his own interests.
He was definitely not a practical navigator, let alone a pilot, as people understood the term back then. Hojeda, in his testimony, stated that he brought along "Juan de la Cosa, and Morigo Vespuche, and other pilots." In this statement, the "other pilots" is meant to be associated with Juan de la Cosa, not with "Morigo Vespuche." A fifty-year-old man couldn't go to sea for the first time and be considered a pilot. That would be ridiculous now, but even more so in the fifteenth century. With the highly calibrated tools, calculation methods, and various resources available to the modern navigator, learning the ropes of the sea is much quicker than it used to be. Yet no one today would think of calling a middle-aged man an expert navigator just because he read a book on astronomy and went on a couple of voyages. In the fifteenth century, the equipment was very basic, and much more relied on the skill and instinct of the sailor, which could only be gained through years of training and experience. Vespucci has the nerve to talk about his astrolabe, quadrant, and sea chart while belittling the trained pilots, likely out of jealousy. However, his own writings reveal that the Florentine merchant was just a landlubber with a bit of knowledge from Sacrobosco or some other work De Sphæra, letting him fool his fellow landsmen with talk about climates, steering by winds, and measuring the diameters of fixed stars. Hojeda definitely didn't bring on board a pilot when he took Amerigo Vespucci; he brought a very clever and convincing land-dweller who was mainly looking out for his own interests.
Alonzo de Hojeda left Cadiz, with four vessels, on May 20th, 1499. Endeavouring to steer by the chart of Columbus, he made a landfall at some distance to the south of Paria, off the mouths of the Orinoco. Coasting along to the northward, he came to the Gulf of Paria, went out by the Boca del Drago, and visited the island of Margarita. He then proceeded along the coast of the continent, visited Curaçoa, which he called the "Isla de los Gigantes", and came to the Gulf of Maracaibo, where he found a village built on piles, which was named Venezuela, or Little Venice. His most western point was the province of Cuquibacoa and the Cabo de la Vela. His discovery consisted of 200 leagues of coast to the west of Paria. Along this coast Hojeda obtained gold and pearls. He had an encounter with the natives, in which one Spaniard was killed and about twenty wounded, the place being named "Puerto Flechado". He refitted in a harbour where the people were friendly, and which Amerigo considered to be the best harbour in the world. Las Casas believed this to have been Cariaco, near Cumana. On leaving the coast Hojeda proceeded to Española, where he behaved in the outrageous manner described by Las Casas, 20 remaining two months and seventeen days, from September 5th, 1499, to November 22nd, finally visiting some islands, probably the Bahamas, 21 and [xi] carrying off 200 natives as slaves. Hojeda returned to Cadiz in February 1500. In the same year Juan de la Cosa, the pilot of the expedition, compiled his famous map of the world, on which he delineated this new coast-line from Paria to Cabo de la Vela, the extreme point of continental land that was known up to that time. On this coast-line he placed twenty-two names, including the Boca del Drago, Margarita, the "Isla de los Gigantes", the Lake of Venezuela (or Little Venice), and the Cabo de la Vela. The map of Juan de la Cosa is important when we come to the consideration of the statements in the letters of Vespucci.
Alonzo de Hojeda left Cadiz with four ships on May 20, 1499. Trying to follow Columbus's chart, he landed not far south of Paria, near the mouths of the Orinoco. He sailed north along the coast, reached the Gulf of Paria, went out through the Boca del Drago, and visited the island of Margarita. He then continued along the continent's coast, visited Curaçao, which he named "Isla de los Gigantes," and arrived at the Gulf of Maracaibo, where he discovered a village built on stilts, which he called Venezuela, or Little Venice. His most western point was the province of Cuquibacoa and Cabo de la Vela. His exploration covered 200 leagues of coastline west of Paria. Along this stretch, Hojeda collected gold and pearls. He had a run-in with the indigenous people, resulting in one Spaniard's death and about twenty others injured; this location became known as "Puerto Flechado." He made repairs in a harbor where the locals were friendly, which Amerigo deemed the best harbor in the world. Las Casas believed this was Cariaco, near Cumana. After leaving the coast, Hojeda went to Española, where he acted in the shocking manner described by Las Casas, remaining for two months and seventeen days, from September 5, 1499, to November 22, and eventually visiting some islands, likely the Bahamas, and taking 200 natives as slaves. Hojeda returned to Cadiz in February 1500. That same year, Juan de la Cosa, the expedition's pilot, made his famous world map, marking this new coastline from Paria to Cabo de la Vela, the farthest known point of the continent at that time. He labeled twenty-two locations on this coastline, including Boca del Drago, Margarita, "Isla de los Gigantes," Lake of Venezuela (or Little Venice), and Cabo de la Vela. Juan de la Cosa's map is crucial when considering the claims in Vespucci's letters.
The Florentine, on his return from this voyage, took up his residence at Seville. Here, according to his own account, he received a message from the King of Portugal, asking him to come to Lisbon. The bearer of the message was a countryman of his own, named Giuliano di Bartolomeo di Giocondo, and Vespucci would have us believe that the King attached importance to his entering the Portuguese service. The Visconde de Santarem has searched the archives in the Torre do Tombo at Lisbon, and all the Portuguese documents in Paris, without once meeting with the name of Vespucci. This absence of all official allusion to him points to the conclusion that he never held any important position as pilot or commander. He asserts that he joined a Portuguese [xii] expedition of discovery along the coast of Brazil, which sailed on March 10th, 1501, and returned on September 7th, 1502. 22 In the following March or April (1503) he addressed a letter to the head of the mercantile house to which he had belonged, Lorenzo Piero Francesco di Medici, giving his account of the voyage. On May 10th, 1503, he sailed from Lisbon on another voyage, returning on June 28th, 1504.
The Florentine, after returning from this voyage, settled in Seville. Here, as he claims, he got a message from the King of Portugal asking him to come to Lisbon. The messenger was a fellow countryman, named Giuliano di Bartolomeo di Giocondo, and Vespucci wants us to believe that the King considered it important for him to join the Portuguese service. The Visconde de Santarem has searched the archives in the Torre do Tombo in Lisbon and all the Portuguese documents in Paris, and he has never found Vespucci's name. This complete lack of official mention suggests that he never held any significant role as a pilot or commander. He claims that he joined a Portuguese [xii] expedition of discovery along the coast of Brazil, which sailed on March 10th, 1501, and returned on September 7th, 1502. 22 In the following March or April (1503), he wrote a letter to the head of the trading company he had been a part of, Lorenzo Piero Francesco di Medici, detailing his account of the voyage. On May 10th, 1503, he left Lisbon for another voyage, returning on June 28th, 1504.
In the following September he finished writing the famous letter containing an account of his alleged four voyages. The original Italian version was sent to a magnificent Lord, who is supposed to have been Piero Soderini, Gonfaloniere of Florence in 1504; and a French translation was sent to Renè, Duke of Lorraine. Soon afterwards Vespucci left the Portuguese service and returned to Spain.
In the following September, he completed the well-known letter detailing his claimed four voyages. The original Italian version was sent to an esteemed Lord, believed to be Piero Soderini, Gonfaloniere of Florence in 1504, and a French translation was sent to Renè, Duke of Lorraine. Shortly after, Vespucci left the Portuguese service and went back to Spain.
In February 1505, the Admiral, Christopher Columbus, was laid up with an illness at Seville, while his brother and his son Diego were at court. Vespucci, having returned to Spain from Lisbon, [xiii] went to pay his respects to the great discoverer, and the Admiral entrusted him with a letter to his son. "The bearer of this letter", wrote Columbus, "is going to court on matters relating to navigation. He always showed a desire to please me, and he is a very respectable man. Fortune has been adverse to him, as to many others. His labours have not been so profitable to him as might have been expected. He leaves me with the desire to do me service, if it should be in his power." Vespucci had evidently been complaining to the Admiral that his Portuguese service had been a failure, and had brought him no profit. He went on to the court of Ferdinand, and soon obtained employment; receiving letters of naturalisation on the 24th of April 1505 23; but there is no record of his ever having been of any service to the Admiral. He was very plausible, and knew how to ingratiate himself with men in power. It was intended to send him on a voyage of discovery with Vicente Yañez Pinzon, and in 1506 and 1507 he was engaged in purchasing provisions for the voyage; but the idea of despatching this expedition was abandoned in 1508. 24
In February 1505, Admiral Christopher Columbus was unable to work due to an illness in Seville, while his brother and son Diego were at court. Vespucci, who had returned to Spain from Lisbon, [xiii] went to pay his respects to the famous explorer, and Columbus gave him a letter for his son. "The person carrying this letter," Columbus wrote, "is going to court for matters related to navigation. He has always shown a willingness to please me, and he is a very respectable man. Fortune has not favored him, as it has not favored many others. His efforts have not been as rewarding as one would expect. He leaves me wanting to serve me, if he can." Vespucci had clearly been expressing to the Admiral that his service in Portugal had not been successful and brought him no benefit. He continued on to the court of Ferdinand and quickly found work, receiving letters of naturalization on April 24, 1505 23; but there are no records of him ever being of help to the Admiral. He was quite convincing and knew how to win over people in power. There were plans to send him on a discovery voyage with Vicente Yañez Pinzon, and in 1506 and 1507, he was involved in buying supplies for the journey; however, the idea of sending this expedition was dropped in 1508. 24
It has been supposed, from a sentence in a letter from Hieronimo Vianelo, the Venetian Ambassador, dated at Burgos on December 23rd, 1506, that Vespucci accompanied Juan de la Cosa on a voyage of discovery to the Indies during that year. 25 "The [xiv] two ships have arrived from the Indies which went on a voyage of discovery under Juan Biscaino and Almerigo Fiorentino." But Vianelo must have been misinformed. There are documentary proofs that Vespucci was in Spain until August 1506. It is highly probable that the voluble Florentine retailed the story of Juan de la Cosa's voyage in such a way as to give Vianelo the impression that the narrator took part in it himself. The story of the voyage, as we find it in the letter of the Venetian Ambassador, is quite in Vespucci's manner.
It has been assumed, based on a sentence in a letter from Hieronimo Vianelo, the Venetian Ambassador, dated in Burgos on December 23rd, 1506, that Vespucci joined Juan de la Cosa on a voyage of discovery to the Indies that year. 25 "The [xiv] two ships have arrived from the Indies which went on a voyage of discovery under Juan Biscaino and Almerigo Fiorentino." However, Vianelo must have been misinformed. There is documentary evidence showing that Vespucci was in Spain until August 1506. It’s very likely that the talkative Florentine recounted the story of Juan de la Cosa's voyage in a way that made Vianelo think he participated in it himself. The account of the voyage, as we see it in the letter from the Venetian Ambassador, fits with Vespucci's style.
On the 6th of August 1508, Amerigo Vespucci received the appointment of Chief Pilot (Piloto Mayor) of Spain, with a salary of 75,000 maravedis a year. 26 The "Real Titulo", or commission, is a curious and very interesting document. He is ordered to prepare an authoritative chart, called a "Padron General", on which all discoveries are to be shown, and whence the charts for all ships are to be copied; and he is also to examine all pilots in the use of the astrolabe and quadrant, and to give instruction in his house at Seville. Vespucci was able to give theoretical instruction in cosmography; although a man who first went to sea when he was nearly fifty, and who had only made three voyages, could not be an experienced pilot. With such experts as Juan de la Cosa, Juan Diaz de Solis, Vicente Pinzon, and others, available, it was indeed a strange selection. But Ferdinand and Fonseca [xv] were notorious for their bad appointments. Columbus was sent home in chains, Blasco Nuñez de Balboa was beheaded; while high places, for which they were more or less unfit, were entrusted to Ovando, Bobadilla, Pedrarias, and Vespucci.
On August 6, 1508, Amerigo Vespucci was appointed Chief Pilot (Piloto Mayor) of Spain, with an annual salary of 75,000 maravedis. 26 The "Real Titulo," or commission, is a fascinating and very interesting document. He is instructed to prepare an official chart called a "Padron General," where all discoveries are to be marked, and from which charts for all ships are to be copied; he is also tasked with examining all pilots in the use of the astrolabe and quadrant, and to provide instruction at his home in Seville. Vespucci was able to offer theoretical instruction in cosmography; however, being a man who first went to sea at nearly fifty and had only made three voyages, he could not be considered an experienced pilot. With experts like Juan de la Cosa, Juan Diaz de Solis, Vicente Pinzon, and others available, this choice was indeed unusual. Yet, Ferdinand and Fonseca [xv] were known for their poor appointments. Columbus was sent home in chains, Blasco Nuñez de Balboa was beheaded; meanwhile, high-ranking positions, for which they were largely unqualified, were given to Ovando, Bobadilla, Pedrarias, and Vespucci.
Vespucci held the appointment of Chief Pilot until the 22nd of February 1512, when he died at Seville, aged 61. He had married a Spaniard named Maria Cerezo, but left no children. His widow received a pension of 10,000 maravedis, 27 to be paid out of the salary of her husband's successor, 28 Juan Diaz de Solis. Vespucci left his papers to his nephew Giovanni, son of his brother Antonio, who received the appointment of a royal pilot, with a salary of 20,000 maravedis, on May 22nd, 1512. 29 He went as chief pilot in the expedition of Pedrarias Davila in 1514; and is mentioned as a royal pilot in 1515 and 1516. In 1524 he was a member of the Badajoz Commission, but was dismissed in March 1525.
Vespucci served as Chief Pilot until February 22, 1512, when he passed away in Seville at the age of 61. He had married a Spanish woman named Maria Cerezo but had no children. His widow received a pension of 10,000 maravedis, to be paid from the salary of her husband’s successor, Juan Diaz de Solis. Vespucci bequeathed his papers to his nephew Giovanni, the son of his brother Antonio, who was appointed as a royal pilot with a salary of 20,000 maravedis on May 22, 1512. He served as chief pilot in Pedrarias Davila's expedition in 1514 and is noted as a royal pilot in 1515 and 1516. In 1524, he was part of the Badajoz Commission but was let go in March 1525.
This is all that is known of the life of Amerigo Vespucci, beyond what is contained in his own letters, which we will now proceed to consider in detail.
This is all that is known about the life of Amerigo Vespucci, besides what is found in his own letters, which we will now examine in detail.
Of the two letters of Vespucci that have been preserved, the earliest was written from Lisbon in March or April 1503, and was addressed to Lorenzo [xvi] Piero Francesco di Medici. The original Italian text is lost, but it was translated into Latin by "Jocundus Interpreter", who is supposed to have been the same Giuliano di Bartolomeo di Giocondo who brought the invitation to Vespucci to come to Portugal in 1501. 30 The letter describes the voyage of discovery sent from Lisbon in May 1501, in which Vespucci alleged that he took part. He alludes to a previous letter in which he had fully described "the new countries", and continues: "it is lawful to call it a new world, because none of these countries were known to our ancestors, and to all who hear about them they will be entirely new." He does not mention the name of the commander of the expedition, and assumes all the glory of the discovery for himself. "I have found a continent in that southern part more populous and more full of animals than our Europe or Asia or Africa." 31 Moreover, the safety of the ships, their navigation across the ocean, their escape from perils, were all due to this wonderful beef contractor, if we are to believe his own account. "If my companions had not trusted in me, to whom cosmography was known, no one, not the leader of our navigation, would have known where we were after running five hundred leagues." He goes on to tell us that his "knowledge of the marine chart, and the rules taught by it, were more worth than all the pilots in the world". 32 After relating some fictitious stories about the natives and [xvii] their cannibalism, and giving a glowing but vague account of the vegetation, he concludes with some absurd remarks about the stars of the southern hemisphere, which he has the assurance to tell us were measured by him to see which was the largest. The letter concludes with the statement that this was his third voyage, as he had made two by order of the King of Spain. This is the first intimation of a design to make two voyages out of the Hojeda expedition, one of which was to precede the Admiral's discovery of the mainland. He also announces his intention of collecting all the wonderful things he had seen into a cosmographical book, that his record may live with future generations, intending to complete it, with the aid of friends, at home. The letter shows the character of the man, and how little reliance can be placed on his statements.
Of the two letters from Vespucci that have survived, the earliest one was written from Lisbon in March or April 1503 and was addressed to Lorenzo Piero Francesco di Medici. The original Italian text is lost, but it was translated into Latin by "Jocundus Interpreter," who is thought to be the same Giuliano di Bartolomeo di Giocondo who delivered the invitation to Vespucci to come to Portugal in 1501. The letter talks about the discovery voyage sent from Lisbon in May 1501, in which Vespucci claimed he participated. He mentions a previous letter where he described "the new countries" in detail, adding, "it's fair to call it a new world, because none of these lands were known to our ancestors, and to everyone who hears about them, they will be completely new." He doesn't name the leader of the expedition and takes all the credit for the discovery himself. "I have found a continent in that southern area that is more populated and filled with animals than our Europe or Asia or Africa." Additionally, he claims that the safety of the ships, their navigation across the ocean, and their escape from dangers were all thanks to his remarkable skills, if we take his word for it. "If my companions hadn't trusted me, the one who knew about cosmography, no one, not even the leader of our navigation, would have known where we were after traveling five hundred leagues." He continues to assert that his "knowledge of the marine chart and the rules taught by it were more valuable than all the pilots in the world." After sharing some fabricated stories about the natives and their cannibalism, along with a glowing but vague description of the vegetation, he wraps up with some ridiculous comments about the stars of the southern hemisphere, claiming he measured them to see which was the largest. The letter ends by stating that this was his third voyage, having completed two at the request of the King of Spain. This is the first hint of a plan to make two voyages from the Hojeda expedition, one of which was to come before the Admiral's discovery of the mainland. He also expresses his desire to gather all the amazing things he has seen into a cosmographical book, so his record may live on for future generations, planning to finish it, with friends' help, back home. The letter reveals the man's character and how little trust can be put in his claims.
The letter to Medici was printed very soon after it was written. The first issue, entitled Mundus Novus, consisting of four 4to leaves, and the second, Epistola Albericij de Novo Mundo, are without place or date. A copy of the third, printed at Augsburg in 1504, and entitled Mundus Novus, is in the Grenville Library. Then followed two others, and the sixth issue was the early Paris edition of Jean Lambert, a copy of which is in the Bibliothèque Nationale. Another Paris edition, nearly as old, is in the Grenville Library. In 1505, an issue, entitled De Ora Antarctica, and edited by Ringmann, appeared at Strasbourg. The letter was also included [xviii] in the book of voyages, Paesi novamente retrovati, printed at Vicenza in 1507, where it was called Novo Mondo da Alb. Vesputio. It was thus widely circulated over Europe, and Vespucci obtained the credit of discoveries made by the unnamed Portuguese commander. The title, Novus Mundus, is taken from the opening boast of his letter, that it is lawful to call the discovery a new world because no one had ever seen it before. It was thus that Vespucci got his name connected, throughout Europe, with the discovery of a New World, and this prepared the way for the proposal to give it the name of America!
The letter to Medici was printed shortly after it was written. The first edition, titled Mundus Novus, included four 4to leaves, and the second one, Epistola Albericij de Novo Mundo, is without a place or date. A copy of the third edition, printed in Augsburg in 1504 and titled Mundus Novus, is in the Grenville Library. Following that, there were two more editions, and the sixth edition was the early Paris version by Jean Lambert, with a copy in the Bibliothèque Nationale. Another nearly as old Paris edition is located in the Grenville Library. In 1505, an edition titled De Ora Antarctica, edited by Ringmann, was published in Strasbourg. The letter was also included [xviii] in the book of voyages, Paesi novamente retrovati, printed in Vicenza in 1507, where it was called Novo Mondo da Alb. Vesputio. It spread widely across Europe, and Vespucci received credit for discoveries made by the unnamed Portuguese commander. The title Novus Mundus comes from the opening claim of his letter that it is acceptable to call the discovery a new world because no one had ever seen it before. This is how Vespucci's name became associated throughout Europe with the discovery of a New World, paving the way for the proposal to name it America!
The more important letter of Vespucci, containing the account of his alleged four voyages, was written in September 1504, a short time before he left Portugal. A copy, in French, was sent to René II, Duke of Lorraine, while the Italian original was addressed to a "Magnificent Lord", who is supposed, with much probability, to have been Piero Soderini, the Gonfaloniere of Florence from 1502 to 1512. Vespucci speaks of him as having been his schoolfellow, and as being, at the time the letter was written, in a high official position at Florence.
The more significant letter from Vespucci, detailing his claimed four voyages, was written in September 1504, shortly before he left Portugal. A copy in French was sent to René II, Duke of Lorraine, while the original Italian version was addressed to a "Magnificent Lord," who is likely Piero Soderini, the Gonfaloniere of Florence from 1502 to 1512. Vespucci refers to him as his former schoolmate and notes that at the time the letter was written, he held a high official position in Florence.
The French copy was translated into Latin, and published at St. Dié in April 1507, in the Cosmographiæ Introductio, a rare little book by the Professor of Cosmography at the University of St. Dié in Lorraine, named Martin Waldzeemüller, who used the nom de plume of Hylacomylus. The Italian version was also printed at an early date, a little [xix] volume in quarto of thirty-two pages, without place or year. It is excessively rare, only four copies being known to exist. One belonged to Baccio Valori, and from it Bandini published a new edition in 1745. It was afterwards the property of the Marchese Gino Capponi. The second belonged to Gaetano Poggiale of Leghorn, and is now in the Palatine Library at Florence. The third is in the Grenville Library. The fourth belonged to the Carthusian Monastery at Seville, and was bought by Varnhagen in 1863 at Havanna. 33
The French copy was translated into Latin and published in St. Dié in April 1507 in the Cosmographiæ Introductio, a rare little book by Martin Waldzeemüller, the Professor of Cosmography at the University of St. Dié in Lorraine, who used the pseudonym Hylacomylus. The Italian version was also printed early on, a small quarto volume of thirty-two pages, without a specified place or year. It is extremely rare, with only four known copies. One belonged to Baccio Valori, and from it, Bandini published a new edition in 1745. It later became the property of Marchese Gino Capponi. The second copy belonged to Gaetano Poggiale of Leghorn and is now in the Palatine Library in Florence. The third is in the Grenville Library. The fourth was owned by the Carthusian Monastery in Seville and was purchased by Varnhagen in 1863 in Havana.
The Medici letter, and both the Latin and Italian versions of the Soderini letter, are given by Varnhagen in his work on Vespucci.
The Medici letter, along with both the Latin and Italian versions of the Soderini letter, are included by Varnhagen in his book on Vespucci.
There are forty-four words or expressions of Spanish or Portuguese origin in the Italian version, 34 [xx] which Vespucci must have got into the habit of using during his long residence in Spain, even when writing in his own language. Twelve of these refer to things belonging to the sea or ships, 35 an indication that Vespucci was ignorant of maritime affairs before he went to sea with Hojeda in 1499. But the Hispanicisms also show that the letter to Soderini was written by an Italian who had lived for several years among Spaniards. Vespucci answers to this description. He had been ten years in Spain or Portugal, or in Spanish or Portuguese ships, when he composed the letter to Soderini.
There are forty-four words or expressions of Spanish or Portuguese origin in the Italian version, 34 [xx] which Vespucci must have gotten used to using during his long time living in Spain, even when writing in his own language. Twelve of these refer to things related to the sea or ships, 35 indicating that Vespucci was not knowledgeable about maritime matters before he went to sea with Hojeda in 1499. But the Hispanicisms also show that the letter to Soderini was written by an Italian who had lived among Spaniards for several years. Vespucci fits this description. He had spent ten years in Spain or Portugal, or on Spanish or Portuguese ships, when he wrote the letter to Soderini.
The feature in Vespucci's letters that has struck nearly all the students who have examined them, is their extraordinary vagueness. Not a single name of a commander is mentioned, and in the account of the two Spanish voyages there are not half-a-dozen names of places. The admirers of Vespucci explain this away by pointing out that he was corresponding with a friend, and only wrote what was likely to amuse him; and that he refers to a book he had written for fuller details. This might explain many omissions, but it is scarcely sufficient to account for the absolute silence respecting commanders and comrades, whom it would be as natural to mention [xxi] as dates or the number of ships, and quite as entertaining. This extraordinary silence can really be accounted for only by the assumption that no real names could be made to fit into the facts as he gave them. This is, no doubt, the true explanation.
The thing that stands out to almost everyone who has looked at Vespucci's letters is how incredibly vague they are. Not a single commander's name is mentioned, and in his accounts of the two Spanish voyages, there are barely a handful of place names. Vespucci's fans try to brush this off by saying he was just writing to a friend and only included what he thought would entertain him; they also mention that he references a book he wrote for more details. While that might explain some missing information, it doesn’t really justify the complete lack of mentions of commanders and colleagues, who would naturally be as important to mention as dates or the number of ships, and just as interesting. This remarkable silence can really only be explained by the idea that no real names would fit the facts as he presented them. This is, without a doubt, the real reason. [xxi]
The "book" is referred to in four places in the Soderini letter, and once in the Medici letter. In one place Vespucci says: "In these four voyages I have seen so many things different from our customs that I have written a book to be called The Four Voyages, in which I have related the greater part of the things that I saw, very clearly and to the best of my ability. I have not yet published it, because my own affairs are in such a bad state that I have no taste for what I have written, yet I am inclined to publish it. In this work will be seen every event in detail, so I do not enlarge upon them here." 36 A little further on he says: "In each of my voyages I have noted down the most remarkable things, and all is reduced to a volume, in the geographical style, entitled The Four Voyages, in which all things are described in detail; but I have not yet sent out a copy, because it is necessary for me to revise it." 37 According to these two statements the book had been actually written, but not yet revised or shown to anyone. He also speaks of his observations of fixed stars as being in his Four Voyages. 38 But towards the end of the letter he says that he refrains from recounting certain events, because he reserves [xxii] them for his Four Voyages; and in the Medici letter he speaks of "completing his work in consultation with learned persons and aided by friends, when he should return home." 39 From these passages the most probable conclusion is, that this book was never actually written, but that Vespucci intended to write such a work when he retired to Florence. He, however, never returned home. He went to Spain and obtained lucrative employment there, and the idea of writing a book was abandoned. He would not have dared to publish the story of his first voyage in a country where the truth was well known.
The "book" is mentioned four times in the Soderini letter and once in the Medici letter. At one point, Vespucci states, "In these four voyages, I've seen so many things different from our customs that I’ve written a book called The Four Voyages, where I’ve described most of what I saw as clearly as I could. I haven't published it yet because my personal situation is so bad that I’m not in the mood for what I've written, but I'm considering publishing it. This work contains detailed accounts of every event, so I won't go into them here." 36 A little later, he adds, "In each of my voyages, I've noted the most remarkable things, and it's all compiled into a volume in the geographical style titled The Four Voyages, which describes everything in detail; however, I haven't sent out a copy yet because I need to revise it." 37 From these two statements, it's clear the book was actually written, but not yet revised or shared with anyone. He also mentions that his observations of fixed stars are included in his Four Voyages. 38 Towards the end of the letter, he notes that he holds back from discussing certain events because he wants to reserve them for his Four Voyages; in the Medici letter, he talks about "completing his work with the help of knowledgeable people and friends when he returns home." 39 From these excerpts, it's reasonable to conclude that this book was never really written, but Vespucci planned to write such a work when he returned to Florence. However, he never went back. Instead, he went to Spain and got a well-paying job there, so the idea of writing a book was dropped. He wouldn’t have dared to publish the story of his first voyage in a country where the truth was widely known.
The statement made by Vespucci respecting his alleged first voyage is as follows: He says that an expedition of discovery was sent by the King, consisting of four ships, and that the King chose him to go with it. He does not mention the name of the commander of the expedition, nor of any of the captains or pilots; but he asserts that he was away eighteen months, and that he discovered a great extent of mainland and an infinite number of islands. The ships, he alleges, sailed from Cadiz on the 10th of May 1497, and proceeded to Grand Canary, which he says is in 37° 30′ N. lat., and 280 leagues from Lisbon. Thence they sailed for thirty-seven days on a W.S.W. course, making 1,000 leagues, when they reached the coast of the mainland in latitude 16° N., and longitude from Canary 70° W.
The statement made by Vespucci about his supposed first voyage is as follows: He claims that an exploration expedition was sent by the King, made up of four ships, and that the King chose him to join it. He doesn’t mention the name of the expedition’s commander or any of the captains or pilots, but he insists that he was gone for eighteen months and discovered a vast amount of mainland and countless islands. He claims the ships left Cadiz on May 10, 1497, and headed to Grand Canary, which he states is located at 37° 30′ N. latitude and 280 leagues from Lisbon. From there, they traveled for thirty-seven days on a west-southwest course, covering 1,000 leagues, until they reached the mainland coast at 16° N. latitude and 70° W. longitude from Canary.
He describes the manners and customs of the people in considerable detail, and enumerates the animals, giving a particular account of the iguana, but without giving the animal a name. He also tells us that the native names for their different kinds of food are Yuca, Casabi, and Ignami; and that the word for a man of great wisdom is Carabi. He describes a village with forty-four large huts built over the water on poles, like a little Venice.
He goes into detail about the people's customs and way of life and lists the animals, focusing specifically on the iguana, though he doesn't name it. He also shares that the native names for their different types of food are Yuca, Casabi, and Ignami; and that the term for a very wise man is Carabi. He describes a village with forty-four large huts built on stilts over the water, resembling a little Venice.
After sailing for eighty leagues along the coast he came to another province, of which he gives the name. It is Parias in the Latin version, but in the Italian version L has been substituted for P, and a b for s, so that the word becomes Lariab. Then comes the audacious assertion to which all this was leading. He says that he sailed along the coast, always on a N.W. course, for 870 leagues. At the end of this marvellous voyage he came to "the finest harbour in the world", where he found a friendly people, and remained to refit for thirty-seven days. Here the natives complained that they were subject to attacks from savage people who came from islands at a distance of about 100 leagues to the east. The Spaniards agreed to chastise the islanders, and after sailing N.E. and E. for 100 leagues they came to islands where the natives were called Iti. They had an encounter with them, in which one Spaniard was killed and twenty-two were wounded. But they took 222 prisoners, and sold them as slaves when they returned to Cadiz on October 15th, 1498.
After sailing for eighty leagues along the coast, he arrived at another province, which he named. In the Latin version, it is Parias, but in the Italian version, the P is replaced with an L, and the s is replaced with a b, turning it into Lariab. This leads to the bold claim that he sailed along the coast, always heading northwest, for 870 leagues. At the end of this incredible journey, he reached "the finest harbor in the world," where he found friendly people and stayed to refit for thirty-seven days. Here, the locals complained about being attacked by savage tribes from islands about 100 leagues to the east. The Spaniards agreed to punish the islanders, and after sailing northeast and east for 100 leagues, they reached islands where the natives were called Iti. They had a confrontation with them, resulting in one Spaniard being killed and twenty-two wounded. However, they captured 222 prisoners and sold them as slaves upon their return to Cadiz on October 15th, 1498.
Vespucci's account of the second voyage is that the expedition, consisting of three ships, sailed from Cadiz on May 16th, 1499, and stopped some days at the island of Fuoco. They then crossed the ocean after a voyage of forty-four days, going over 500 leagues on a S.W. course. The landfall was in 5° S., and the country was inundated by the mouths of a great river. They then steered north, and came to an excellent port formed by a large island. He describes the chase of a canoe, manned by cannibal people called Cambali; and the intercourse with inhabitants who told them about the pearl fishery.
Vespucci's account of the second voyage states that the expedition, made up of three ships, left Cadiz on May 16, 1499, and spent several days at the island of Fuoco. They then crossed the ocean after a journey of forty-four days, traveling over 500 leagues on a southwest course. They reached land at 5° S., where the area was flooded by the mouths of a large river. They then headed north and arrived at a great port created by a large island. He describes chasing a canoe paddled by a group of cannibal people known as Cambali, and the interactions with locals who informed them about the pearl fishery.
They next landed on an island, fifteen leagues from the land, where the inhabitants, for want of water, chewed a green herb mixed with white powder. Leaving this island, they came to another where the people were so tall that it was named the Island of the Giants. They continued to sail along the coast, having many encounters with the natives. They found the latitude to be 15° N., and here they came to a harbour for repairing their ships, where the inhabitants were very friendly. They remained forty-seven days, and collected many pearls. Departing from this port, they shaped a course for Antiglia (Española), where they obtained supplies, remaining two months and seventeen days. Here, he says, they endured many dangers and troubles from the same Christians who were in this island with Columbus, and he believed this was caused by envy. They left the island on the 22nd of July, [xxv] and, after a voyage of a month and a half, they returned to Cadiz on the 8th of September, the year not given.
They next landed on an island, fifteen leagues from the shore, where the locals, lacking water, chewed a green herb mixed with white powder. After leaving this island, they reached another where the people were so tall that it was called the Island of the Giants. They continued to sail along the coast, having many encounters with the natives. They found the latitude to be 15° N., and here they arrived at a harbor to repair their ships, where the locals were very friendly. They stayed for forty-seven days and collected many pearls. After leaving this port, they headed for Antiglia (Española), where they gathered supplies, staying for two months and seventeen days. Here, he says, they faced many dangers and troubles from other Christians who were on this island with Columbus, and he believed this was due to envy. They left the island on July 22nd, [xxv] and, after a month and a half of sailing, they returned to Cadiz on September 8th, with the year not specified.
Las Casas, giving Vespucci credit for two voyages, seems to have thought that he might have been with Hojeda again on his second voyage from 1502 to 1504. But Vespucci asserts that he was in Portugal, or serving on board Portuguese ships, during the whole of that period.
Las Casas, giving Vespucci credit for two voyages, seems to have believed that he might have been with Hojeda again on his second voyage from 1502 to 1504. But Vespucci claims that he was in Portugal, or serving on Portuguese ships, for the entire time.
The first voyage appears, both from internal and external evidence, to be imaginary. The second voyage is the first of Hojeda inaccurately told, while two or three incidents of the Hojeda voyage are transferred to the imaginary first voyage. The assertion that the King sent an expedition of discovery, consisting of four ships, in May 1497, is not corroborated. There is no record of any such expedition, and there is much collateral evidence, which will be discussed further on, that no expedition was despatched by the King in that year. If such a royal expedition had been despatched, with such marvellous results, Las Casas could not have been ignorant of the fact. It has been suggested that four out of twelve ships supplied to the King by Juanato Berardi might have been used for this expedition, and that its despatch is not impossible, because May 10th, 1497, the date of sailing given by Vespucci, is previous to June 2nd, 1497, the date of the royal order cancelling permission for private ships to go to the Indies. But the alleged expedition was sent by the King, and was not a private [xxvi] one. It is more likely that Vespucci purposely selected a date previous to June 2nd.
The first voyage seems, based on both internal and external evidence, to be fictional. The second voyage is the first one of Hojeda inaccurately recounted, while two or three events from the Hojeda voyage are moved to the fictional first voyage. The claim that the King sent a discovery expedition consisting of four ships in May 1497 is not supported by evidence. There are no records of such an expedition, and there is substantial additional evidence, which will be discussed later, that no expedition was sent by the King that year. If such a royal expedition had been sent with such incredible results, Las Casas would surely have known about it. It has been proposed that four out of twelve ships provided to the King by Juanato Berardi might have been used for this expedition, and that sending it isn't impossible because May 10th, 1497, the sailing date given by Vespucci, is before June 2nd, 1497, the date of the royal order that revoked permission for private ships to go to the Indies. However, the supposed expedition was sent by the King, not a private one. [xxvi] It's more likely that Vespucci deliberately chose a date before June 2nd.
The voyage across the Atlantic to the mainland, in 16° N., is described by Vespucci as having been performed in thirty-seven days, with a W.S.W. course, and a distance of 1,000 leagues. Such a course and distance would have taken him to the Gulf of Paria, not to a coast in latitude 16° N. Even with a course direct to that point, and disregarding the intervening land, the distance he gives would leave him 930 miles short of the alleged position. No actual navigator would have made such a blunder. He was quoting the reckoning from Hojeda's voyage, and invented the latitude at random. When he came to his second voyage, to make a difference, he halved the distance, saying that he was forty-four days going 500 leagues on a S.W. course. He also gives 15° as the latitude of the coast discovered when he was with Hojeda, though no part of that coast is north of 13°. His crowning statement that, starting from 23° N., he went 870 leagues along a coast always on a N.W. course, is still more preposterous. Such a course and distance would have taken him right across the continent of North America into British Columbia.
The journey across the Atlantic to the mainland, at 16° N., is described by Vespucci as having taken thirty-seven days, with a W.S.W. direction, covering a distance of 1,000 leagues. This route and distance would have led him to the Gulf of Paria, not to a coast at latitude 16° N. Even with a direct course to that point, and ignoring the land in between, the distance he claims would leave him 930 miles short of the supposed location. No real navigator would have made such a mistake. He was quoting the measurements from Hojeda's voyage and randomly invented the latitude. When it came to his second voyage, to make it different, he halved the distance, saying he took forty-four days to travel 500 leagues on a S.W. course. He also states that the latitude of the coast discovered during his time with Hojeda was 15°, even though no part of that coast is north of 13°. His most outrageous claim is that, starting from 23° N., he traveled 870 leagues along a coast always on a N.W. course, which is even more ridiculous. Such a path and distance would have taken him straight across the North American continent into British Columbia.
Varnhagen accepts the Florentine's latitudes, and assumes that when in 23° N. he was near Tampico, on the coast of Mexico. But he rejects the impossible courses and distances of Vespucci, substituting an imaginary voyage of his own, by which he takes our contractor along the coast of North America, [xxvii] round the peninsula of Florida, and up to Cape Hatteras, where, he confesses, "the finest harbour in the world" is not to be found. But such a voyage is a pure assumption, and as a serious argument it is quite inadmissible. The evidence is the other way. The latitudes are wrong, judging from the one latitude given by the Florentine in his second voyage, while the courses and distances might be relied upon as roughly correct if they were given by an honest man. Their absurdity proves the imposture.
Varnhagen accepts the Florentine's latitude estimates and assumes that when he was at 23° N, he was close to Tampico, on the coast of Mexico. However, he dismisses the impossible routes and distances described by Vespucci, creating an imaginary voyage of his own, taking our contractor along the coast of North America, [xxvii] around the Florida peninsula and up to Cape Hatteras, where he admits "the finest harbor in the world" is not found. But this proposed journey is purely speculative, making it an invalid argument. The evidence suggests otherwise. The latitudes are incorrect, based on the single latitude the Florentine provided in his second voyage, while the routes and distances could be considered roughly accurate if they came from a trustworthy person. Their absurdity proves the deception.
From "the best harbour in the world" Vespucci says that he went eastward for 100 leagues to some very populous islands called Iti, where the people, after severe fighting, were defeated by the Spaniards, 222 being carried off as slaves. Having brought his protégé to Cape Hatteras, Varnhagen would identify Iti with Bermuda. But there were no natives on Bermuda when it was discovered, and no indications that it had ever been inhabited. The islands where this wholesale kidnapping took place, if the story has any foundation in fact, were probably the Windward Islands or the Bahamas, visited by Hojeda with this object after he left St. Domingo. The word Iti appears to have been an invention of Vespucci: perhaps he was thinking of the old Italian form Iti ("gone")—which he uses in its proper sense in his second voyage—or of Hayti, the native name for Española.
From "the best harbor in the world," Vespucci states that he traveled east for 100 leagues to some very populated islands called Iti, where the people were defeated by the Spaniards after intense fighting, and 222 were taken as slaves. After bringing his protégé to Cape Hatteras, Varnhagen would link Iti with Bermuda. However, there were no natives on Bermuda when it was discovered, and there’s no evidence that it had ever been inhabited. If the story of this mass kidnapping has any truth to it, the islands in question were likely the Windward Islands or the Bahamas, which Hojeda visited for this purpose after leaving St. Domingo. The term Iti seems to have been made up by Vespucci; perhaps he was referencing the old Italian word Iti ("gone")—which he uses correctly in his second voyage—or Hayti, the native name for Española.
There are two, or perhaps three, incidents in the story of the alleged first voyage which happened in [xxviii] the voyage when Vespucci was with Hojeda. The first is the village built on piles over the water. Such a village was discovered by Hojeda at the entrance of the Gulf of Maracaibo, and called Little Venice, or Venezuela. Vespucci describes exactly the same thing in his first voyage, but does not mention it in his second (or Hojeda) voyage. He took it out of the real voyage in order to embellish the imaginary one. Varnhagen argues that there might easily have been two villages built on piles. But that is not the point. The point is, that there is no mention of the fact in its proper place, while it occurs in this imaginary voyage in a way that points unmistakably to the source whence it came. Then there is "the best harbour in the world", where there were friendly natives, and where the ships were refitted, the duration of the stay being given as thirty-seven days in the first, and forty-four days in the second voyage; evidently the same incident, serving for the imaginary as well as for the real voyage. This "best harbour in the world" was, according to Las Casas, the Gulf of Cariaco, near Cumana, where Hojeda refitted. Lastly, there is the encounter with natives, when one Spaniard was killed and twenty-two wounded. Vespucci asserts that an encounter took place during his first voyage with this number of casualties. Las Casas had seen a letter from Roldan, containing information from Hojeda's officers, in which an encounter is mentioned with the same casualties, one killed and about twenty wounded. Modern critics will agree with Las [xxix] Casas that this coincidence is alone sufficient to prove the fictitious character of the first voyage of Vespucci.
There are two, or maybe three, events in the story of the supposed first voyage that occurred in [xxviii] the journey when Vespucci was with Hojeda. The first is the village built on stilts over the water. Hojeda found such a village at the entrance of the Gulf of Maracaibo and called it Little Venice, or Venezuela. Vespucci describes exactly the same thing in his first voyage but doesn’t mention it in his second (or Hojeda's) voyage. He removed it from the actual voyage to enhance the fictional one. Varnhagen argues that there could easily have been two villages on stilts. But that’s not the main issue. The main point is that there’s no mention of this fact in the right context, while it appears in this fictional voyage in a way that clearly indicates where it originated. Then there’s "the best harbor in the world," where there were friendly natives and where the ships were repaired, with the length of stay listed as thirty-seven days in the first voyage and forty-four days in the second; obviously the same incident, serving both the fictional and the real voyage. According to Las Casas, this "best harbor in the world" was the Gulf of Cariaco, near Cumana, where Hojeda made repairs. Lastly, there’s the encounter with the natives, in which one Spaniard was killed and twenty-two were wounded. Vespucci claims that such an encounter took place during his first voyage with this number of casualties. Las Casas had seen a letter from Roldan, which included information from Hojeda’s officers that mentioned an encounter with the same casualties: one killed and about twenty wounded. Modern critics generally agree with Las [xxix] Casas that this coincidence is enough to prove the fictional nature of Vespucci's first voyage.
The greater part of Vespucci's narrative of his first voyage is taken up with accounts of the manners and customs of the natives; touching which Las Casas has made some very pertinent remarks. Many of the things Vespucci states could not have been known to him in the few days that he remained on the coast, because he did not know a single word of the language, as he himself confesses. He can only be believed in those statements based on what he actually saw or might have seen, and all these are perfectly applicable to the natives of the coast seen during Hojeda's voyage. The rest are pronounced by Las Casas to be all fiction; as well as his enumeration of the animals he saw. Vespucci gives one word in the native language—Carabi, meaning "a man of great wisdom". Upon this Las Casas remarks that the Spaniards did not even know the names for bread or for water, yet Vespucci wants us to believe that, during the few days he remained at that place, he understood that Carabi signified a man of great wisdom. He got the word, of course, from the name of the people he heard of during the voyage of Hojeda—the Carribs, or Canibas—and made it serve his purpose in this passage. 40
The majority of Vespucci's account of his first voyage focuses on the customs and lives of the natives, which Las Casas has commented on quite insightfully. Many things Vespucci claims couldn’t have been known to him in the short time he spent on the coast, especially since he didn’t know any of the language, as he admits himself. He can only be trusted regarding statements that are based on what he actually saw or could have seen, and all of those clearly apply to the natives observed during Hojeda's voyage. The rest, according to Las Casas, are all made up, including his list of animals he claims to have seen. Vespucci mentions one word in the native language—Carabi, meaning "a man of great wisdom." Las Casas points out that the Spaniards didn’t even know the words for bread or water, yet Vespucci expects us to believe that during his brief stay, he figured out that Carabi meant a man of great wisdom. He obviously derived the word from the name of the people mentioned during Hojeda’s voyage—the Caribs or Canibas—and twisted it to fit his narrative here. 40
Two of the names for food, Yuca and Casabi, belong to the language of the Antilles, and Vespucci would have heard of them during his voyage with Hojeda. Ignami is an African word, which he would have picked up at Lisbon. The use of the word Yuca, as belonging to the language of the natives of the Mexican coast near 23° N., is one more proof of the imposture of his narrative. 41
Two names for food, Yuca and Casabi, come from the Antillean language, and Vespucci would have heard them during his trip with Hojeda. Ignami is an African term that he likely learned in Lisbon. The use of the word Yuca, associated with the language of the indigenous people along the Mexican coast near 23° N., is yet another indication of the deception in his account. 41
The name of Parias requires fuller notice. It is alleged to be the name of a province in 23° N., and is thus spelt in the Latin version. Las Casas, therefore, naturally used it as one argument against the truth of Vespucci's narrative, for Paria was well known to be a province of the mainland opposite the island of Trinidad, discovered by Columbus. But in the Italian version the word is Lariab, an L being substituted for P, and b for s. Varnhagen endeavours to make a strong point of this discrepancy. He eagerly adopts Lariab as the correct form, having found (not Lariab) but two words ending in ab in a vocabulary of the Huasteca Indians, whose country is near the northern frontier of Mexico. It is impossible to ascertain, with certainty, whether Parias, or Lariab, or either, was the word in the original [xxxi] manuscript of Vespucci, which is lost. It is in favour of Lariab that the Italian version was probably printed from the manuscript without previous translation; while the version containing Parias was translated into French, and then into Latin, before it was printed. On the other hand, there is strong reason for the belief that the editor of the Latin version had not then heard of the particulars of the third voyage of Columbus, or of the name of Paria. 42 In that case it could not have come into his head to print Parias for Lariab, and consequently Parias was the original form, and Lariab a misprint of the Italian version. On the whole, Parias is probably correct; but the question is not important, because the evidence against Vespucci is quite sufficient without the Parias argument.
The name Parias deserves more attention. It's said to refer to a province located at 23° N, and that’s how it’s spelled in the Latin version. Therefore, Las Casas naturally used this as one of his arguments against the accuracy of Vespucci's account, as Paria was already known to be a province on the mainland, directly across from the island of Trinidad, which Columbus discovered. However, in the Italian version, the word is Lariab, with an L replacing the P, and b replacing the s. Varnhagen tries to make a big deal out of this difference. He enthusiastically accepts Lariab as the correct term, having found (not Lariab) just two words that end in ab in a vocabulary of the Huasteca Indians, whose territory lies near northern Mexico's border. It’s impossible to determine for sure whether Parias, Lariab, or either was the word used in the original lost manuscript of Vespucci. It leans toward Lariab because the Italian version was likely printed from the manuscript without any prior translation, whereas the version with Parias was translated into French and then Latin before being printed. On the flip side, there's solid reason to believe the editor of the Latin version hadn’t yet learned about the specifics of Columbus's third voyage or the name Paria. 42 In that case, it wouldn’t have crossed his mind to print Parias instead of Lariab, suggesting that Parias was indeed the original form, while Lariab was a misprint in the Italian version. Overall, Parias is likely to be correct, but the issue isn’t critical, as there’s already plenty of evidence against Vespucci even without the Parias argument.
The internal evidence against the authenticity of the first voyage is conclusive. It satisfied the impartial and acute historian Las Casas at the time, and has not been shaken by the arguments of Varnhagen, who did not adduce any new facts. But the external evidence is even stronger. It was evident to Varnhagen that it was a necessity of his argument that an expedition should be provided, with which Vespucci might have sailed. Without vessels and a commander there could have been no [xxxii] voyage. These essentials have been furnished by the rehabilitator of Vespucci with some audacity. It was recorded by Las Casas and Herrera that, after the return of Columbus from his last voyage in 1505, an expedition to follow up his discoveries was fitted out by Vicente Yañez Pinzon, Juan Diaz de Solis, and Pedro de Ledesma, and that they discovered the coast of Yucatan. Herrera gives the date 1506; but the real date was 1508, as given by Peter Martyr. 43 The authority for the narratives of Las Casas and Herrera is the evidence given by Pinzon, Ledesma, and others, in the Columbus lawsuit. Peter Martyr, however, collected his information on the subject independently. Varnhagen suggests that these navigators did not undertake their voyage, in 1508, after the return of Columbus, but in 1497, and that this was the first voyage of Vespucci.
The internal evidence against the authenticity of the first voyage is clear-cut. It convinced the fair-minded and sharp historian Las Casas back then, and it hasn't been undermined by Varnhagen's arguments, which didn't present any new facts. However, the external evidence is even more compelling. Varnhagen realized that his argument required a supporting expedition that Vespucci might have sailed on. Without ships and a captain, there could have been no voyage. [xxxii] These essentials have been provided by Vespucci's advocate with some boldness. Las Casas and Herrera recorded that after Columbus returned from his last voyage in 1505, an expedition to follow up on his discoveries was organized by Vicente Yañez Pinzon, Juan Diaz de Solis, and Pedro de Ledesma, and that they discovered the coast of Yucatan. Herrera states the date as 1506; however, the actual date was 1508, as noted by Peter Martyr. The source for the accounts of Las Casas and Herrera is the testimony given by Pinzon, Ledesma, and others in the Columbus lawsuit. Peter Martyr, though, gathered his information on the topic independently. Varnhagen proposes that these navigators didn't embark on their voyage in 1508 after Columbus's return, but in 1497, suggesting that this was Vespucci's first voyage.
The arguments for this alteration of eleven years in the date of a voyage of discovery are slight indeed. Oviedo, in his History of the Indies, wrote that the pilots Pinzon, Solis, and Ledesma discovered the Honduras coast with three vessels, before Pinzon was off the mouth of the Amazon, which was in 1499; and Gomara has the following passage: "but some say that Pinzon and Solis had been on the Honduras coast three years before Columbus." These writers were unscrupulous, and [xxxiii] hostile to Columbus. It requires somewhat bold assurance to give the date of 1497 to the Pinzon and Solis voyages on the strength of these passages. Oviedo indeed puts Vespucci out of court at once, for he says that Pinzon, Solis, and Ledesma sailed with three vessels; while Vespucci asserts that in his first voyage there were four vessels. Moreover, Ledesma, who was pilot and captain of one of the vessels, was a lad of 21 in 1497, and could not have been in such a position; but in 1508, when the Pinzon and Solis expedition really sailed, he was of a suitable age. 44
The reasons for changing the date of a discovery voyage by eleven years are really minimal. Oviedo, in his History of the Indies, stated that the pilots Pinzon, Solis, and Ledesma found the Honduras coast with three ships, before Pinzon reached the mouth of the Amazon, which was in 1499; and Gomara includes the following line: "but some say that Pinzon and Solis had been on the Honduras coast three years before Columbus." These authors were untrustworthy and [xxxiii] biased against Columbus. It takes quite a bit of nerve to assign the year 1497 to the Pinzon and Solis voyages based on these quotes. Oviedo definitely rules out Vespucci right away, since he claims that Pinzon, Solis, and Ledesma sailed with three ships; while Vespucci insists that in his first voyage there were four ships. Additionally, Ledesma, who was the pilot and captain of one of the ships, was only 21 years old in 1497, and couldn't have occupied such a role; however, in 1508, when the Pinzon and Solis expedition truly set sail, he was of the right age. 44
Although the expedition of Pinzon, Solis, and Ledesma certainly did not take place in 1497, there has always been some obscurity attending its history, which has only recently been cleared up through the able researches of Mr. Harrisse. 45 The confusion has arisen from discrepancies between the evidence given by Pinzon and Ledesma in the Columbus lawsuit. Pinzon said that he reached the island of Guanaja in the Gulf of Honduras, and then followed the coast east as far as the provinces of Chabaca and Pintigron, and the mountains of Caria (Paria?). But Ledesma said that they went north from the island of Guanaja, came to Chabaca and Pintigron, and reached a point as far north as [xxxiv] 23½°. Here there is clearly a mistake, one going east and the other north, yet both coming to Chabaca and Pintigron. It can only be decided whether the mistake is in the evidence of Pinzon or of Ledesma by ascertaining the positions of Chabaca and Pintigron; and the explanation is afforded by Peter Martyr in his second Decade. 46 He there says that Pinzon turned his course to the east ("towards the left hand") towards Paria, where princes came to him named Chiauaccha 47 and Pintiguanus. Ledesma's northerly course was either a falsehood, as Mr. Harrisse rather hastily assumes, or a clerical or printer's error. The only voyage of Pinzon and Solis took place in 1508, 48 and was from the Gulf of Honduras eastward to Paria.
Although the expedition of Pinzon, Solis, and Ledesma definitely did not happen in 1497, there has always been some uncertainty surrounding its history, which has only recently been cleared up by the thorough research of Mr. Harrisse. 45 The confusion has come from discrepancies between the testimonies given by Pinzon and Ledesma in the Columbus lawsuit. Pinzon claimed he reached the island of Guanaja in the Gulf of Honduras and then followed the coast east as far as the provinces of Chabaca and Pintigron, and the mountains of Caria (Paria?). However, Ledesma stated they went north from the island of Guanaja, arrived at Chabaca and Pintigron, and reached a point as far north as [xxxiv] 23½°. Clearly, there is a mistake here; one went east and the other went north, yet both claimed to reach Chabaca and Pintigron. It can only be determined whether the error is in the testimony of Pinzon or Ledesma by figuring out the locations of Chabaca and Pintigron; and the answer is provided by Peter Martyr in his second Decade. 46 He states that Pinzon changed his course to the east ("towards the left hand") towards Paria, where princes named Chiauaccha 47 and Pintiguanus visited him. Ledesma's northern route was either a lie, as Mr. Harrisse rather quickly concludes, or a clerical or printing mistake. The only voyage of Pinzon and Solis took place in 1508, 48 and was from the Gulf of Honduras eastward to Paria.
There was no voyage of discovery sent by the King in 1497. When Diego Columbus instituted the lawsuit to recover his father's rights, the Crown lawyers turned every stone for evidence that others made discoveries besides the Admiral. The lawsuit lasted from 1508 to 1527. If an expedition sent by the King in 1497 had discovered 870 leagues of new coast-line, it is incredible that the proofs would not then have been forthcoming, when many of those who took part in the expedition must have been alive, and there was not only no reason for secrecy, but the strongest motive for publicity.
There was no expedition of discovery sent by the King in 1497. When Diego Columbus filed a lawsuit to restore his father's rights, the Crown’s lawyers searched extensively for proof that others had made discoveries apart from the Admiral. The lawsuit went on from 1508 to 1527. If an expedition sent by the King in 1497 had found 870 leagues of new coastline, it’s hard to believe that evidence wouldn’t have surfaced, especially since many of those who participated in the expedition were still alive, and there was no reason to keep it a secret; in fact, there was a strong incentive for public acknowledgment.
When the evidence respecting Pinzon and Solis was taken in 1516, Vespucci had been dead some years. He had never ventured to publish his letter in Spain; but Fernando Columbus purchased a copy at Rome and added it to his library at Seville in 1515, three years after Vespucci's death. If the first voyage had not been known to be a fabrication, the letter would have been eagerly brought forward as evidence of extensive discoveries not made by the Admiral. For by that time other copies, besides the one in Fernando's library, had probably reached Spain.
When the evidence about Pinzon and Solis was gathered in 1516, Vespucci had been dead for a few years. He had never published his letter in Spain, but Fernando Columbus bought a copy in Rome and added it to his library in Seville in 1515, three years after Vespucci's death. If the first voyage hadn’t been known to be a fake, the letter would have been quickly presented as proof of significant discoveries that the Admiral didn’t make. By that time, it’s likely that other copies, in addition to the one in Fernando's library, had made their way to Spain.
Then there is the negative evidence of maps. Juan de la Cosa drew his famous map of the world in 1500, after serving in the voyage of Hojeda, in company with Vespucci. He placed flags on the discovered parts, and one on each of the farthest known points. There is a Spanish flag at Cabo de la Vela, the extreme point then known in South America, another at the extreme point reached by Columbus on the north coast of Cuba, and an English flag at the extreme point reached by Cabot. A conjectural line runs round from the last English to the first Spanish flag, and there is no sign of the alleged Vespucci discoveries. If it is suggested that the Florentine himself kept them secret, without any conceivable object for doing so, there were all his companions to proclaim them, and there must have been an official report. If those 870 leagues of coast had been discovered, the discovery must have been shown on the map of Juan de la Cosa.
Then there's the negative evidence from maps. Juan de la Cosa created his famous world map in 1500 after being part of Hojeda’s voyage alongside Vespucci. He marked the discovered areas with flags, placing one on each of the farthest known points. There’s a Spanish flag at Cabo de la Vela, the southernmost point known in South America at the time; another at the northernmost point reached by Columbus on the coast of Cuba; and an English flag at the northernmost point reached by Cabot. A hypothetical line connects the last English flag to the first Spanish flag, and there’s no indication of the supposed discoveries by Vespucci. If someone suggests that Vespucci himself kept these discoveries a secret for no apparent reason, his companions would have had a chance to announce them, and there should’ve been an official report. If those 870 leagues of coast had been discovered, it would’ve been reflected on Juan de la Cosa's map.
The Cantino map furnishes additional evidence against Vespucci of an interesting kind. This map of the world was compiled for the Duke of Ferrara by order of Alberto Cantino, to illustrate the voyages of Corte Real. It was drawn by a Portuguese draughtsman at Lisbon, and was finished in the autumn of 1502, having been paid for in November of that year. On the Cantino map, the coast-line discovered by Hojeda in 1499 is shown. It is not copied from the map of Juan de la Cosa, for most of the names are different 49; but the information must have been supplied by some one who was in Hojeda's expedition. Vespucci was in Lisbon in the autumn of 1502; it is, therefore, almost certain that this coast-line was laid down from information supplied by Vespucci. 50 If Vespucci, in 1497, had discovered a coast-line between 16° and 23° N., [xxxvii] and another coast-line extending from 23° N. for 870 leagues N. W., these marvellous discoveries would also appear on the Cantino map. But there is not a sign of them. We may conclude from this that Vespucci had not yet conceived the idea of the fictitious voyage of 1497, when he assisted Cantino's draughtsman in the autumn of 1502. The imposture is first hinted at some six months afterwards in the Medici letter of March 1503. Peter Martyr gives corroborative evidence that Vespucci assisted the Portuguese cartographer. He says that he visited Bishop Fonseca, and was shown "many of those mappes which are commonly called the shipman cardes, or cardes of the sea: of the which, one was drawen by the Portugales, wherunto Americus Vesputius is said to have put his hande, beinge a man experte in this facultie, and a Florentine borne." 51
The Cantino map provides additional evidence against Vespucci of an interesting nature. This world map was created for the Duke of Ferrara at the request of Alberto Cantino to showcase the voyages of Corte Real. A Portuguese draftsman in Lisbon drew it, and it was completed in the autumn of 1502, having been paid for in November of that year. The Cantino map shows the coastline discovered by Hojeda in 1499. It's not copied from Juan de la Cosa's map, as most of the names are different 49; but the information must have come from someone involved in Hojeda's expedition. Vespucci was in Lisbon in the autumn of 1502, so it’s almost certain that this coastline was mapped based on information provided by Vespucci. 50 If Vespucci had discovered a coastline between 16° and 23° N. in 1497, [xxxvii] and another coastline extending from 23° N. for 870 leagues NW, these amazing discoveries would also be reflected on the Cantino map. But there’s no sign of them. We can conclude that Vespucci had not yet come up with the idea of the fictitious voyage of 1497 when he helped Cantino's draftsman in the autumn of 1502. This deception is first suggested around six months later in the Medici letter of March 1503. Peter Martyr provides supporting evidence that Vespucci collaborated with the Portuguese cartographer. He mentions that he visited Bishop Fonseca and was shown "many of those maps which are commonly called the shipman's cards or charts of the sea: one of which was drawn by the Portuguese, to which Americus Vesputius is said to have contributed, being an expert in this field and a native of Florence." 51
Further evidence against Vespucci is furnished by the map which was prepared in 1511 to illustrate Peter Martyr's Decades. This author was personally acquainted with Vespucci, who was then chief pilot of Spain, and was intimate with his nephew Giovanni. Yet there is not a sign of Vespucci's alleged discoveries in 1497 on the map of 1511. There was no motive for secrecy on the part of Vespucci, or on the part of the captains and pilots of the four ships; on the contrary, their interest was to make the discoveries public and get credit for them. Bermuda appears for the first time on the map of 1511, having been discovered by Juan Bermudez. But there is no mention of Iti. In this same year, Ponce de Leon obtained a concession for the discovery of that very coast of Florida which, according to Varnhagen, had been discovered in its whole extent by Vespucci fourteen years before. The concession was actually made on the condition that the coast had not been discovered before, and Vespucci was then chief pilot. It is incredible that Vespucci and all his companions should have combined to conceal their wonderful discoveries without any conceivable reason, their silence being most injurious to themselves. It is still more incredible that the King should have put such a condition into the concession to Ponce de Leon, if it was true that the coast in question had [xxxix] been discovered fourteen years before by an expedition despatched by himself.
Further evidence against Vespucci comes from the map created in 1511 to accompany Peter Martyr's Decades. This author knew Vespucci personally, who was then the chief pilot of Spain, and was close to his nephew Giovanni. However, there is no indication of Vespucci's supposed discoveries in 1497 on the 1511 map. Vespucci had no reason to keep secrets, nor did the captains and pilots of the four ships; on the contrary, they were interested in making their discoveries known and receiving credit for them. Bermuda appears on the 1511 map for the first time, having been discovered by Juan Bermudez. But there’s no mention of Iti. In the same year, Ponce de Leon received a grant for the discovery of the very coast of Florida that, according to Varnhagen, Vespucci had fully discovered fourteen years earlier. The grant was given on the condition that the coast hadn't been discovered before, and Vespucci was the chief pilot at the time. It's unbelievable that Vespucci and all his companions would work together to hide their remarkable discoveries without any logical reason, especially since keeping silent was detrimental to them. It’s even more unbelievable that the King would include such a condition in the grant to Ponce de Leon if it was true that the coast in question had been discovered fourteen years earlier by an expedition sent by himself. [xxxix]
The evidence against Vespucci is cumulative and quite conclusive. His first voyage is a fabrication. He cannot be acquitted of the intention of appropriating for himself the glory of having first discovered the mainland. The impartial and upright Las Casas, after carefully weighing the evidence, found him guilty. This verdict has been, and will continue to be, confirmed by posterity. He wished to glorify himself in his own country, whither he intended to retire, and throughout Europe. But he did not dare to publish his fiction in Spain, and, so far as we know, it did not reach Spain in print until after his death. He wrote well, and his stories about a new world excited the enthusiasm of those who read them. His Latin editor suggested that his new world should be called America, and the name was adopted by map-makers. It was euphonious and convenient, and, in spite of the protests of Las Casas and Herrera, it eventually became general, and Vespucci usurped the honours that rightly belonged to Columbus. Vespucci may be acquitted of having contemplated so great an injustice. It is possible that he never intended that his letters should be published. He may only have desired to increase his consequence among his own countrymen. But whatever his intention may have been, he committed a fraud with a dishonest purpose, and it is no extenuation that he did [xl] not contemplate the full extent of the injustice it has caused.
The evidence against Vespucci is strong and pretty clear. His first voyage is made up. He can’t escape the intention of claiming the fame of being the first to discover the mainland for himself. The fair-minded and honest Las Casas, after carefully considering the evidence, found him guilty. This conclusion has been, and will keep being, supported by history. He wanted to make himself look good in his own country, where he planned to go back, and across Europe. But he didn’t dare to publish his made-up stories in Spain, and as far as we know, they didn’t reach Spain in print until after he died. He wrote well, and his tales about a new world thrilled those who read them. His Latin editor suggested calling his new world America, and the name was picked up by mapmakers. It sounded nice and was convenient, and despite the objections from Las Casas and Herrera, it eventually became widely accepted, allowing Vespucci to take the recognition that rightfully belonged to Columbus. Vespucci might not have planned such a significant injustice. It’s possible he never meant for his letters to be published. He may have just wanted to boost his status among his fellow countrymen. But no matter what his intention was, he committed a fraud with a dishonest aim, and it doesn’t lessen the impact that he didn’t fully grasp the extent of the injustice it has caused. [xl]
The investigation of Vespucci's statements contained in the first and second voyages destroys all confidence in his unsupported word, when we proceed to examine his account of the voyages alleged to have been made by him in Portuguese ships.
The examination of Vespucci's claims from the first and second voyages undermines all trust in his unverified statements when we look into his reports of the voyages he supposedly took in Portuguese ships.
There is no mention either of Vespucci or of Giocondi, who is alleged to have brought him the invitation from the King to come to Portugal, either in the voluminous Portuguese archives, or in the contemporary chronicle of Damian de Goes. This remarkable silence points to the conclusion that if Vespucci was really in any Portuguese expedition he can only have filled some very subordinate post; probably sailing as a merchant or a volunteer. 52
There’s no mention of Vespucci or Giocondi, who supposedly brought him the King’s invitation to come to Portugal, in the extensive Portuguese archives or in the contemporary chronicle by Damian de Goes. This noticeable silence suggests that if Vespucci was indeed part of any Portuguese expedition, he must have held a very minor role, likely serving as a merchant or a volunteer. 52
Vespucci has given us two accounts of his alleged first voyage with the Portuguese, which he calls his third voyage. The Medici letter is entirely devoted to it, while it is also included in the Soderini letter. The dates and figures seldom agree in the two letters, and there is evidence throughout them of the random way in which he wrote, and of his disregard for truth or accuracy. Sailing with three vessels, on the 10th of March 1501 according to [xli] one letter, and on the 15th according to the other, they came to a place called Bezeguiche, or Beseghir, 53 on the west coast of Africa, which Vespucci identifies as Cape Verd, and places in 14° 30′ N. in one letter, and in 13° within the Tropic in the other. 54 Thence they sailed across the ocean for sixty-seven days, or sixty-three days, on a S.W. ¼ S. course for 700 leagues, reaching the coast on the 7th or 17th of August, in 5° S. latitude. In the Soderini letter there is a story of Portuguese being murdered and eaten; but in the Medici letter there is nothing but friendly intercourse with the natives, with a long account of their manners and customs, obviously as fictitious as those in the first voyage which were commented upon by Las Casas. Among the plants he saw, Vespucci gives the names of four: cannafistula, Brazil wood, cassia, and myrrh.
Vespucci has provided us with two accounts of his supposed first voyage with the Portuguese, which he refers to as his third voyage. The Medici letter is entirely focused on this, and it's also included in the Soderini letter. The dates and details often don’t match between the two letters, and there’s clear evidence of the haphazard manner in which he wrote, as well as his lack of concern for truth or accuracy. Sailing with three ships, they set out on March 10, 1501, according to one letter, and on the 15th according to the other. They arrived at a place called Bezeguiche, or Beseghir, on the west coast of Africa, which Vespucci identifies as Cape Verd, placing it at 14° 30′ N. in one letter and in 13° within the Tropic in the other. From there, they sailed across the ocean for sixty-seven days, or sixty-three days, on a S.W. ¼ S. course for 700 leagues, arriving at the coast on either August 7th or 17th, in 5° S. latitude. The Soderini letter recounts a story of Portuguese being murdered and eaten; however, the Medici letter describes nothing but friendly interactions with the locals, including a lengthy account of their customs and traditions, which are obviously as fictitious as those from the first voyage that were critiqued by Las Casas. Among the plants he observed, Vespucci mentions four: cannafistula, Brazil wood, cassia, and myrrh.
From the landfall they sailed eastward for (150) 300 leagues, to a point of land which was named Cape St. Augustine, and then south and west as far as 52° S. Vespucci alleges that the command of the fleet was given to him, and that he continued a southerly course. In the Medici letter he says that he went south until he was 17° 30′ from the Antarctic [xlii] Pole, or in 73° 30′ S., which is preposterous. In the Soderini letter he reached only 52° S., got into a gale of wind, sighted some land with a rocky coast, and ran along it for 20 leagues. 55 Thence the ships shaped a homeward course, reached Sierra Leone on June 10th—where one vessel was condemned as unseaworthy, and burnt—the Azores in the end of July, and Lisbon on September 7th, 1502. Both letters contain some absurd remarks about the stars in the southern hemisphere, and one has a long explanation how two men, one in 39° N. and another in 50° S., would be standing at right angles to each other.
From the point they landed, they sailed east for about 300 leagues to a landmass named Cape St. Augustine, and then headed south and west all the way to 52° S. Vespucci claims he was put in charge of the fleet and that he kept going south. In the Medici letter, he states that he traveled south until he was 17° 30′ from the Antarctic Pole, or at 73° 30′ S., which is ridiculous. In the Soderini letter, he reports only reaching 52° S, encountering a storm, spotting some land with a rocky coast, and then following it for 20 leagues. From there, the ships set a course back home, arriving at Sierra Leone on June 10th—where one ship was deemed unseaworthy and burned—then the Azores by the end of July, and Lisbon on September 7th, 1502. Both letters contain some nonsensical comments about stars in the southern hemisphere, and one includes a lengthy explanation about how two men, one at 39° N and the other at 50° S, would be standing at right angles to each other. [xlii]
The second voyage of Vespucci from Lisbon; which he calls his fourth voyage, was undertaken for the discovery of Malacca, which he believed to be in 33° S. latitude, instead of 2° 14′ N. latitude, its real position. This is a pretty considerable error! The narrative is full of spiteful and vindictive remarks about the commander of the expedition, whose name is not given. 56 One vessel was lost off an island which appears to have been Fernando Noronha, and two others, with Vespucci, reached the coast of Brazil and entered a harbour, which was [xliii] named Bahia do todos os Santos. They then sailed along the coast for 260 leagues, where they found another harbour in 18° S. Here they built a fort, and, leaving a garrison, returned to Lisbon on June 18th, 1504.
The second voyage of Vespucci from Lisbon, which he refers to as his fourth voyage, was undertaken to find Malacca, which he thought was at 33° S. latitude, instead of its actual position at 2° 14′ N. latitude. That's quite a significant mistake! The account is filled with bitter and resentful comments about the expedition's commander, whose name isn't mentioned. One ship was lost near an island that seems to have been Fernando Noronha, and two others, along with Vespucci, reached the coast of Brazil and entered a harbor, which was [xliii] called Bahia do todos os Santos. They then sailed along the coast for 260 leagues, where they discovered another harbor at 18° S. Here, they built a fort and, after leaving a garrison, returned to Lisbon on June 18th, 1504.
The two Portuguese voyages may be authentic, though the absence of all names, and the silence of the Lisbon archives touching Vespucci, make it impossible to identify them. The careless and unreliable way in which Vespucci tells his story renders it worse than useless to speculate on any of the details, beyond the fact that the Portuguese commanders appear to have explored a considerable part of the coast of Brazil. Any theory based on the latitudes given by Vespucci would only mislead, for, when the places to which they refer can be identified, they are wrong, and when given in both the letters, they differ. The letter describing the four voyages was not written for readers acquainted with the history and progress of discovery, not for Spaniards or Portuguese, but for the Medicis and Soderinis, the Waldseemüllers and Ringmanns, to whom these tales were new, wonderful, and mysterious. Accuracy and truth were of no consequence so long as they believed in Amerigo Vespucci as the discoverer of the New World and its marvels.
The two Portuguese voyages might be real, but the lack of names and the silence in the Lisbon archives regarding Vespucci make it impossible to confirm. The careless and unreliable way Vespucci recounts his story makes it unhelpful to speculate on any details, other than that the Portuguese leaders likely explored a large part of the Brazilian coast. Any theory based on the latitudes Vespucci provides would only lead to confusion, because when the locations he mentions can be identified, they're incorrect, and when they are mentioned in both letters, they don't match. The letter describing the four voyages wasn't written for an audience familiar with the history and progress of discovery, nor for Spaniards or Portuguese, but for the Medicis and Soderinis, the Waldseemüllers and Ringmanns, who found these stories new, amazing, and mysterious. Accuracy and truth didn’t matter as long as they believed in Amerigo Vespucci as the discoverer of the New World and its wonders.
The tales of Amerigo Vespucci have a place in the history of geographical discovery, and require, although they do not deserve, serious consideration; the more so as they have, in recent years, been treated seriously by a learned and accomplished [xliv] writer such as Varnhagen, who has been followed by one or two eminent and well-known men of letters. It is, therefore, proper that translations of the letters should be printed by the Hakluyt Society, and that their merits should be fully discussed.
The stories of Amerigo Vespucci hold a place in the history of geographical discovery and deserve, though not necessarily, serious consideration; especially since they have recently been taken seriously by an educated and skilled writer like Varnhagen, who has been followed by a few notable and respected writers. Therefore, it is fitting that translations of the letters should be published by the Hakluyt Society and that their value should be thoroughly discussed. [xliv]
In addition to the two letters of Vespucci, the present volume contains the evidence taken in the Columbus lawsuit bearing on the subject, the chapters in the history of Las Casas in which the veracity of Vespucci is discussed, the narrative of the voyage of Hojeda from Navarrete, and some other documents throwing light on the career of the Florentine adventurer.
In addition to the two letters from Vespucci, this volume includes the evidence collected in the Columbus lawsuit related to the topic, the chapters in Las Casas's history that discuss the accuracy of Vespucci, the account of Hojeda's voyage from Navarrete, and some other documents that shed light on the career of the Florentine explorer.
LETTER
OF
AMERIGO VESPUCCI
ON THE ISLANDS NEWLY DISCOVERED IN HIS
FOUR VOYAGES.
LETTER
OF
AMERIGO VESPUCCI
ABOUT THE NEWLY DISCOVERED ISLANDS IN HIS
FOUR VOYAGES.
First Journey of Amerigo Vespucci. 57
Magnificent Lord. 58 I submit humble reverence to you and offer due recommendations. It may be that your Magnificence will be astonished at my temerity that I should dare so absurdly to write the present long letter to your Magnificence, knowing that your Magnificence is constantly occupied in the high councils and affairs touching the lofty Republic. And I may be considered not only presumptuous but also idle in writing things not convenient to your condition nor agreeable, and written in a barbarous style. But as I have confidence in your virtues and in the merit of my writing, [2] which is touching things never before written upon either by ancient or modern writers, as will be seen, I may be excused by your Magnificence. The principal thing that moved me to write to you was the request of the bearer, who is named Benvenuto Benvenuti, our Florentine, who is very much the servant of your Magnificence, as he tells me, and a great friend of mine. He, finding himself here in this city of Lisbon, requested me to give an account to your Magnificence of the things by me seen in different parts of the world, during the four voyages that I have made to discover new lands; two by order of the Catholic King Ferdinand, by the Great Gulf of the Ocean Sea towards the west, the other two by order of the powerful King Manoel of Portugal, towards the south. He assured me that you will be pleased, and that in this I might hope to serve you. It was this that disposed me to do it, being assured that your Magnificence would include me in the number of your servants, remembering how, in the time of our youth, I was your friend, and now your servant, going together to hear the principles of grammar under the good life and doctrine of the venerable religious friar of St. Mark, Friar Giorgio Antonio Vespucci, whose counsels and doctrine, if it had pleased God that I had followed, I should have been another man from what I am, as Petrarch says. Quomodocunque sit, I am not ashamed, because I have always taken delight in virtuous things. Yet if these my frivolities are not acceptable to your virtue, I will reflect on what Pliny said to Mæcenas, "Formerly my witticisms used to entertain you." It may be that, though your Magnificence is continually occupied with public affairs, you may find an hour of leisure, during which you can pass a little time in frivolous or amusing things, and so, as a change from so many occupations, you may read this my letter. For you may well turn for a brief space from constant care and assiduous thought concerning public affairs.
Magnificent Lord, I humbly submit my respect to you and offer my recommendations. You might be surprised by my boldness in writing this lengthy letter to you, knowing how busy you are with the important councils and matters of the esteemed Republic. Some might think I’m presumptuous and even foolish for addressing you with things that may not be relevant or appropriate, written in an awkward style. However, I trust in your virtues and the value of my writing, [2] which discusses topics not previously covered by ancient or modern writers, as you will see, so I hope you can overlook my audacity. The main reason I decided to write to you is due to the request from the bearer, Benvenuto Benvenuti, our fellow Florentine, who is a devoted servant of yours, as he mentions, and a dear friend of mine. While in this city of Lisbon, he asked me to inform you about the things I've seen around the world during the four journeys I've made to explore new lands—two on the orders of King Ferdinand and two on the orders of the powerful King Manoel of Portugal, heading towards the west and south, respectively. He mentioned that you would appreciate this and that I might serve you in this way. This encouraged me to write, as I felt sure that you would consider me one of your servants, recalling how, during our youth, I was your friend and now your servant, as we both attended the classes of grammar under the esteemed teachings of Friar Giorgio Antonio Vespucci from St. Mark, whose guidance, if I had only followed, would have transformed me into a different person, as Petrarch says. Regardless, I am not ashamed, for I have always found joy in virtuous matters. Yet, if my trivial thoughts do not appeal to your virtue, I will consider what Pliny said to Mæcenas, "In the past, my wit used to entertain you." Even though you are constantly engaged in public matters, perhaps you can find a spare hour to enjoy something light-hearted or amusing and take a break from your heavy responsibilities to read my letter. You deserve to take a moment away from the constant concerns and straining thoughts about public affairs.
Your Magnificence must know that the motive of my coming into this kingdom of Spain was to engage in mercantile pursuits, and that I was occupied in such business for nearly four years, during which I saw and knew various changes of fortune. As these affairs of commerce are uncertain, a man being at one time at the top of the well, and at another fallen and subject to losses, and as the continual labour that a man is exposed to who would succeed, became evident to me, as well as exposure to dangers and failures, I decided upon leaving the mercantile career, and upon entering on one that would be more stable and praiseworthy. I was disposed to see some part of the world and its wonders.
Your Excellency should know that the reason I came to Spain was to get involved in trade, and I spent nearly four years doing just that, during which I experienced various ups and downs. Since business can be so unpredictable, with one moment having success and the next facing losses, I realized the constant effort needed to succeed, along with the risks and potential failures involved. So, I decided to leave the trade world and pursue a path that would be more stable and respectable. I wanted to explore some parts of the world and its wonders.
Time and opportunity offered themselves very conveniently. The King Don Fernando of Castille, 59 having ordered four ships to be dispatched for the discovery of new lands towards the west, I was chosen by his Highness to go in this fleet to help in the discovery. I left the port of Cadiz on the 10th of May 60 1497, and we took our way for the Great Gulf of the Ocean Sea, on which voyage I was engaged for eighteen months, discovering a great extent of mainland, and an infinite number of islands, most of them inhabited, of which no mention had been made by ancient writers, I believe because they had not any clear information. If I remember rightly, I have read somewhere that this Ocean Sea was without inhabitants. Our poet Dante was of this opinion, in the 26th chapter of the Inferno, where he treats of the death of Ulysses. 61 In this voyage I saw many wonderful things, as your Magnificence will [4] understand. As I said before, we left the port of Cadiz in four ships, and began our navigation to the Fortunate Islands, which are now called the Grand Canaria, situated in the Ocean Sea, on the confines of the inhabited west, within the third climate. 62 Over which place the Pole rises from the north, above the horizon 27° and a half, and it is distant from this city of Lisbon 280 leagues, 63 between south and south-west. Here we staid for eight days, providing ourselves with wood, water, and other necessaries. From thence, having offered our prayers, we weighed, and spread our sails to the wind, shaping our course to the west, with a point to south-west. 64 Our progress was such that at the end of thirty-seven days 65 we reached land which we judged to be the mainland, being distant from the island of Canaria, more to the west, nearly 1,000 leagues, 66 outside that which is inhabited in the Torrid Zone. For we found the North Pole was above its horizon 16°; and more to the westward than the island of Canaria, according to the observations with our instruments 70°. 67
Time and opportunity came together perfectly. King Don Fernando of Castile, having ordered four ships to set out for the discovery of new lands to the west, chose me to join this fleet for the journey. I left the port of Cadiz on May 10, 1497, and we headed for the Great Gulf of the Ocean Sea. I was engaged in this voyage for eighteen months, discovering a vast amount of mainland and countless islands, most of which were inhabited, and none of which had been mentioned by ancient writers, probably because they didn’t have accurate information. If I recall correctly, I’ve read somewhere that this Ocean Sea was thought to be uninhabited. Our poet Dante shared this view in the 26th chapter of the Inferno, where he discusses the death of Ulysses. During this voyage, I witnessed many incredible things, as you will understand, Your Magnificence. As I mentioned earlier, we set sail from the port of Cadiz in four ships, starting our navigation to the Fortunate Islands, which are now known as the Grand Canaria, located in the Ocean Sea on the edge of the inhabited west, within the third climate. The North Pole is above the horizon there at 27.5°, and it is 280 leagues from the city of Lisbon, in a direction between south and southwest. We stayed there for eight days, gathering wood, water, and other supplies. After offering our prayers, we hoisted our sails to the wind, setting our course to the west, slightly toward the southwest. We made such progress that after thirty-seven days, we reached land which we believed to be the mainland, nearly 1,000 leagues to the west of the island of Canaria, beyond the inhabited areas of the Torrid Zone. We found the North Pole above the horizon at 16°, and more to the west than the island of Canaria, according to our instruments, it was at 70°.
We anchored with our ships at a distance of a league and a half from the shore. We got out the boats, and, filled with armed men, we pulled them to the shore. Before we arrived we had seen many men walking along the beach, at which we were much pleased; and we found that they were naked, and they showed fear of us, I believe because we were dressed and of a different stature. They all fled to a hill, and, in spite of all the signs of peace and friendship that we made, they would not come to have intercourse with us. As night was coming on, and the ship was anchored in a dangerous place, off an open unsheltered coast, we arranged to get under weigh the next day, and to go in search of some port or bay where we could make our ships secure. We sailed along the coast to the north, always in sight of land, and the people went along the beach. After two days of navigation we found a very secure place for the ships, and we anchored at a distance of half a league from the land, where we saw very many people. We went on shore in the boats on the same day, and forty men in good order landed. The natives were still shy of us, and we could not give them sufficient confidence to induce them to come and speak with us. That day we worked so hard with this object by giving them our things, such as bells, looking-glasses, and other trifles, that some of them took courage and came to treat with us. Having established a friendly understanding, as the night was approaching we took leave of them, and returned on board. Next day, at dawn, we saw that there were an immense number of people on the beach, and that they had their women and children with [6] them. We went on shore, and found that they all came laden with their food supplies, which are such as will be described in their place. Before we arrived on shore, many of them swam out to receive us at a cross-bow shot's distance; for they are great swimmers, and they showed as much confidence as if we had been having intercourse with them for a long time; and we were pleased at seeing their feelings of security.
We anchored our ships a mile and a half from the shore. We launched the boats, filled them with armed men, and rowed to the beach. Before we got there, we noticed a lot of people walking along the shore, which made us happy. We saw they were naked, and they seemed scared of us, probably because we were dressed and looked different. They all ran to a hill, and despite our attempts to show we meant no harm and wanted to be friendly, they wouldn’t approach us. As night was approaching and our ship was in a risky spot along an open coast, we decided to leave the next day to look for a safer place to dock. We sailed north along the coast, keeping the land in sight, while the locals walked along the beach. After two days at sea, we found a very safe spot for our ships and anchored half a mile from shore, where we could see many people. We went ashore later that day, and forty of us landed in good order. The locals were still wary of us, and we couldn’t convince them enough to come and talk. That day, we worked hard to gain their trust by giving them things like bells, mirrors, and other small items. Eventually, some of them gathered the courage to approach us. Once we established a friendly connection, we said goodbye as night fell and returned to our ship. The next day at dawn, we noticed a huge crowd on the beach, including their women and children. We went ashore and found they had come carrying food supplies, which will be described later. Before we reached the beach, many of them swam out to greet us at a distance where we could shoot a crossbow; they were great swimmers and showed as much confidence as if we’d known each other for a long time, and we were pleased to see their comfort around us. [6]
What we knew of their life and customs was that they all go naked, as well the men as the women, without covering anything, no otherwise than as they come out of their mothers' wombs. They are of medium stature, and very well proportioned. The colour of their skins inclines to red, like the skin of a lion, and I believe that, if they were properly clothed, they would be white like ourselves. They have no hair whatever on their bodies, but they have very long black hair, especially the women, which beautifies them. They have not very beautiful faces, because they have long eyelids, which make them look like Tartars. They do not allow any hairs to grow on their eyebrows, nor eyelashes, nor in any other part except on the head, where it is rough and dishevelled. They are very agile in their persons, both in walking and running, as well the men as the women; and think nothing of running a league or two, as we often witnessed; and in this they have a very great advantage over us Christians. They swim wonderfully well, and the women better than the men; for we have found and seen them many times two leagues at sea, without any help whatever in swimming.
What we knew about their life and customs was that everyone goes naked, both men and women, without any clothing at all, just as they come from their mothers. They are of average height and very well-proportioned. Their skin color is reddish, like that of a lion, and I believe that if they were properly dressed, they would be as white as us. They have no hair anywhere on their bodies, but the women have long black hair that enhances their beauty. Their faces aren’t particularly attractive because they have long eyelids that make them look like Tartars. They don’t let any hair grow on their eyebrows or eyelashes, or anywhere else except on their heads, which is rough and messy. They are very agile, both in walking and running, and think nothing of running a mile or two, as we often saw; this gives them a significant advantage over us Christians. They swim extraordinarily well, with the women being even better than the men; we've seen them swim for miles out to sea, completely unaided.
Their arms are bows and arrows, well made, except that they have no iron, nor any other kind of hard metal. Instead of iron they use teeth of animals or of fish, or a bit of wood well burnt at the point. They are sure shots, and where they aim they hit. In some places the women use these bows. They have other weapons like lances, hardened [7] by fire, and clubs with the knobs very well carved. They wage war among themselves with people who do not speak their language, carrying it on with great cruelty, giving no quarter, if not inflicting greater punishment. When they go to war they take their women with them; not because they fight, but because they carry the provisions in rear of the men. A woman carries a burden on her back, which a man would not carry, for thirty or forty leagues, as we have seen many times. They have no leader, nor do they march in any order, no one being captain. The cause of their wars is not the desire of rule nor to extend the limits of their dominions, but owing to some ancient feud that has arisen among them in former times. When asked why they made war, they have no other answer than that it is to avenge the death of their ancestors and their fathers. They have neither king nor lord, nor do they obey anyone, but live in freedom. Having moved themselves to wage war, when the enemy have killed or captured any of them, the oldest relation arises and goes preaching through the streets and calling upon his countrymen to come with him to avenge the death of his relation, and thus he moves them by compassion. They do not bring men to justice, nor punish a criminal. Neither the mother nor the father chastise their children, and it is wonderful that we never saw a quarrel among them. They show themselves simple in their talk, and are very sharp and cunning in securing their ends. They speak little, and in a low voice. They use the same accents as ourselves, forming their words either on the palate, the teeth, or the lips, only they have other words for things. Great is the diversity of languages, for in a hundred leagues we found such change in the language that the inhabitants could not understand each other.
Their weapons are bows and arrows, well made, but they don’t use iron or any hard metal. Instead of metal, they use animal or fish teeth, or a piece of wood that’s been charred at the tip. They’re excellent shots and hit their targets consistently. In some areas, women also use these bows. They have other weapons like lances that are hardened by fire and clubs with well-carved knobs. They wage war among themselves against people who don’t speak their language, fighting with great brutality, giving no mercy and often inflicting even harsher punishment. When they go to war, they bring their women along, not to fight, but to carry supplies behind the men. A woman can carry a load on her back that a man wouldn't, for thirty or forty leagues, which we’ve observed many times. They have no leader and don’t march in formation, with no one acting as captain. Their wars aren’t motivated by a desire for power or land, but rather by some ancient feuds from the past. When asked why they fight, their only answer is that it’s to avenge the deaths of their ancestors. They have neither king nor lord, nor do they answer to anyone, living completely free. When they decide to go to war and one of their people is killed or captured, the oldest relative steps up and goes through the streets urging his fellow countrymen to join him in avenging their relative’s death, appealing to their sense of compassion. They don’t bring people to trial or punish criminals. Parents don’t discipline their children, and it’s remarkable that we never saw any arguments among them. They speak simply, yet they are very clever and crafty in getting what they want. They talk quietly and use similar sounds to us, forming their words with their palate, teeth, or lips; they just have different words for things. There’s a huge variety of languages; in just a hundred leagues, we found such differences in language that the locals couldn’t understand each other. [7]
Their mode of life is very barbarous, for they have no regular time for their meals, but they eat at any time that [8] they have the wish, as often at night as in the day—indeed, they eat at all hours. They take their food on the ground, without napkin or any other cloth, eating out of earthen pots which they make, or out of half calabashes. They sleep in certain very large nets made of cotton, 69 and suspended in the air; and if this should seem a bad way of sleeping, I say that it is pleasant to sleep in that manner, and that we slept better in that way than in coverlets. 70 They are a people of cleanly habits as regards their bodies, and are constantly washing themselves. When they empty the stomach they do everything so as not to be seen, and in this they are clean and decent; but in making water they are dirty and without shame, for while talking with us they do such things without turning round, and without any shame. They do not practise matrimony among them, each man taking as many women as he likes, and when he is tired of a woman he repudiates her without either injury to himself or shame to the woman, for in this matter the woman has the same liberty as the man. They are not very jealous, but lascivious beyond measure, the women much more so than the men. I do not further refer to their contrivances for satisfying their inordinate desires, so that I may not offend against modesty. They are very prolific in bearing children, and in their pregnancy they are not excused any work whatever. The parturition is so easy, and accompanied by so little pain, that they are up and about the next day. They go to some river to wash, and presently are quite well, appearing on the water like fish. If they are angry with their husbands they easily cause abortion with certain poisonous herbs or roots, and destroy the child. Many infants perish in this way. They are gifted with very handsome and well-proportioned [9] bodies, and no part or member is to be seen that is not well formed. Although they go naked, yet that which should be concealed is kept between the thighs so that it cannot be seen. Yet there no one cares, for the same impression is made on them at seeing anything indecent as is made on us at seeing a nose or mouth. Among them it is considered strange if a woman has wrinkles on the bosom from frequent parturition, or on the belly. All parts are invariably preserved after the parturition as they were before. They showed an excessive desire for our company.
Their way of life is quite primitive, as they don't have regular meal times; they eat whenever they feel like it, whether it's day or night—really, they eat at all hours. They take their food on the ground, without napkins or any cloth, eating from earthen pots they've made or from half calabashes. They sleep in large cotton nets suspended in the air; and while this might seem like a bad way to sleep, I can say it’s actually quite pleasant, and we slept better that way than under blankets. They maintain good hygiene regarding their bodies and frequently wash themselves. When they need to relieve themselves, they do so discreetly, without being seen, which is clean and proper; however, when it comes to urinating, they are careless and shameless, doing it in front of us without turning away. They don't practice marriage; each man takes as many women as he likes, and when he gets tired of one, he can just dismiss her without consequence or shame for either party, as women have the same freedom as men in this regard. They aren’t very jealous, but they are intensely lustful, with the women being even more so than the men. I won’t go into detail about their ways of satisfying their excessive desires out of respect for modesty. They are very fertile and work hard even when pregnant. Childbirth is so easy and involves so little pain that they are up and about the next day. They go to a river to wash, and soon feel completely fine, appearing in the water like fish. If they are angry with their husbands, they can easily cause an abortion with certain poisonous herbs or roots, resulting in many infant deaths. They have very attractive, well-proportioned bodies, with no visible deformities. Even though they go naked, what should be concealed is kept between their thighs, so it’s not seen. However, no one cares, as they react to indecent exposure just as we do to seeing someone’s nose or mouth. It’s considered odd for a woman to have wrinkles on her chest from frequent childbirth or on her belly. All parts remain intact after giving birth as they were beforehand. They showed a strong desire for our company.
We did not find that these people had any laws; they cannot be called Moors nor Jews, but worse than Gentiles. For we did not see that they offered any sacrifices, nor have they any place of worship. I judge their lives to be Epicurean. Their habitations are in common. Their dwellings, are like huts, but strongly built of very large trees, and covered with palm leaves, secure from tempests and winds. In some places they are of such length and width that we found 600 souls in one single house. We found villages of only thirteen houses where there were 4,000 inhabitants. They build the villages every eight or ten years, and when asked why they did this, they replied that it was because the soil was corrupted and infected, and caused diseases in their bodies, so they chose a new site. Their wealth consists of the feathers of birds of many colours, or "paternosters" made of the fins of fishes, or of white or green stones, which they wear on their necks, lips, and ears; and of many other things which have no value for us. They have no commerce, and neither buy nor sell. In conclusion, they live, and are content with what nature has given them.
We found that these people didn’t have any laws; they can't be called Moors or Jews, but worse than Gentiles. They didn’t offer any sacrifices, nor did they have any place of worship. I think their way of life is Epicurean. They live in shared housing. Their homes are like huts, built sturdily from very large trees and covered with palm leaves, protected from storms and winds. In some places, they’re so big that we found 600 people living in a single house. We discovered villages with only thirteen houses that had 4,000 residents. They build new villages every eight to ten years, and when asked why, they said it was because the soil became corrupted and caused diseases, so they moved to a new location. Their wealth comes from colorful bird feathers, or "paternosters" made from fish fins, or from white or green stones that they wear around their necks, lips, and ears, along with many other things that hold no value for us. They don’t engage in trade, and they neither buy nor sell. In short, they live and are happy with what nature provides them.
They have none of the riches which are looked upon as such in our Europe and in other parts, such as gold, pearls, or precious stones: and even if they have them in their [10] country, they do not work to get them. They are liberal in their giving, for it is wonderful if they refuse anything, and also liberal in asking, as soon as they make friends. Their greatest sign of friendship is to give their wives or daughters, and a father and mother considered themselves highly honoured when they brought us a daughter, especially if she was a virgin, that we should sleep with her, and in doing this they use terms of warm friendship.
They don't have any of the riches that we consider valuable in Europe and other places, like gold, pearls, or precious stones. Even if they have these things in their country, they don't work to acquire them. They are generous in their giving; it's rare for them to refuse anything. They're also quite open in asking for things as soon as they become friends. Their biggest sign of friendship is to offer their wives or daughters, and parents feel greatly honored when they bring us a daughter, especially if she is a virgin, for us to spend the night with. They express this with terms of deep friendship.
When they die they use several kinds of burial. Some bury their dead with water and food, thinking they will want it. They have no ceremonies of lights, nor of weeping. In some other places they practise a most barbarous and inhuman kind of interment. This is that when a sick or infirm person is almost in the throes of death, his relations carry him into a great wood, and fasten one of those nets in which they sleep to two trees. They put their dying relation into it, and dance round him the whole of one day. When night comes on they put water and food enough for four or six days at his head, and then leave him alone, returning to their village. If the sick man can help himself, and eats and lives so as to return to the village, they receive him with ceremony, but few are those who escape. Most of them die, and that is their sepulchre. They have many other customs, which are omitted to avoid prolixity. In their illnesses they use various kinds of medicines, so different from ours that we marvelled how anyone escaped. I often saw a patient ill with fever, when the disease was at its height; bathed with quantities of cold water from head to foot. Then they made a great fire all round, making him turn backwards and forwards for two hours until he was tired, and he was then left to sleep. Many were cured. They also attend to the diet, keep the patient without food, and draw blood, not from the arm, but from the thighs and loins, and from the calves of the legs. They also provoke vomiting by [11] putting one of their herbs into the mouth, and they use many other remedies which it would take long to recount. They abound much in phlegm and in blood, on account of their food, which consists of roots, fruit, and fish. They have no sowing of grain, nor of any kind of corn. But for their common use they eat the root of a tree, from which they make very good flour, and they call it Iuca. 71 Others call it Cazabi 72 and Ignami. 73 They eat little flesh, unless it be human flesh, and your Magnificence must know that they are so inhuman as to transgress regarding this most bestial custom. For they eat all their enemies that they kill or take, as well females as males, with so much barbarity that it is a brutal thing to mention, how much more to see it, as has happened to me an infinite number of times. They were astonished at us when we told them that we did not eat our enemies. Your Magnificence may believe for certain that they have many other barbarous customs, for in these four voyages I have seen so many things different from our customs that I have written a book, 74 to be called The Four Voyages, in which I have related the greater part of the things I saw, very clearly and to the best of my abilities. I have not yet published it, because my own affairs are in such a bad state that I have no taste for what I have written, yet I am much inclined to publish it. In this work will be seen all the events in detail, I therefore do not enlarge upon them here. For in the course of the said work we shall see many other special details; so this will suffice for what is general. In this beginning I did not see anything of much value in the land except some indications of gold. [12] I believe that this was because we did not know the language, and so we could not benefit by the resources of the land.
When they die, they have various burial practices. Some bury their dead with water and food, thinking that they will need it. They don’t have ceremonies involving lights or mourning. In some other places, they practice a very cruel and inhumane form of burial. This involves taking a sick or frail person who is close to death into a large forest and hanging a net, which they usually sleep in, between two trees. They place their dying relative in it and dance around him all day long. When night falls, they leave enough water and food for four to six days at his head and then go back to their village. If the sick person manages to eat and survive to return to the village, they welcome him back ceremoniously, but few make it. Most of them die, and that becomes their grave. They have many other customs, which I will skip to avoid being too lengthy. In their illnesses, they use various kinds of medicines that are so different from ours that we wondered how anyone recovered. I frequently saw a patient suffering from fever at its peak, being drenched in cold water from head to toe. Then they would make a large fire all around him, making him turn back and forth for two hours until he was exhausted, and afterward, he was left to sleep. Many were cured. They also pay attention to diet, keeping the patient from eating, and they draw blood, not from the arm, but from the thighs, lower back, and calves. They also induce vomiting by putting one of their herbs in the mouth and use many other remedies that would take a long time to describe. They tend to have a lot of phlegm and blood because of their diet, which consists of roots, fruit, and fish. They don’t cultivate grain or any kind of corn. For their common meals, they eat the root of a tree, from which they make good flour, and they call it *Iuca*. Others refer to it as *Cazabi* and *Ignami*. They eat little meat unless it’s human flesh, and you must understand that they are so inhumane that they engage in this brutal custom. They consume all their enemies that they kill or capture, both males and females, with such barbarity that it's shocking to talk about, let alone witness, as I have done countless times. They were shocked when we told them that we do not eat our enemies. You can be sure that they have many other savage customs, for in these four voyages, I encountered so many things different from our own practices that I've written a book, to be called *The Four Voyages*, in which I have detailed most of what I saw, as clearly and as best as I could. I haven’t published it yet because my personal situation is so bad that I’m not motivated to share what I’ve written, although I am very eager to publish it. In this work, all the events will be described in detail, so I won’t elaborate further here. Throughout that work, we will explore many other specifics, so this will be enough for what is general. At the beginning, I didn’t see anything of much value in the land other than some signs of gold. I believe this was due to our lack of knowledge of the language, which prevented us from fully benefiting from the resources of the land.
We resolved to depart and to proceed onwards, coasting along the land; in which voyage we made many tacks, and had intercourse with many tribes. At the end of certain days we came to a port where we were in the greatest danger, and it pleased the Lord to save us. It was in this way. We went on shore in a port where we found a village built over a lake, like Venice. There were about forty-four large houses founded on very thick piles, and each had a drawbridge leading to the door. From one house there was a way to all the rest by drawbridges which led from house to house. The people of this little city showed signs that they were afraid of us, and suddenly they rose all at once. While looking at this wonder, we saw about twenty-two canoes coming over the sea, which are the sort of boats they use, hollowed out of a single tree. They came to our ships, as if to gaze with wonder at us and our clothes, but they kept at a distance. Things being so, we made signs to them to come to us, giving them assurances of friendship. Seeing that they did not come we went to them, but they did not wait for us. They went on shore, and made signs to us that we should wait, and that they would soon return. They went straight to a hill, and were not long before they came back, leading with them sixteen of their young girls. They got into the canoes and came to the ships, and in each ship they put four, and we were as much surprised at such a proceeding as your Magnificence will be. They were amongst our ships with the canoes, speaking with us. We looked upon this as a sign of friendship. Presently a number of people came swimming over the sea, and approached us without our feeling any suspicion whatever, having come from the houses. Then certain old women appeared at the doors of [13] the houses, uttering great cries and tearing their hair in sign of grief. This made us suspect something, and each man seized his arms. Suddenly the young girls who were on board jumped into the sea, and those in the canoes came nearer, and began to shoot with their bows and arrows. Those who were swimming had each brought a lance, concealed under the water as much as possible. As soon as we understood the treachery we not only defended ourselves from them, but also attacked them vigorously and sank many of their canoes with our ships. Thus we routed and slaughtered them, and all took to swimming, abandoning their canoes. Having thus suffered enough damage, they swam to the land. Nearly fifteen or twenty of them were killed, and many were wounded. Of our men five were wounded, and all escaped, thanks to God. We captured two girls and two men. We went to their houses and entered them, but only found two old women and one sick man. We took many of their things, but they were of little value. We would not burn their houses, because we felt compunctions of conscience. We returned to our ships with five prisoners, and put irons on the feet of each, except the girls. On the following night the two girls and one of the men escaped with great cunning. Next day we decided upon continuing our course onwards.
We decided to leave and continue along the coast. During our journey, we changed direction many times and interacted with several tribes. After a few days, we reached a port where we were in serious danger, but fortunately, we were saved. Here’s what happened. We went ashore at a port with a village built over a lake, much like Venice. There were about forty-four large houses built on very thick piles, each with a drawbridge leading to the entrance. One house was connected to all the others by drawbridges that linked them together. The people of this small city seemed afraid of us, and suddenly they all stood up at once. While marveling at this, we noticed about twenty-two canoes approaching from the sea. These canoes were carved from single trees, and they came close to our ships, seemingly to marvel at us and our clothes, but they kept their distance. Given this, we gestured for them to come closer and assured them of our friendship. When they didn’t approach, we decided to go to them, but they didn’t stick around. They headed ashore and signaled us to wait, claiming they would return shortly. They went directly up a hill and soon came back, leading with them sixteen young girls. They climbed into the canoes and approached our ships, placing four girls in each. We were as surprised by this as you can imagine. They mingled among our ships, talking with us, and we took this as a sign of friendship. Soon after, several people began swimming over from the shore, approaching us without raising any suspicions. Then some older women appeared at the doors of the houses, crying out and tearing their hair in grief. This raised our suspicions, and we all grabbed our weapons. Suddenly, the young girls on board jumped into the water, and those in the canoes drew closer, starting to shoot at us with bows and arrows. The swimmers had each brought a lance, hidden as much as possible under the water. Once we realized the betrayal, we not only defended ourselves but also launched a counterattack, sinking many of their canoes with our ships. We drove them away and killed several, forcing them to swim for land after abandoning their boats. Nearly fifteen or twenty of them were killed, and many more were injured. Among our crew, five were hurt, but everyone escaped, thanks to God. We captured two girls and two men. We explored their houses but found only two old women and one sick man. We took many of their belongings, though they were of little worth. We didn’t burn their houses, as we felt guilty about it. We returned to our ships with five prisoners, shackling everyone except the girls. That night, the two girls and one of the men escaped cleverly. The next day, we decided to continue our journey.
We sailed constantly along the coast, and came to another tribe, distant about 80 leagues from the one we had left, and very different both as regards language and customs. We came to an anchor, and went on shore in the boats, when we saw that a great number of people were on the beach, upwards of 4,000 souls. They did not wait for our landing, but took to flight, abandoning their things. We jumped on shore, and went along a road which led to the woods. At the distance of a cross-bow shot we found their huts, where they had made very large fires, and two were there cooking their food, and roasting [14] animals and fish of many sorts. Here we saw that they were roasting a certain animal like a serpent, except that it had no wings, and its appearance was so horrid that many of us wondered at its fierceness. We walked to their houses or sheds, and they had many of these serpents alive, fastened by their feet and with a cord round the snout, so that they could not open their mouths, as is done to pointers, 75 to prevent them from biting. Their aspect was so fierce that none of us dared to go near one, thinking they were poisonous. They are the size of a young goat, and a fathom and a half long. They have long and thick feet, armed with large claws, the skin hard and of various colours. The mouth and face are like those of a serpent. They have a crest like a saw, which extends from the nose to the end of the tail. We concluded that they were serpents and poisonous, yet they eat them. 76 We found that the natives made bread of small fishes, which they take from the sea, first boiling them, then pounding them into a paste, and roasting them in the cinders, and so they are eaten. We tried them, and found them good. They have so many other kinds of food, and a greater number of fruits and roots, that it would take long to describe them in detail. Seeing that the people did not come back, we determined not to touch any of their things, to give them more confidence. We also left many of our own things in their huts, that they might see them, and at night we returned to the ships. Next day, at dawn, we saw an immense crowd of people on the beach, so we went on shore. When they again showed fear we reassured them, and induced them to treat with us, giving them everything they asked for. When they became friendly [15] they told us that those were their habitations, and that they were come to fish. They asked us to come to their villages that they might receive us as friends. They showed such friendship because of the two men we had prisoners, who were their enemies. Seeing their importunity, and after a consultation, we decided that twenty-eight of our Christians, in good order, should go with them, with the firm intention to die if it should be necessary. When we had been there nearly three days we went with them into the interior. At a distance of three leagues from the beach we came to a village of few houses and many inhabitants, there not being more than nine habitations. Here we were received with so many barbarous ceremonies that the pen will not suffice to write them down. There were songs, dances, tears mingled with rejoicings, and plenty of food. We remained here for the night. Here they offered their wives to us, and we were unable to defend ourselves from them. We remained all night and half the next day. The multitude of people who came to see us was such that they could not be counted. The older men prayed that we would come with them to another village further in the interior, making signs that they would show us the greatest honour. So we agreed to go, and it cannot be expressed what great honour they showed us. We came to many villages, and were nine days on the journey, so that our Christians who remained on board became anxious about us. Being nearly eighteen leagues inland in a direct line, we determined to return to the ships. On the return journey the crowd was so great that came with us to the beach, both of women and men, that it was wonderful. If any of our people got tired on the way, they carried them in their nets very comfortably. In crossing the rivers, which are numerous and very large, they took us across by their contrivances so safely that there was no [16] danger whatever. Many of them came laden with the things they had given to us, which were their sleeping-nets, most of them richly worked, numerous parrots of various colours, many bows and arrows; while others carried burdens consisting of their provisions and animals. What greater wonder can I tell you than that they thought themselves fortunate when, in passing a river, they could carry us on their backs?
We constantly sailed along the coast and reached another tribe, about 80 leagues from the one we had just left, which was very different in language and customs. We dropped anchor and went ashore in our boats, where we saw a large crowd of people on the beach, over 4,000 in total. They didn't wait for us to land; instead, they fled, leaving their belongings behind. We jumped onto the shore and followed a path that led into the woods. About a cross-bow shot away, we found their huts, where they had built large fires. Two of them were cooking food and roasting animals and various kinds of fish. Here, we noticed that they were cooking an animal resembling a serpent, except without wings, and its appearance was so terrifying that many of us were struck by its ferocity. We walked over to their houses or sheds, where they had several live serpents tied up by their feet and with a cord around their snouts to keep them from biting, similar to how pointers are handled. They looked so fierce that none of us dared approach them, fearing they might be poisonous. They were about the size of a young goat and a fathom and a half long, with long, thick legs equipped with large claws, and their skin was hard and multicolored. Their mouths and faces resembled those of a snake. They had a crest like a saw that ran from their nose to the end of their tail. We assumed they were serpents and poisonous, yet they consumed them. We discovered that the natives made bread from small fish caught from the sea, first boiling them and then pounding them into a paste, which they roasted in the coals before eating. We tried it and found it to be tasty. They had many other types of food and a wider variety of fruits and roots that would take a long time to detail. Noticing that the people hadn't returned, we decided not to touch any of their things to help boost their confidence. We also left some of our items in their huts for them to see, and at night, we returned to the ships. The next day at dawn, we saw a massive crowd on the beach, so we went ashore. When they showed fear again, we reassured them and got them to trade with us, giving them everything they asked for. Once they became friendly, they told us that those were their homes and that they had come to fish. They invited us to their villages so they could welcome us as friends. Their friendliness stemmed from the two men we had captured, who were their enemies. After discussing it, we decided that twenty-eight of our crew members would go with them, prepared to sacrifice themselves if necessary. After spending nearly three days there, we went with them deeper into the interior. Three leagues from the beach, we arrived at a village with few houses but many inhabitants—no more than nine homes. We were received with so many barbaric ceremonies that it's hard to describe them all. There were songs, dances, tears mixed with joy, and plenty of food. We stayed there overnight. They offered us their wives, and we couldn't defend ourselves against their advances. We stayed until the next day. The number of people who came to see us was so great that they couldn't be counted. The older men urged us to come with them to another village further inland, indicating that they would honor us greatly. So we agreed to go, and it was overwhelming to experience how much honor they showed us. We visited many villages, spending nine days on the journey, worrying our crew who remained on board. Being nearly eighteen leagues inland in a straight line, we decided to head back to the ships. On our return, the crowd that accompanied us to the beach was so large, both men and women, that it was incredible. If any of our people grew tired on the way, the natives carried them in their nets comfortably. As we crossed the numerous and large rivers, they safely brought us across with their methods, with no danger involved. Many of them came carrying items they had given us, like beautifully crafted sleeping nets, various colorful parrots, numerous bows and arrows, while others bore their provisions and animals. What greater wonder can I share than the fact that they felt lucky when they were able to carry us on their backs while crossing a river?
Having reached the shore, we went on board the ships. They made such a crowd to enter our ships in order to see them, that we were astonished. We took as many as we could in the boats, and took them to the ships, and so many came swimming that we were inclined to stop such a crowd from being on board, more than a thousand souls, all naked and without arms. They wondered at our arrangements and contrivances, and at the size of the ships. There happened a laughable thing, which was that we had occasion to fire off some of our artillery, and when the report was heard, the greater part of the natives on board jumped overboard from fear, and began to swim, like the frogs on the banks, which, when they are frightened, jump into the swamp. Such was the conduct of these people. Those who remained on board were so frightened that we were sorry we had done it, but we reassured them by saying that we frightened our enemies with those arms. Having amused themselves all day on board, we told them that they must go, because we wished to depart that night; and so they went away with much show of love and friendship, returning to the shore. Among this tribe, and in their land, I knew and saw so much of their customs and mode of life that I do not care to enlarge upon them here; for your Magnificence must know that in each of my voyages I have noted down the most remarkable things, and all is reduced into a volume in the geographical style, entitled the Four Voyages, in which work all things are [17] described in detail, but I have not yet sent out a copy, because it is necessary for me to revise it.
Having reached the shore, we boarded the ships. There was such a huge crowd trying to enter our ships to see them that we were amazed. We took as many as we could in the boats and brought them to the ships, and so many came swimming that we considered how to limit the crowd on board, which numbered over a thousand people, all naked and unarmed. They were curious about our setups and inventions, and about the size of the ships. Something amusing happened when we had to fire some of our artillery, and when the sound was heard, most of the natives on board jumped into the water out of fear and started swimming, like frogs that jump into the swamp when scared. That was how these people acted. Those who stayed on board were so frightened that we regretted doing it, but we reassured them by explaining that we used those weapons to scare our enemies. After having fun all day on board, we told them they had to go because we wanted to leave that night; they departed with much affection and friendship, returning to the shore. Among this tribe and in their land, I learned and observed so much of their customs and way of life that I won’t elaborate here; your Magnificence must know that in each of my voyages, I’ve documented the most noteworthy things, all compiled into a book in a geographical style, titled the Four Journeys, in which everything is [17] described in detail, but I haven’t sent out a copy yet because I need to revise it.
This land is very populous and full of people, with numerous rivers, but few animals. They are similar to ours, except the lions, ounces, stags, pigs, goats, and deer; and these still have some differences of form. They have neither horses nor mules, asses nor dogs, nor any kind of sheep, nor cattle. But they have many other animals all wild, and none of them serve for any domestic use, so that they cannot be counted. What shall we say of the birds, which are so many, and of so many kinds and colours of plumage that it is wonderful to see them? The land is very pleasant and fruitful, full of very large woods and forests, and it is always green, for the trees never shed their leaves. The fruits are so numerous that they cannot be enumerated, and all different from ours. This land is within the Torrid Zone, under the parallel which the Tropic of Cancer describes, where the Pole is 23° above the horizon, on the verge of the second climate. Many people came to see us, and were astonished at our appearance and the whiteness of our skins. They asked whence we came, and we gave them to understand that we came from heaven, and that we were travelling to see the world, and they believed it. In this land we put up a font of baptism, and an infinite number of people were baptised, and they called us, in their language, Carabi, which is as much as to say, "men of great wisdom."
This land is very crowded and filled with people, with plenty of rivers but few animals. The animals they have are similar to ours, except for lions, ounces, stags, pigs, goats, and deer, which have some differences in appearance. They don’t have horses, mules, donkeys, dogs, any kind of sheep, or cattle. However, they do have many other wild animals, and none of them are domesticated, so it's hard to count them. What can we say about the birds? There are so many, and they come in various kinds and colors that it’s amazing to see them. The land is very pleasant and fertile, filled with large woods and forests, and it stays lush all the time because the trees never lose their leaves. The fruits are countless and all different from ours. This land is located in the Torrid Zone, under the parallel represented by the Tropic of Cancer, where the North Pole is 23° above the horizon, on the edge of the second climate. Many people came to see us and were amazed by our appearance and the fairness of our skin. They asked where we came from, and we let them know that we came from heaven and were traveling to explore the world, and they believed us. In this land, we set up a baptismal font, and countless people were baptized. They called us, in their language, Carabi, which means "people of great wisdom."
We departed from this port. The province is called Parias, 77 and we navigated along the coast, always in sight of land, until we had run along it a distance of 870 leagues, always towards the North-West, 78 making many tacks and treating with many tribes. In many places we [18] discovered gold, though not in any great quantity, but we did much in discovering the land, and in ascertaining that there was gold. We had now been thirteen months on the voyage, 79 and the ships and gear were much worn, and the men tired. We resolved, after consultation, to beach the ships and heave them down, as they were making much water, and to caulk them afresh, before shaping a course for Spain. When we made this decision we were near the finest harbour in the world, which we entered with our ships. Here we found a great many people, who received us in a very friendly manner. On shore we made a bastion with our boats, and with casks and our guns, at which we all rejoiced. Here we lightened 80 and cleared our ships, and hauled them up, making all the repairs that were necessary, the people of the country giving us all manner of help, and regularly supplying us with provisions. For in that port we had little relish for our own, which we made fun of, for our provisions for the voyage were running short, and were bad.
We left this port. The province is called Pariahs, 77 and we sailed along the coast, always in sight of land, until we had traveled a distance of 870 leagues, always towards the Northwest, 78 making many turns and interacting with many tribes. In several places we [18] found gold, although not in large amounts, but we accomplished a lot in discovering the land and confirming the presence of gold. We had now been on this voyage for thirteen months, 79 and the ships and equipment were quite worn down, and the crew was tired. After discussing it, we decided to beach the ships and repair them, as they were taking on too much water, and to caulk them again before heading back to Spain. When we made this decision we were near the finest harbor in the world, which we entered with our ships. Here we encountered many people who welcomed us very kindly. Onshore, we built a bastion with our boats, casks, and guns, which made us all happy. Here we lightened 80 and cleared our ships, pulling them up to make all necessary repairs, while the local people provided us with all kinds of help and regularly brought us food. In that port, we grew tired of our own supplies, which we joked about, as our provisions for the journey were running low and were of poor quality.
We remained here thirty-seven days, and often went to their village, where they received us with great honour. When we wanted to resume our voyage, they made a complaint how, at certain times, a very cruel and hostile tribe came by way of the sea to their land, murdered many of them, subdued them, and took some prisoners, carrying them off to their own houses and land. They added that they were scarcely able to defend themselves, making signs that their enemies were people of an island at a distance of about 100 leagues out at sea. They said this so earnestly that we believed them; and we promised to [19] avenge their injuries, which gave them much pleasure. Many of them offered to go with us, but we did not wish to take them. We agreed that seven should accompany us, on condition that they went in their own canoe. For we did not want to be obliged to take them back to their land; and they were content. So we took leave of those people, leaving many friends among them.
We stayed here for thirty-seven days and often visited their village, where they welcomed us with great respect. When we were ready to continue our journey, they expressed concern about a very cruel and aggressive tribe that would sometimes come by sea to their land, killing many of them, overpowering them, and taking some prisoners back to their own homes. They pointed out that they could barely defend themselves, indicating that their enemies were from an island about 100 leagues away out at sea. They spoke so sincerely that we believed them, and we promised to [19] seek revenge for their injuries, which pleased them greatly. Many of them wanted to come with us, but we decided against taking them. We agreed that seven could join us, provided they used their own canoe. We didn't want to have to bring them back to their land; they were happy with this arrangement. We said our goodbyes, leaving many friends behind.
Our ships having been repaired, we navigated for seven days across the sea, with the wind 81 between north-east and east, and at the end of the seven days we came upon the islands, which were numerous, some inhabited and others deserted. We anchored off one of them, where we saw many people, who called it Iti. 82 Having manned our boats with good men, and placed three rounds of the bombard in each, we pulled to the shore, where we found 400 men and many women, all naked. They were well made, and seemed good fighting men, for they were armed with bows and arrows, and lances. The greater part of them also had square shields, and they carried them so that they should not impede their using the bow. As we approached the shore in the boats, at the distance of a bowshot, they all rushed into the water to shoot their arrows, and to defend themselves from us they returned to the land. They all had their bodies painted with different colours, and were adorned with feathers. The interpreters told us that when they showed themselves plumed and painted, it is a sign that they intend to fight. They so persevered in defending the landing that we were obliged to use our [20] artillery. When they heard the report, and saw some of their own people fall dead, they all retreated inland. After holding a consultation, we resolved to land forty of our men, and await their attack. The men landed with their arms, and the natives came against us, and fought us for nearly an hour, 83 gaining little advantage, except that our cross-bow men and gunners killed some of the natives, while they wounded some of our people. They would not wait for the thrust of our spears or swords, but we pushed on with such vigour at last that we came within sword-thrust, and as they could not withstand our arms, they fled to the hills and woods, leaving us victorious on the field, with many of their dead and wounded. We did not continue the pursuit that day, because we were very tired. In returning to the ships, the seven men who came with us showed such delight that they could not contain themselves.
Our ships fixed up, we sailed for seven days across the sea, with the wind 81 blowing between northeast and east. At the end of those seven days, we came across numerous islands, some inhabited and others deserted. We anchored off one of them, where we saw many people who called it Iti. 82 We manned our boats with good crew members and loaded three rounds of artillery in each. We paddled to the shore, where we found 400 men and many women, all naked. They were well-built and seemed to be good fighters, armed with bows, arrows, and lances. Most of them also had square shields, which they held in a way that didn’t hinder their bow usage. As we got close to the shore in our boats, at about the distance of a bowshot, they all rushed into the water to shoot arrows at us, but then they returned to the land to defend themselves. Their bodies were painted with various colors and adorned with feathers. The interpreters told us that when they appeared decorated and painted, it meant they were ready to fight. They were so determined to defend their landing that we had to use our [20] artillery. When they heard the gunfire and saw some of their own fall dead, they all retreated inland. After discussing it, we decided to land forty of our men and wait for their attack. The men who landed were armed, and the natives came at us, fighting for nearly an hour, 83 gaining little ground except that our crossbowmen and gunners took out some of their people, while a few of ours got wounded. They wouldn’t wait for the thrust of our spears or swords, but we pushed forward with such force that we eventually closed in with our swords. Unable to withstand our arms, they fled into the hills and woods, leaving us victorious on the battlefield with many of their dead and wounded. We didn’t pursue them that day because we were very tired. On the way back to the ships, the seven men who came with us were so overjoyed they could hardly contain themselves.
Next day we saw a great number of the people on shore, still with signs of war, sounding horns and various other instruments used by them for defiance, and all plumed and painted, so that it was a very strange thing to behold them. All the ships, therefore, consulted together, and it was concluded that these people desired hostility with us. It was then decided that we should do all in our power to make friends with them, and if they rejected our friendship we should treat them as enemies, and that we should make slaves of as many as we could take. Being armed as well as our means admitted, we returned to the shore. They did not oppose our landing, I believe from fear of the guns. Forty of our men landed in four detachments, each with a captain, and attacked them. After a long battle, many of them being killed, the rest were put to flight. We followed in pursuit until we came to a [21] village, having taken nearly 250 prisoners. 84 We burnt the village and returned to the ships with these 250 prisoners, leaving many killed and wounded. On our side no more than one was killed, and twenty-two were wounded, who all recovered. God be thanked! We prepared to depart, and the seven men, five of whom were wounded, took a canoe belonging to the island, and with seven prisoners that we gave them, four women and three men, they returned to their land with much joy, astonished at our power. We made sail for Spain with 222 prisoners, 85 our slaves, and arrived in the port of Cadiz on the 15th of October 1498, where we were well received, and where we sold our slaves. This is what befell me in this my first voyage, that was most worthy of note.
The next day, we saw a large group of people on the shore, still showing signs of war, blowing horns and playing various instruments to challenge us, all decorated with feathers and paint, which made for a strange sight. All the ships held a meeting, and we concluded that these people wanted to fight us. We decided to try everything we could to befriend them, and if they rejected our peace offering, we would treat them as enemies and capture as many as we could as slaves. Armed as best as we could manage, we went back to the shore. They didn’t try to stop our landing, probably out of fear of our guns. Forty of our men landed in four groups, each led by a captain, and attacked them. After a long battle, many of them were killed, and the rest fled. We chased them until we reached a [21] village, capturing nearly 250 prisoners. We burned the village and returned to the ships with these 250 prisoners, leaving many killed and wounded behind. On our side, only one was killed, and twenty-two were wounded, all of whom recovered. Thank God! We got ready to leave, and the seven men, five of whom were injured, took a canoe from the island, and with seven prisoners we gave them—four women and three men—they returned to their land, filled with joy and astonished by our strength. We set sail for Spain with 222 prisoners, our slaves, and arrived at the port of Cadiz on October 15, 1498, where we were warmly welcomed and sold our slaves. This is what happened to me on my first voyage that was most noteworthy.
THE FIRST VOYAGE ENDS.
THE FIRST VOYAGE IS OVER.
Second Voyage of Amerigo Vespucci.
As regards the second voyage, what I saw in it most worthy of mention is as follows: We left the port of Cadiz, with three ships, 86 on the 16th of May 1499, and shaped our course direct for the Cape Verde islands, passing in sight of the island of Grand Canary; and we navigated until we reached an island which is called the island of Fuoco. Here we got in our supplies of wood and water, and thence shaped our course to the south-west. In forty-four days we came in sight of a new land, and we judged it to be the mainland, continuous [22] with that of which mention has already been made. This land is within the Torrid Zone, and beyond the equinoctial line on the south side, over which the Pole rises from the meridian 5°, beyond every climate. It is distant from the said islands by the S.W. wind 87 500 leagues. We found the day and night to be equal, because we arrived on the 27th of June, when the sun is near the tropic of Cancer. We found this land to be all drowned, and full of very great rivers. At first we did not see any people. We anchored our ships and got our boats out, going with them to the land, which, as I have said, we found to be full of very large rivers, and drowned by these great rivers. There we tried in many directions to see if we could enter; and owing to the great waters and rivers, in spite of so much labour, we could not find a place that was not inundated.
Regarding the second voyage, here's what I found most noteworthy: We left the port of Cadiz with three ships on May 16, 1499, and headed straight for the Cape Verde Islands, passing the island of Grand Canary. We continued until we reached an island called Fire. Here, we replenished our supplies of wood and water, then set our course south-west. After forty-four days, we sighted a new land that we believed to be part of the mainland previously mentioned. This land is located within the Torrid Zone, just south of the equatorial line, over which the Pole rises at 5° longitude, beyond all known climates. It is about 500 leagues from the aforementioned islands to the southwest. We noticed that day and night were of equal length because we arrived on June 27, when the sun is near the Tropic of Cancer. This land was completely flooded and filled with massive rivers. At first, we didn’t see any people. We anchored our ships and launched our boats to reach the land, which, as I mentioned, was filled with enormous rivers and inundated by them. We tried many routes to see if we could find an entry point, but despite our efforts, the vast waters and rivers meant we couldn’t locate any area that wasn’t flooded.
We saw, along the rivers, many signs of the country being inhabited; but having ascertained that we could not enter from this part, we determined to return to the ships, and to try another part. We weighed our anchors, and navigated between the east south-east, coasting along the land, which trended southwards, and many times we made forty leagues, but all was time lost. We found on this coast that the current of the sea had such force that it prevented us from navigating, for it ran from south to north. The inconvenience was so great for our navigation that, after a consultation, we decided upon altering the course to north, and we made good such a distance along the land, that we reached a most excellent port, formed by a large island, which was at the entrance. 88 Within, a very large haven was formed.
We noticed many signs of people living along the rivers, but after realizing we couldn't enter from this side, we decided to head back to the ships and try a different area. We raised our anchors and sailed southeast, following the coastline that curved southward. At times, we covered forty leagues, but it was all a waste of time. We discovered that the current along this coast was so strong that it made navigation difficult, as it flowed from south to north. The challenge was so significant that after discussing it, we agreed to change our course to north. We traveled a good distance along the coast and reached a fantastic port created by a large island at the entrance. 88 Inside, there was a very large harbor.
In sailing along the island to enter it we saw many people, [23] and we steered our ships so as to bring them up where the people were seen, which was nearly four leagues more towards the sea. Sailing in this way we had seen a canoe, which was coming from seaward, with many people on board. We determined to overhaul her, and we went round with our ships in her direction, so that we might not lose her. Sailing towards the canoe with a fresh breeze, we saw that they had stopped with their oars tossed—I believe, with wonder at the sight of our ships. But when they saw that we were gaining upon them, they put down their oars, and began to row towards the land. As our company came in a fast-sailing caravel of forty-five tons, we got to windward of the canoe, and when it seemed time to bear down upon her, the sheets were eased off so as to come near her; and as the caravel seemed to be coming down upon her, and those on board did not wish to be caught, they pulled away to leeward, and, seeing their advantage, they gave way with their oars to escape. As we had our boats at the stern well manned, we thought we should catch the canoe. The boats chased for more than two hours, and at last the caravel made another tack, but could not fetch the canoe. As the people in the canoe saw they were closely pressed by the caravel and the boats, they all jumped into the sea, their number being about seventy men; the distance from the shore being nearly two leagues. Following them in the boats, during the whole day, we were unable to capture more than two, all the rest escaping on shore. Only four boys remained in the canoe, who were not of their tribe, but prisoners from some other land. They had been castrated, and were all without the virile member, and with the scars fresh, at which we wondered much. Having taken them on board, they told us by signs that they had been castrated to be eaten. We then knew that the people in the canoe belonged to a tribe called Cambali, very fierce men [24] who eat human flesh. We came with the ship, towing the canoe astern, approaching the land, and anchored at a distance of half a league. We saw a great number of people on the beach, so we went on shore with the boats, taking with us the two men we had captured. When we came near all the people fled into the wood. So we released one of our prisoners, giving him many signs that we wanted to be their friends. He did what we wanted very well, and brought back all the people with him, numbering about 400 men and many women, and they came unarmed to the boats. A good understanding was established with them; we released the other prisoner, sent to the ships for their canoe, and restored it to them. This canoe was twenty-six paces long, and two braccia 89 in width, all dug out of a single tree, and very well worked. When they had hauled it up and put it in a secure place, they all fled, and would not have anything more to do with us; which seemed a barbarous act, and we judged them to be a faithless and ill-conditioned people. We saw a little gold, which they wear in their ears.
Sailing along the island to enter it, we saw many people. [23] We steered our ships to get closer to where the people were, which was about four leagues further out to sea. As we sailed, we spotted a canoe coming from the ocean, filled with people. We decided to pursue it, turning our ships in its direction so we wouldn’t lose sight of it. With a good breeze, we headed toward the canoe and noticed that they had paused, oars raised—I think, out of curiosity at the sight of our ships. However, when they saw us gaining on them, they lowered their oars and started rowing toward the land. Since our group was in a fast-sailing caravel of forty-five tons, we managed to position ourselves upwind of the canoe. When it seemed the right moment to close in, we loosened the sails to get closer. As our caravel approached, those on board the canoe didn’t want to get caught, so they paddled away with the wind, realizing they had a chance to escape. With our boats at the stern fully crewed, we hoped to catch the canoe. The boats chased them for over two hours, but when the caravel tacked again, it couldn’t reach the canoe. Seeing they were being closely pursued by both the caravel and the boats, everyone in the canoe jumped into the sea, numbering about seventy men, with the shore about two leagues away. We followed in the boats, and throughout the day, we managed to capture only two; the rest made it safely to shore. Four boys remained in the canoe, who weren’t part of their tribe but were prisoners from another place. They had been castrated and bore fresh scars, which shocked us. Once we took them on board, they communicated through gestures that they had been castrated to be eaten. We then realized that the people in the canoe were from a tribe called Cambali, known for being fierce and for eating human flesh. We arrived with the ship, towing the canoe behind us, and anchored about half a league from shore. We saw a large crowd on the beach, so we went ashore with the boats, bringing the two men we had captured. As we approached, the crowd fled into the woods. We decided to release one of our prisoners, signaling that we wanted to be friends. He understood our signs and returned with about 400 men and many women, all unarmed, who came to the boats. We established a good understanding with them; we released the other prisoner, sent to the ships for their canoe, and returned it. This canoe was twenty-six paces long and two braccia wide, all carved from a single tree and very well made. Once they pulled it ashore and secured it, they all fled and wanted nothing more to do with us, which struck us as barbaric. We judged them to be untrustworthy and unfriendly. We did see a bit of gold that they wore in their ears. [24]
We departed and entered the bay, where we found so many people that it was wonderful. We made friends with them, and many of us went with them to their villages in great security. In this place we collected 150 pearls, which they gave us for a small bell, and a little gold was given to us for nothing. In this land we found that they drank wine made from their fruits and seeds, like beer, both white and red. The best was made from plums, 90 and it was very good. We ate a great many of them, as they were in season. It is a very good fruit, pleasant to the taste, and wholesome for the body. The land abounds in their articles of food, and the people are of good manners, and the most peaceful we have yet met [25] with. We were seventeen days in this port, enjoying it very much, and every day new people from the interior came to see us, wondering at our faces and the whiteness of our skins, at our clothes and arms, and at the shape and size of our ships. From these people we had tidings that there was another tribe to the westward who were their enemies, and who had an immense quantity of pearls. Those which they possessed had been taken in their wars. They told us how they were fished, and in what manner the pearls were born, and we found their information to be correct, as your Magnificence will hear.
We set off and entered the bay, where we encountered so many people that it was amazing. We became friends with them, and many of us safely visited their villages. In this place, we collected 150 pearls, which they traded to us for a small bell, and we received some gold for free. Here, we discovered that they made wine from their fruits and seeds, similar to beer, both white and red. The best was made from plums, and it was really good. We ate a lot of them since they were in season. It's a delicious fruit, pleasant to taste and healthy for the body. The land is rich in food, the people are courteous, and they are the most peaceful we have encountered so far. [25] We spent seventeen days in this port, thoroughly enjoying ourselves, and every day new people from the interior came to see us, curious about our faces and the fairness of our skin, our clothes and arms, and the shape and size of our ships. From these people, we learned that there was another tribe to the west who were their enemies and had an enormous amount of pearls. The pearls they had were taken during their wars. They explained how they were fished and how the pearls formed, and we found their information to be accurate, as your Magnificence will hear.
We left this port and sailed along the coast, always seeing people on the beach, and at the end of many days we came to in a port, by reason of the necessity for repairing one of our ships, which made much water. Here we found many people, but were unable, either by force or persuasion, to establish any intercourse with them. When we went on shore they opposed the landing fiercely, and when they could do no more they fled into the woods and did not wait for us. Seeing that they were such barbarians we departed thence, and, sailing onwards, we came in sight of an island which was fifteen leagues from the land. We decided upon going to see whether it was inhabited. We found on it the most bestial and the most brutal race that has ever been seen, and they were of this kind. They were very brutish in appearance and gesture, and they had their mouths full of the leaves of a green herb, which they continually chewed like beasts, so that they could hardly speak; and each had round his neck two dry gourds, one full of that herb which they had in their mouths, and the other of white flour that appeared to be powdered lime. From time to time they put in the powder with a spindle which they kept wet in the mouth. Then they put stuff into their mouths from both, powdering the herb already in use. They did this with much elaboration; and the [26] thing seemed wonderful, for we could not understand the secret, or with what object they did it. 91
We left the port and sailed along the coast, constantly seeing people on the beach. After many days, we docked at a port because we needed to repair one of our ships, which was taking on a lot of water. Here, we found many people but couldn’t establish any communication with them, either by force or persuasion. When we went ashore, they fiercely opposed our landing, and when they couldn’t do anything more, they fled into the woods without waiting for us. Realizing they were such aggressive people, we left and continued sailing until we spotted an island about fifteen leagues from the mainland. We decided to check if it was inhabited. We found the most brutal and savage people we had ever seen. They looked very animalistic and acted that way too. Their mouths were full of the leaves of a green herb that they chewed continually like animals, making it difficult for them to speak. Each of them had two dry gourds around their necks: one filled with the herb they were chewing and the other with a white powder that looked like ground lime. Occasionally, they would take the powder with a wet stick they kept in their mouths and mix it with the herb they were already chewing. They did this with a lot of care, and it was quite fascinating because we couldn't figure out their method or the reason behind it. [26]
These people, when they saw us, came to us with much familiarity, as if we had formed friendship with them. Walking with them on the beach and talking, being desirous of drinking fresh water, they made signs that they had none, and offered their herb and powder; from which we concluded that the island was ill-provided with water, and that they kept this herb in their mouths to keep off thirst. We walked over the island for a day and a half, without finding a spring of water, and we saw that the water they drank was what had fallen during the night on certain leaves which looked like ass's ears, and held the water, and of this they drank. It was excellent water; and these leaves are not found in many places. They had no kind of meat, 92 and no roots, as on the mainland. They were sustained by fish caught in the sea, of which they had great abundance, and they were very good fishermen. They gave us many turtles, and many large and excellent fish. Their women did not have the herb in their mouths like the men, but they all carried a gourd with water, from which they drank. They have no villages nor houses, but merely live under bowers of leaves, which shade them from the sun, though not from the rain. But I believe that it seldom rains on that island. When they are fishing out at sea they all have a very large leaf, and of such width that it forms a shade. As the sun rises, so they raise the leaf, and thus they protect themselves from the sun.
These people, when they saw us, approached us with a sense of familiarity, as if we were friends. While walking along the beach and chatting, we expressed a desire for fresh water, but they gestured that they didn’t have any and offered us their herb and powder. This led us to conclude that the island had a limited water supply and that they kept this herb in their mouths to stave off thirst. We explored the island for a day and a half without finding a freshwater spring, and we noticed that the water they drank was collected from the dew that fell at night on certain leaves that resembled donkey ears, which held the water. This water was excellent, and those leaves aren’t commonly found. They had no kind of meat, and no roots like those on the mainland. Their diet consisted of fish caught from the sea, which they had in abundance, and they were very skilled fishermen. They gave us many turtles and a lot of large, delicious fish. The women didn’t keep the herb in their mouths like the men, but they all carried a gourd filled with water that they drank from. They don’t have villages or houses; instead, they live under temporary shelters made of leaves that provide shade from the sun, but not from the rain. However, I believe it rarely rains on that island. When they fish out at sea, they all use a very large leaf that is wide enough to provide shade. As the sun rises, they lift the leaf to protect themselves from its rays.
The island contains many animals of various sorts, and much water in swamps, and seeing that it offered no profit [27] whatever, we departed and went to another island. We found that this other island was inhabited by very tall people. We landed to see whether there was any fresh water, and not thinking it was inhabited, as we had not seen anyone, we came upon very large foot-marks in the sand, as we were walking along the beach. We judged that if the other measurements were in proportion to those of their feet, they must be very tall. Going in search, we came into a road which led inland. There were nine of us. Judging that there could not be many inhabitants, as the island was small, we walked over it to see what sort of people they were. When we had gone 93 about a league we saw five huts, which appeared to be uninhabited, in a valley, and we went to them. But we only found five women, two old, and three children of such lofty stature that, for the wonder of the thing, we wanted to keep them. When they saw us they were so frightened that they had not the power to run away. The two old women began to invite us with words, and to set before us many things, and took us into a hut. They were taller than a large man who may well be tall, such as was Francesco degli Albizi, but better proportioned. Our intention was to take the young girls by force, and to bring them to Castille as a wonderful thing. While we were forming this design there entered by the door of the hut as many as thirty-six men, much bigger than the women, and so well made that it was a rare thing to behold them. They, in like manner, put us into such a state of perturbation that we rather wished we were on board, than having dealings with such people. They carried very large bows and arrows, and great clubs with knobs. They talked among themselves in a tone as if they wished to destroy us. Seeing ourselves in such [28] danger, we made various suggestions one to another. Some proposed that we should attack them in the hut, and others said that it would be better to do so outside, while others advised that we should not take any action until we saw what the natives were going to do. We at last agreed to go out of the hut, and walk away in the direction of the ships as if nothing had happened, and this we did. Having taken our route to return to the ships, they also came along behind us at a distance of about a stone's-throw, talking among themselves. I believe they had not less fear of us than we of them; for sometimes we stopped to rest, and they did so also without coming nearer. At last we came to the beach, where the boats where waiting for us. We got in, and, when we were some way from the shore, the natives rushed down and shot many arrows; but we then had little fear of them. We replied with two bombard-shots, more to frighten them than to do them harm. They all fled into the woods, and so we took leave of them, thankful to escape after a dangerous adventure. They all went naked like the others. We called this island the Island of the Giants, by reason of their stature. 94
The island had a variety of animals and a lot of water in swamps, but since it was of no benefit to us, [27] we left and went to another island. This new island was inhabited by very tall people. We landed to look for fresh water, not expecting to find anyone since we hadn’t seen anyone around, but we came across very large footprints in the sand as we walked along the beach. We figured that if their feet were that big, the rest of them must be really tall. Searching further, we found a road that led inland. There were nine of us, and thinking there couldn’t be many people since the island was small, we explored to see what the locals were like. After walking about a league, we saw five huts that looked abandoned in a valley, so we went to check them out. Instead, we found five women—two older and three children—who were so tall that we were amazed and wanted to take them with us. When they saw us, they were so frightened they couldn’t even run away. The two older women began to talk to us and offered us food, then invited us into one of the huts. They were taller than a tall man, like Francesco degli Albizi, but better proportioned. We initially planned to take the young girls by force to bring back to Castille as a strange curiosity. While we were plotting this, about thirty-six men much taller than the women entered through the door, looking so well-built that it was striking to see them. Their presence unsettled us, making us wish we were back on our ship rather than dealing with them. They carried very large bows and arrows, along with hefty clubs. They spoke among themselves in a tone that sounded threatening. Feeling endangered, we began to discuss our options. Some suggested we attack them inside the hut, others believed it would be better outside, while others thought we should wait and see what the locals did. Eventually, we decided to leave the hut and walk back towards the ships as if nothing had happened, and that’s what we did. As we made our way back to the ships, they followed us at a distance of about a stone's throw, still talking among themselves. I think they were just as scared of us as we were of them because whenever we stopped to rest, they did too without getting closer. Finally, we reached the beach where the boats were waiting. We got in, and when we were a little way from shore, the locals rushed down and shot a lot of arrows; by then, we weren’t too scared of them. We responded with two cannon shots, more to scare them than to harm them. They all ran into the woods, allowing us to escape thankful after a dangerous encounter. They were all naked like the others. We named this island the Island of the Giants because of their height. 94
We proceeded onwards along the coast, and there happened to be combats with the natives many times, because they did not wish us to take anything from the land. At length we became desirous of returning to Castille, having been on the sea for nearly a year 95 and the provisions being nearly exhausted, the little that remained being damaged by the heat.
We moved along the coast, and we often encountered fights with the locals because they didn't want us taking anything from their land. Eventually, we wanted to head back to Castille after spending almost a year at sea, and our supplies were almost gone, with what little was left spoiled by the heat.
For from the time that we left the islands of Cape Verde until now, we had been continually navigating within the Torrid Zone, and twice we had crossed the equinoctial line; for, as I said before, we went 5° beyond it to the [29] south, and now we were in 15° 96 to the north. Being in this state of mind, it pleased the Holy Spirit to give us some rest from our great hardships; for as we were searching for a port in which to repair our ships, we came upon a people who received us with much friendship. We found that they had a very great quantity of oriental pearls, and exceedingly good ones. We stayed with them forty-seven days, and obtained from them 119 marcs of pearls for very little merchandise in exchange. I believe the pearls did not cost us the value of forty ducats. What we gave them was nothing but bells, and looking-glasses, and beads, 97 and ten bells, and tin foil. For one bell a native gave all the pearls he had. Here we learnt how they fished for them, and where, and they gave us many shells in which they are born. We bartered for a shell in which were born 130 pearls, and in others less. This one of 130 the Queen took, and others I put aside that they might not be seen. Your Magnificence must know that if the pearls are not mature, and are not detached, they soon perish, and of this I have had experience. When they are mature, they are detached in the shell, and are placed among the flesh. These are good. When they were bad the greater part were cracked and badly bored. Nevertheless they are worth a good deal of money when sold in the market.
From the time we left the Cape Verde Islands until now, we had been constantly sailing within the Tropics, and we had crossed the equator twice. As I mentioned earlier, we went 5° beyond it to the [29] south, and now we were at 15° north. In this state of mind, the Holy Spirit allowed us some rest from our hardships; while searching for a port to repair our ships, we encountered a friendly people. We discovered they had an abundance of beautiful oriental pearls. We stayed with them for forty-seven days and acquired 119 marks of pearls for very little in trade. I believe the pearls hardly cost us the equivalent of forty ducats. What we gave them were just bells, mirrors, and beads, and some tin foil. For one bell, a native offered all the pearls he owned. Here, we learned how they fished for pearls and where to find them, and they gave us many shells where the pearls are formed. We traded for one shell containing 130 pearls, and for others with fewer. The Queen took the one with 130, and I set aside the others to keep them hidden. Your Magnificence should know that if the pearls aren’t fully formed and detached, they quickly spoil, something I’ve personally witnessed. When they are mature, they detach in the shell and rest among the flesh. Those are the good ones. The bad ones were mostly cracked and poorly drilled. Nonetheless, they can still fetch a good price in the market.
At the end of forty-seven days we took leave of these very friendly natives. We departed, and, for the sake of obtaining many things of which we were in need, we shaped a course for the island of Antiglia, 98 being that which Christopher Columbus discovered a few years ago. Here we took many supplies on board, and remained two months and seventeen days. 99 Here we endured many [30] dangers and troubles from the same Christians who were in this island with Columbus. I believe this was caused by envy; but to avoid prolixity, I will refrain from recounting what happened. We departed from the said island on the 22nd of July, 100 and after a voyage of a month and a half, we entered the port of Cadiz on the 8th of September, 101 being my second voyage. God be praised.
At the end of forty-seven days, we said goodbye to these very friendly locals. We set out on our journey to the island of Antiglia, 98 which was discovered by Christopher Columbus a few years earlier. Here, we gathered many supplies and stayed for two months and seventeen days. 99 During our time there, we faced numerous dangers and troubles from the same Christians who were on this island with Columbus. I believe this was due to envy, but to keep it brief, I'll skip over what happened. We left the island on July 22nd, 100 and after a month and a half of sailing, we arrived at the port of Cadiz on September 8th, 101 marking my second voyage. God be praised.
END OF THE SECOND VOYAGE.
END OF THE SECOND TRIP.
EVIDENCE OF ALONSO DE HOJEDA
(Respecting his Voyage of 1499-1500).
(Honoring his Voyage of 1499-1500).
Alonzo de Hojeda gave evidence that the true reply to the question is, that this witness is the said Hojeda, who was the first man that went to make discoveries after the said Admiral, and that he discovered the mainland to the south and coasted it for nearly 200 leagues to Paria, and went out by the "Boca del Drago", and there he knew that the Admiral had been at the island of Trinidad, near the "Boca del Drago", and that he went on and discovered the coast of the mainland as far as the Gulf of Pearls and the island of Margarita, where he landed, because he knew that the Admiral had only sighted [31] it, and thence he proceeded to discover all the coast of the mainland from "Los Frayles" to the "Islas de los Gigantes", the Gulf of Venecia, which is on the mainland, and the provinces of Quinquilacoa. On all that land, from 200 leagues beyond Paria, and from Paria to the Pearls, and from the Pearls to Quinquilacoa, which this witness discovered, no one else had discovered or touched at, neither the Admiral nor any other person, and in this voyage the said witness took with him Juan de la Cosa and Morigo Vespuche, and other pilots, and this witness was despatched for this voyage by order of the said Don Juan de Fonseca, Bishop of Palencia, by order of their Highnesses. 102
Alonzo de Hojeda testified that the correct answer to the question is that this witness is Hojeda himself, who was the first person to make discoveries after the Admiral. He explored the mainland to the south, traveling nearly 200 leagues to Paria, and exited through the "Boca del Drago." There, he learned that the Admiral had been at the island of Trinidad, near the "Boca del Drago," and continued to explore the mainland coast up to the Gulf of Pearls and the island of Margarita, where he landed because he knew that the Admiral had only seen it. [31] He then went on to explore the entire coastline of the mainland from "Los Frayles" to the "Islas de los Gigantes," the Gulf of Venecia, which is on the mainland, and the provinces of Quinquilacoa. In all that land, from 200 leagues beyond Paria, and from Paria to the Pearls, and from the Pearls to Quinquilacoa, which this witness explored, no one else had discovered or landed there, neither the Admiral nor anyone else. On this journey, the witness took Juan de la Cosa, Morigo Vespuche, and other pilots with him, and this witness was sent on this voyage by order of Don Juan de Fonseca, Bishop of Palencia, at the command of their Highnesses. 102
VOYAGE OF HOJEDA, 1499-1500.
(From Navarrete, iii, pp. 3-11.)
(From Navarrete, iii, pp. 3-11.)
In December 1498 the news arrived of the discovery of Paria. The splendid ideas of the discoverer touching the beauty and wealth of that region were presently made known, and the spirit of maritime enterprise was revived with renewed vigour. Some of those who had sailed with the Admiral, and had benefited by his instruction and example, solicited and obtained from the Court licences to discover, at their own proper cost, the regions beyond what was already known, paying into the Treasury a fourth or fifth part of what they acquired.
In December 1498, news came in about the discovery of Paria. The amazing visions of the discoverer regarding the beauty and wealth of that area quickly spread, reigniting the spirit of maritime exploration with fresh energy. Some of those who had sailed with the Admiral and learned from his guidance and example asked for and received licenses from the Court to explore, at their own expense, the lands beyond what was already known, agreeing to pay a quarter or fifth of their earnings into the Treasury.
The first who adventured was Alonso de Hojeda, a native of Cuenca. Owing to his energy and the favour of the Bishop Don Rodriguez de Fonseca, he soon collected the funds and the crews necessary for the equipment of four vessels in the Port of Santa Maria, where Juan de la Cosa resided, a great mariner according to popular ideas, and not inferior to the Admiral himself in his own conceit. He had been a shipmate and pupil of the Admiral in the expedition of Cuba and Jamaica. This man was the principal pilot of Hojeda. They also engaged others who had been in the Paria voyage. Among the other sharers in the enterprise, the Florentine Americo Vespucci merits special mention. He was established in Seville, but became tired of a mercantile life, and entered upon the study of cosmography and nautical subjects, with the desire of embracing a more glorious career. Perhaps this passion was excited by intercourse with the Admiral in the house of Juan Berardi, a merchant, and also a Florentine, and owing to his having become acquainted through this house with the armaments and provisions for the Indies, so that he desired to place his services at the disposal of the commander of the present enterprise.
The first to venture was Alonso de Hojeda, a native of Cuenca. Thanks to his drive and the support of Bishop Don Rodriguez de Fonseca, he quickly gathered the funds and crews needed to equip four ships in the Port of Santa Maria, where Juan de la Cosa lived—a well-regarded sailor according to popular belief, and not shy about believing he was as skilled as the Admiral himself. He had been a shipmate and student of the Admiral during the expeditions to Cuba and Jamaica. This man was Hojeda's chief pilot. They also brought on board others who had participated in the Paria voyage. Among the other investors in the venture, the Florentine Americo Vespucci deserves special mention. He was based in Seville but grew tired of a business life and turned to studying cosmography and nautical topics, hoping to pursue a more distinguished path. Perhaps this interest was sparked by his interactions with the Admiral at the home of Juan Berardi, a merchant also from Florence, and by getting to know the preparations and supplies for the Indies through that household, which made him eager to offer his services to the leader of the current expedition.
With such useful companions Hojeda put to sea on the 18th 103 or the 20th of May 1499. 104 They touched at the Canaries, where they took in such supplies as they needed, and entered on the ocean voyage from Gomera, following the route of the last voyage of the Admiral, for Hojeda was in possession of the marine chart which Columbus had drawn. At the end of twenty-four days they came in sight of the continent of the new world, further south than the point reached by the Admiral, and apparently on the coast of Surinam. They sailed along in sight of the coast for nearly 200 leagues, from the neighbourhood of the equator to the Gulf of Paria, without landing. In passing, besides other rivers, they saw two very large ones which made the sea water to be fresh for a long distance, one coming from south to north, which should be the river now called Essequibo in Dutch Guiana, and which was for some time called the Rio Dulce. The course of the other was from west to east, and may have been the Orinoco, the waters of which flow for many leagues into the sea without mixing with the salt water. The land on the coast was, generally, low and covered with very dense forest. The currents were exceedingly strong towards the N. E., following the general direction of the coast.
With such helpful companions, Hojeda set sail on the 18th or the 20th of May 1499. They stopped at the Canary Islands to restock supplies, then began their ocean voyage from Gomera, following the route of the Admiral's last voyage, as Hojeda had the nautical chart that Columbus had created. After twenty-four days at sea, they spotted the continent of the New World, further south than where the Admiral had reached, likely on the coast of Surinam. They sailed along the coast for nearly 200 leagues, from near the equator to the Gulf of Paria, without making any landfall. Along the way, they observed two very large rivers that made the sea water fresh for a considerable distance—one flowing from south to north, which is now known as the Essequibo River in Dutch Guiana, previously called the Rio Dulce. The other river flowed from west to east and could have been the Orinoco, whose waters extend for many leagues into the sea without blending with the saltwater. The coastal land was primarily low-lying and densely forested. The currents were extremely strong towards the northeast, following the general direction of the coast.
The first inhabited land seen by our navigators was the island of Trinidad, on the south coast of which they saw a crowd of astonished people watching them from the shore. They landed at three different places with the launches well provisioned, and twenty-two well-armed men. The natives were Caribs, or Cannibals, of fine presence and stature, of great vigour, and very expert in the use of bows and arrows, and shields, which were their proper arms. Although they showed some reluctance to come near the Spaniards at first, they were very soon satisfied of the friendly intentions of the strangers, and bartered with them amicably. Thence they entered the Gulf of Paria, and anchored near the river Guarapiche, where they also saw a populous village of peaceful Indians near the shore. They opened communications with the inhabitants, and, among other presents, received from them a kind of cider made of fruits, as well as some fruit like mirabolans, of exquisite flavour, and here some pearls were obtained. They saw parrots of various colours; and they parted company with these people on friendly terms. Hojeda says that they found traces of the Admiral having been in the island of Trinidad, near the Dragon's Mouth, which circumstance was carefully omitted by Vespucci.
The first land inhabited by people that our navigators spotted was the island of Trinidad. On its south coast, they saw a group of amazed individuals watching from the shore. They landed at three different spots with well-stocked launches and twenty-two armed men. The locals were Caribs, also known as Cannibals, who were tall, strong, and skilled with bows, arrows, and shields, which were their main weapons. Although they were hesitant to approach the Spaniards at first, they quickly realized the newcomers meant no harm and traded with them peacefully. From there, they entered the Gulf of Paria and anchored near the Guarapiche River, where they also noticed a large village of friendly Indians by the shore. They began to communicate with the locals and, among other gifts, received a type of fruit cider and some delicious fruits similar to mirabolans. They also found some pearls. They saw brightly colored parrots and left on good terms with these people. Hojeda mentions that they found evidence of the Admiral having been on the island of Trinidad, near the Dragon's Mouth, information that Vespucci intentionally left out.
Having passed the mouth of the terrible strait, Hojeda continued his discovery along the coast of the mainland as far as the Gulf of Pearls or Curiana, visiting and landing on the island of Margarita, which is in front, as he knew that Columbus had only sighted it in passing. In passing he noticed the islets called Los Frailes, which are nine miles to the east, and north of Margarita, [33] and the rock Centinela. Thence he stood in shore by the cape Isleos (now called Codera), anchoring in the road which he called Aldea vencida. He continued to coast along from port to port, according to the expression of the pilot Morales, until he reached the Puerto Flechado, now Chichirivichi, where he seems to have had some encounter with the Indians, who wounded twenty-one of his men, of whom one died, as soon as he was brought to be cured, in one of the coves that are between that port and the Vela de Coro, where they remained twenty days. From this place they shaped a course for the island of Curaçoa, which they called Isla de los Gigantes, where Americo supposed there was a race of uncommon stature. Perhaps he did not understand the expressions of horror with which the natives referred to the Caribs, and this sufficed to make Vespucci assert that he had seen Pontasiloas and Antæus. 105 They then crossed to a land which they judged to be an island, distant ten leagues from Curaçoa, and saw the cape forming a peninsula, which they named San Roman, probably because it was discovered on the 9th of August, on which the feast of that saint is kept. Having rounded the cape, they entered a great gulf, on the eastern side of which, where it is shallow and clear of rocks, they saw a great village, with the houses built over the water, on piles driven into the bottom, and the people communicated from one to the other in canoes. Hojeda named it the Gulf of Venice, from its similarity to that famous city in Italy. The Indians called it the Gulf of Coquibacoa, and we know it now as the Gulf of Venezuela. They explored the interior, and discovered, as it would seem, on the 24th of August, the lake and port of San Bartolomè, 106 now the lake of Maracaibo, where they obtained some Indian women of notable beauty and disposition. It is certain that the natives of this country had the fame of being more beautiful and gracious than those of any other part of that continent. Having explored the western part of the gulf, and doubled the Cape of Coquibacoa, Hojeda and his companions examined the coast as far as the Cabo de la Vela, the extreme point reached in this voyage. On the 30th of August they turned on their homeward voyage for Española or Santo Domingo, and entered the port of Yaquimo on [34] the 5th of September 1499, with the intention of loading with brasil wood, according to what Don Fernando Columbus says.
Having passed through the dangerous strait, Hojeda continued his exploration along the mainland coast all the way to the Gulf of Pearls, or Curiana, stopping at the island of Margarita, which was in front of him, knowing that Columbus had only caught a glimpse of it while passing by. Along the way, he noticed the islets called Los Frailes, situated nine miles to the east and north of Margarita, and the rock Centinela. From there, he headed towards the cape Isleos (now known as Codera), anchoring in the bay he named Aldea vencida. He continued to explore from port to port, following the pilot Morales' instructions, until he reached Puerto Flechado, now Chichirivichi, where he seems to have had a confrontation with the Indigenous people, resulting in twenty-one of his men being wounded, one of whom died shortly after being brought in for treatment in one of the coves between that port and Vela de Coro, where they stayed for twenty days. From there, they set course for the island of Curaçoa, which they referred to as Isla de los Gigantes, where Americo believed there was a race of unusually tall people. Maybe he didn’t fully grasp the horror with which the locals spoke of the Caribs, which led Vespucci to claim he had seen Pontasiloas and Antæus. 105 They then crossed to what they thought was an island, about ten leagues from Curaçoa, and saw a cape forming a peninsula, which they named San Roman, likely because it was discovered on August 9th, the feast day of that saint. After rounding the cape, they entered a large gulf, on the eastern side of which, where the water was shallow and free of rocks, they saw a large village with houses built on stilts over the water, and the people communicated by canoe. Hojeda named it the Gulf of Venice, due to its resemblance to that famous Italian city. The locals called it the Gulf of Coquibacoa, and today it is known as the Gulf of Venezuela. They explored the interior and discovered, it seems, on August 24th, the lake and port of San Bartolomè, 106 now the lake of Maracaibo, where they encountered some remarkably beautiful Indigenous women. It’s well known that the natives of this region were famed for being more beautiful and graceful than those from any other part of the continent. After exploring the western part of the gulf and rounding the Cape of Coquibacoa, Hojeda and his crew examined the coast all the way to Cabo de la Vela, the farthest point they reached on this journey. On August 30th, they turned back toward Española or Santo Domingo, entering the port of Yaquimo on [34] September 5, 1499, aiming to load brasil wood, according to what Don Fernando Columbus states.
Here Hojeda had those disputes with Roldan which are referred to by our historians, but, finally, with leave from that chief, Hojeda removed his ships to Surana, in February 1500. 107 According to Vespucci, in his letter to Medici, 108 they navigated from Española in a northerly direction for 200 leagues, discovering more than a thousand islands, most of them inhabited, which would probably be the Lucayos, although those are not nearly so numerous. On one of these he says that they violently seized 232 persons for slaves, and that from thence they returned to Spain by the islands of the Azores, Canary and Madeira, arriving in the Bay of Cadiz in the middle of June 1500, where they sold many of the 200 slaves that arrived, the rest having died on the voyage. The truth of these events is not very certain, but it is certain that the profit of the expedition was very small. According to the same Vespucci, deducting costs, not more than 500 ducats remained to divide among 55 shareholders, and this when, besides the price of the slaves, they brought home a quantity of pearls, worthy of a place in the royal treasury, of gold and some precious stones, but not many, for, imitating badly the acts of the Admiral, the desire to push on for discovery was greater than that for the acquisition of riches.
Here, Hojeda had those disputes with Roldan that our historians mention, but ultimately, with permission from that leader, Hojeda moved his ships to Surana in February 1500. According to Vespucci, in his letter to Medici, they sailed from Española northward for 200 leagues, discovering over a thousand islands, most of which were inhabited, likely referring to the Lucayos, although those are not nearly as many. On one of these islands, he claims they forcefully captured 232 people as slaves, and then they returned to Spain via the Azores, Canary Islands, and Madeira, arriving in the Bay of Cadiz in mid-June 1500, where they sold many of the 200 slaves they brought back, with the rest having died during the journey. The accuracy of these events is somewhat unclear, but it is certain that the profit from the expedition was very low. According to the same Vespucci, after deducting expenses, only about 500 ducats were left to share among 55 investors, and this was after, in addition to the slave sales, they brought back a significant amount of pearls, worthy of the royal treasury, some gold, and a few precious stones, but not many, as their eagerness for exploration overshadowed their desire for wealth, mimicking the Admiral’s ambitions poorly.
Third Voyage of Amerigo Vespucci.
Being afterwards in Seville, resting from so many labours that I had endured during these two voyages, and intending to return to the land of pearls, Fortune showed that she was not content with these my labours. I know not how there came into the thoughts of the Most Serene King Don Manuel of Portugal the wish to have my services. But being at Seville, without any thought of going to Portugal, a messenger came to me with a letter from the Royal Crown, in which I was asked to come to Lisbon, to confer [35] with his Highness, who promised to show me favour. I was not inclined to go, and I despatched the messenger with a reply that I was not well, but that when I had recovered, if his Highness still wished for my services, I would come as soon as he might send for me. Seeing that he could not have me, he arranged to send Giuliano di Bartolomeo di Giocondo for me, he being in Lisbon, with instructions that, come what might, he should bring me. The said Giuliano came to Seville, and prayed so hard that I was forced to go. My departure was taken ill by many who knew me, for I left Castille where honour was done me, and where the King held me in good esteem. It was worse that I went without bidding farewell to my host.
While I was in Seville, taking a break from the intense work I had endured during these two journeys, and planning to return to the land of pearls, it became clear that Fortune was not satisfied with my efforts. I don't know how the Most Serene King Don Manuel of Portugal decided he wanted my help. But while I was in Seville, with no intention of going to Portugal, a messenger arrived with a letter from the Royal Crown, requesting that I come to Lisbon to meet with his Highness, who promised to be favorable to me. I wasn't keen on going, so I sent the messenger back with a response that I was unwell, but that once I recovered, if his Highness still wanted my services, I would come as soon as I was summoned. Realizing he couldn't secure my presence, he arranged for Giuliano di Bartolomeo di Giocondo, who was in Lisbon, to come get me, instructing him to bring me back no matter what. Giuliano arrived in Seville and pleaded so much that I felt compelled to go. My departure was frowned upon by many who knew me, as I was leaving Castille, where I was honored and regarded highly by the King. It made it worse that I left without saying goodbye to my host.
When I was presented to that King, he showed his satisfaction that I had come, and asked me to go in company with three of his ships that were ready to depart for the discovery of new lands. As the request of a king is a command, I had to consent to whatever he asked, and we sailed from this port of Lisbon with three ships on the 10th of March 1501, shaping our course direct for the island of Grand Canary. We passed without sighting it, and continued along the west coast of Africa. On this coast we made our fishery of a sort of fish called parchi. We remained three days, and then came to a port on the coast of Ethiopia called Besechiece, 109 which is within the Torrid Zone, the North Pole rising above it 14° 30′, situated in the first climate. Here we remained two days, taking in wood and water; for my intention was to shape a course towards the south, in the Atlantic Gulf. We departed from this port of Ethiopia, and steered to the south-west, taking a quarter point to the south 110 until, after sixty-seven days, we came in sight of land, which was 700 leagues [36] from the said port to the south-west. 111 In those sixty-seven days we had the worst time that man ever endured who navigated the seas, owing to the rains, perturbations, and storms that we encountered. The season was very contrary to us, by reason of the course of our navigation being continually in contact with the equinoctial line, where, in the month of June, it is winter. We found that the day and the night were equal, and that the shadow was always towards the south.
When I was introduced to the King, he expressed his pleasure that I had come and asked me to join three of his ships that were ready to set sail for the discovery of new lands. Since a king’s request is like a command, I had to agree to whatever he asked, and we left the port of Lisbon with three ships on March 10, 1501, heading straight for the island of Gran Canaria. We passed by it without seeing land and continued along the west coast of Africa. Along this coast, we took part in a fishery for a type of fish called parchi. We stayed there for three days and then arrived at a port on the Ethiopian coast called Besechiece, 109 which is located in the Torrid Zone, with the North Pole rising above it at 14° 30', positioned in the first climate. We stayed for two days to gather wood and water; my intention was to head south into the Atlantic Gulf. We left this Ethiopian port and steered southwest, adjusting slightly to the south 110 until, after sixty-seven days, we finally spotted land, which was 700 leagues [36] to the southwest of the port. 111 During those sixty-seven days, we faced the worst conditions any sailor has ever endured at sea, dealing with rain, turmoil, and storms. The season was particularly challenging for us because our route kept bringing us into contact with the equatorial line, where it's winter in June. We found that day and night were equal, and the shadow always pointed south.
It pleased God to show us a new land on the 17th of August, and we anchored at a distance of half a league, and got our boats out. We then went to see the land, whether it was inhabited, and what it was like. We found that it was inhabited by people who were worse than animals. But your Magnificence must understand that we did not see them at first, though we were convinced that the country was inhabited, by many signs observed by us. We took possession for that Most Serene King; and found the land to be very pleasant and fertile, and of good appearance. It was 5° to the south of the equinoctial line. We went back to the ships, and as we were in great want of wood and water, we determined, next day, to return to the shore, with the object of obtaining what we wanted. Being on shore, we saw some people at the top of a hill, who were looking at us, but without showing any intention of coming down. They were naked, and of the same colour and form as the others we had seen. We tried to induce them to come and speak with us, but did not succeed, as they would not trust us. Seeing their obstinacy, and it being late, we returned on board, leaving many bells and mirrors on shore, and other things in their sight. As soon as we were at some distance on the sea, they came down from the hill, and showed themselves to [37] be much astonished at the things. On that day we were only able to obtain water.
It pleased God to show us a new land on August 17th, and we anchored half a league away, getting our boats out. We then went to explore the land to see if it was inhabited and what it was like. We found that it was occupied by people who were worse than animals. But you must understand, your Magnificence, that we did not see them at first, even though we were convinced that the country was inhabited because of many signs we observed. We took possession for that Most Serene King and found the land to be very pleasant and fertile, looking good overall. It was 5° south of the equator. We returned to the ships, and since we were in desperate need of wood and water, we decided to go back to the shore the next day to get what we needed. While on shore, we saw some people at the top of a hill watching us but without any intention of coming down. They were naked and looked the same as the others we had seen. We tried to encourage them to come and talk to us, but we had no success as they would not trust us. Seeing their stubbornness and with it getting late, we went back on board, leaving many bells, mirrors, and other items for them to see. As soon as we were a good distance out at sea, they came down from the hill and seemed quite amazed by the things. That day, we could only gather water. [37]
Next morning we saw from the ship that the people on shore had made a great smoke, and thinking it was a signal to us, we went on shore, where we found that many people had come, but they still kept at a distance from us. They made signs to us that we should come inland with them. Two of our Christians were, therefore, sent to ask their captain for leave to go with them a short distance inland, to see what kind of people they were, and if they had any riches, spices, or drugs. The captain was contented, so they got together many things for barter, and parted from us, with instructions that they should not be more than five days absent, as we would wait that time for them. So they set out on their road inland, and we returned to the ships to wait for them. Nearly every day people came to the beach, but they would not speak with us. On the seventh day we went on shore, and found that they had arranged with their women; for, as we jumped on shore, the men of the land sent many of their women to speak with us. Seeing that they were not reassured, we arranged to send to them one of our people, who was a very agile and valiant youth. To give them more confidence, the rest of us went back into the boats. He went among the women, and they all began to touch and feel him, wondering at him exceedingly. Things being so, we saw a woman come from the hill, carrying a great stick in her hand. 112 When she came to where our Christian stood, she raised it, and gave him such a blow that he was felled to the ground. The other women immediately took him by the feet, and dragged him towards the hill. The men rushed down to the beach, and shot at us with their bows [38] and arrows. Our people, in great fear, hauled the boats towards their anchors, 113 which were on shore; but, owing to the quantities of arrows that came into the boats, no one thought of taking up their arms. At last, four rounds from the bombard were fired at them, and they no sooner heard the report than they all ran away towards the hill, where the women were still tearing the Christian to pieces. At a great fire they had made they roasted him before our eyes, showing us many pieces, and then eating them. The men made signs how they had killed the other two Christians and eaten them. What shocked us much was seeing with our eyes the cruelty with which they treated the dead, which was an intolerable insult to all of us.
The next morning, we saw from the ship that the people on shore had created a large amount of smoke, and thinking it was a signal for us, we went ashore, where we found many people gathered, though they kept their distance from us. They gestured for us to come inland with them. So, we sent two of our Christians to ask their leader if they could accompany them a short way inland, to see what kind of people they were and if they had any wealth, spices, or medicines. The leader agreed, and they collected a lot of items for trading before parting from us, with the instruction that they shouldn’t be gone more than five days, as we would wait for them during that time. So they set off inland, and we returned to the ships to wait. Almost every day, people came to the beach, but they wouldn’t talk to us. On the seventh day, we went ashore and noticed that they had coordinated with their women; as we stepped onto the land, the men sent many of their women to speak with us. Noticing that they seemed anxious, we decided to send one of our people, a very agile and brave young man, to help reassure them. To give them more confidence, the rest of us went back to the boats. He approached the women, and they all began to touch and examine him, marveling at him a lot. While this was happening, we saw a woman emerge from the hill, carrying a large stick. When she reached where our Christian stood, she lifted it and struck him so hard that he fell to the ground. The other women immediately grabbed him by the feet and dragged him toward the hill. The men rushed down to the beach and began shooting at us with their bows and arrows. Our people, filled with fear, pulled the boats toward their anchors, which were on the shore; however, due to the numerous arrows coming into the boats, no one thought to grab their weapons. Eventually, we fired four shots from the bombard at them, and as soon as they heard the noise, they all ran toward the hill, where the women were still ripping our Christian apart. They had made a large fire and roasted him before our eyes, showing us various pieces before eating them. The men signaled how they had killed the other two Christians and eaten them. What horrified us the most was witnessing firsthand the cruelty with which they treated the dead, which was an unbearable insult to all of us. [38] and arrows. Our people, in great fear, hauled the boats towards their anchors, 113 which were on shore; but, owing to the quantities of arrows that came into the boats, no one thought of taking up their arms. At last, four rounds from the bombard were fired at them, and they no sooner heard the report than they all ran away towards the hill, where the women were still tearing the Christian to pieces. At a great fire they had made they roasted him before our eyes, showing us many pieces, and then eating them. The men made signs how they had killed the other two Christians and eaten them. What shocked us much was seeing with our eyes the cruelty with which they treated the dead, which was an intolerable insult to all of us.
Having arranged that more than forty of us should land and avenge such cruel murder, and so bestial and inhuman an act, the principal captain would not give his consent. We departed from them unwillingly, and with much shame, caused by the decision of our captain.
Having organized for over forty of us to land and seek revenge for such a brutal murder and such a savage and inhumane act, the main captain wouldn’t agree. We left them reluctantly and feeling a lot of shame because of our captain's decision.
We left this place, and commenced our navigation by shaping a course between east and south. Thus we sailed along the land, making many landings, seeing natives, but having no intercourse with them. We sailed on until we found that the coast made a turn to the west when we had doubled a cape, to which we gave the name of the Cape of St. Augustine. 114 We then began to shape a course to the south-west. The cape is distant from the place where the Christians were murdered 150 leagues towards the east, and this cape is 8° from the equinoctial line to the south. In navigating we saw one day a great multitude of people on the beach, gazing at the wonderful sight of our ships. As we sailed we turned the ship towards them, anchored in a good place, and went on shore with the boats. We [39] found the people to be better conditioned than those we had met with before, and, responding to our overtures, they soon made friends, and treated with us. We were five days in this place, and found canna fistola very thick and green, and dry on the tops of the trees. We determined to take a pair of men from this place, that they might teach us their language, and three of them came voluntarily to go to Portugal.
We left this place and started our journey by heading between east and south. We sailed along the coast, making several stops, seeing locals but not interacting with them. We continued sailing until we noticed the coast turned west after we rounded a cape, which we named the Cape of St. Augustine. 114 We then changed our course to the southwest. The cape is 150 leagues east from where the Christians were killed and is located 8° south of the equator. One day, while navigating, we spotted a large group of people on the beach, watching our ships in awe. As we approached, we turned the ship towards them, anchored in a good spot, and went ashore with our small boats. [39] We found the locals to be better treated than those we had encountered earlier, and they responded positively to our attempts at friendship, engaging with us. We stayed in this place for five days and discovered that the canna fistola was very thick and green, with the tops of the trees dry. We decided to take a pair of men from this location so they could teach us their language, and three of them voluntarily came to go to Portugal.
Lest your Magnificence should be tired of so much writing, you must know that, on leaving this port, we sailed along on a westerly course, always in sight of land, continually making many landings, and speaking with an infinite number of people. We were so far south that we were outside the Tropic of Capricorn, where the South Pole rises above the horizon 32°. We had lost sight altogether of Ursa Minor and Ursa Major, which were far below and scarcely seen on the horizon. 115 We guided ourselves by the stars of the South Pole, which are numerous and much larger and brighter than those of our Pole. I traced the figure of the greater part of those of the first magnitude, with a declaration of their orbits round the South Pole, and of their diameters and semi-diameters, as may be seen in my Four Voyages. We sailed along that coast for 750 leagues, 150 from the cape called St. Augustine, to the west, and 600 to the south.
Lest your Magnificence should become weary from so much writing, you should know that upon leaving this port, we headed west, always keeping the land in sight, making numerous stops, and talking to countless people. We ventured so far south that we crossed the Tropic of Capricorn, where the South Pole rises 32° above the horizon. We completely lost sight of Ursa Minor and Ursa Major, which were far below and barely visible on the horizon. 115 We navigated using the stars of the South Pole, which are plentiful and much larger and brighter than those of our Pole. I marked the positions of most of the first magnitude stars, detailing their paths around the South Pole, as well as their diameters and semi-diameters, as shown in my Four Journeys. We traveled along that coast for 750 leagues, 150 to the west from the cape named St. Augustine, and 600 to the south.
Desiring to recount the things I saw on that coast, and what happened to us, as many more leaves would not suffice me. On the coast we saw an infinite number of trees, brazil wood 116 and cassia, and those trees which yield myrrh, as well as other marvels of nature which I am unable to recount. Having now been ten months on the voyage, and having seen that there was no mining wealth whatever in that land, we decided upon taking leave of it, and [40] upon sailing across the sea for some other part. Having held a consultation, it was decided that the course should be taken which seemed good to me; and the command of the fleet was entrusted to me. I gave orders that the fleet should be supplied with wood and water for six months, such being the decision of the officers of the ships. Having made our departure from this land, we began our navigation with a southerly course on the 15th of February, when already the sun moved towards the equinoctial, and turned towards our Hemisphere of the North. We sailed so far on this course that we found ourselves where the South Pole had a height above our horizon of 52° and we could no longer see the stars of Ursa Minor or of Ursa Major. We were then 500 leagues to the south of the port whence we had departed, and this was on the 3rd of April. On this day such a tempest arose on the sea that all our sails were blown away, and we ran under bare poles, with a heavy southerly gale and a tremendous sea; the air being very tempestuous. The gale was such that all the people in the fleet were much alarmed. The nights were very long, for the night we had on the 7th of April lasted fifteen hours, the sun being at the end of Aries, and in that region it was winter, as your Magnificence will be well aware. Sailing in this storm, on the 7th of April we came in sight of new land, 117 along which we ran for nearly 20 leagues, and found it all a rocky coast, without any port or inhabitants. I believe this was because the cold was so great that no one in the fleet could endure it. Finding ourselves in such peril, and in such a storm that we could scarcely see one ship from another, owing to the [41] greatness of the waves and the blinding mist, it was agreed with the principal captain that a signal should be made to the ships that they should make for land, and then shape a course for Portugal. This was very good counsel, for it is certain that if we had delayed another night all would have been lost; for, as we wore round on the next day, we were met by such a storm that we expected to be swamped. We had to undertake pilgrimages and perform other ceremonies, as is the custom of sailors at such times. We ran for five days, always coming towards the equinoctial line, where the air and sea became more temperate. It pleased God to deliver us from such peril. Our course was now between the north and north-east, for our intention was to reach the coast of Ethiopia, our distance from it being 300 leagues, in the Gulf of the Atlantic Sea. By the grace of God, on the 10th day of May, we came in sight of land, where we were able to refresh ourselves, the land being called La Serra Liona. We were there fifteen days, and thence shaped a course to the islands of the Azores, which are distant nearly 750 leagues from that Serra. We reached the islands in the end of July, where we remained fifteen days taking some recreation. Thence we departed for Lisbon, distant 300 leagues to the west, and arrived at that port of Lisbon on the 7th of September 1502, may God be thanked for our salvation, with only two ships. We burnt the other at Serra Liona, because she was no longer seaworthy. We were employed on this voyage nearly fifteen months; and for eleven days we navigated without seeing the North Star, nor the Great or Little Bears, which they call el corno, and we were guided by the stars of the other Pole. This is what I saw on this voyage.
Desiring to share what I saw on that coast and what happened to us, I find that even many more pages wouldn't be enough. On the coast, we saw countless trees, including brazil wood and cassia, along with other wonders of nature that I can't fully describe. After spending ten months on this voyage and realizing there was no mining wealth in that land, we decided to leave it behind and [40] sail across the sea to explore another area. After discussing our options, it was agreed to follow the course I suggested, and I was put in command of the fleet. I ordered that the fleet be stocked with wood and water for six months, as decided by the ship officers. After leaving this land, we set sail heading south on February 15, as the sun was moving toward the equator and into our Northern Hemisphere. We sailed so far that we found ourselves where the South Pole was 52° above the horizon, and we could no longer see the stars of Ursa Minor or Ursa Major. By April 3, we were 500 leagues south of the port we had departed from. On that day, a fierce storm arose, tearing our sails away, and we sailed with bare masts in a heavy southerly wind and rough seas; the conditions were extremely stormy. The storm was alarming to everyone in the fleet. The nights were very long, as evidenced by the night of April 7, which lasted fifteen hours, with the sun at the end of Aries, and it was winter in that region, as you are already aware. In the midst of this storm, on April 7, we saw new land, [41] which we followed for nearly 20 leagues, discovering it to be a rocky coast with no ports or inhabitants. I believe this was due to the extreme cold, which made it unbearable for anyone in the fleet. Finding ourselves in such danger, with a storm so severe that we could barely see one ship from another due to the massive waves and blinding mist, the chief captain and I agreed to signal the ships to head for land and then set a course for Portugal. This was a wise decision because if we had waited another night, we would have surely perished; the next day, we were hit by another storm that made us fear we would capsize. We had to make pilgrimage and perform other ceremonies, as sailors do during such times. We sailed for five days, moving towards the equator, where the weather and sea became milder. By God's grace, we were saved from such danger. Our course shifted to between north and northeast, as we aimed to reach the coast of Ethiopia, which was 300 leagues away in the Gulf of the Atlantic Sea. On May 10, with God's blessing, we saw land where we could rest, known as La Serra Liona. We stayed there for fifteen days before heading towards the Azores, which are about 750 leagues from Serra. We arrived at the islands at the end of July, where we spent fifteen days relaxing. We then departed for Lisbon, 300 leagues to the west, and reached the port of Lisbon on September 7, 1502, thanking God for our salvation, arriving with only two ships. We had to burn the other ship at Serra Liona because it was no longer seaworthy. We spent nearly fifteen months on this voyage; for eleven days, we sailed without seeing the North Star or the Great or Little Bears, known as el corno, relying on the stars of the other Pole. This is what I witnessed during this voyage.
Letter on his Third Voyage from Amerigo Vespucci to Lorenzo Pietro Francesco de' Medici.
March (or April) 1503.
March (or April) 1503.
Alberico Vesputio to Lorenzo Pietro di Medici, salutation. In passed days I wrote very fully to you of my return from the new countries, which have been found and explored with the ships, at the cost, and by the command, of this Most Serene King of Portugal; and it is lawful to call it a new world, because none of these countries were known to our ancestors, and to all who hear about them they will be entirely new. For the opinion of the ancients was, that the greater part of the world beyond the equinoctial line to the south was not land, but only sea, which they have called the Atlantic; and if they have affirmed that any continent is there, they have given many reasons for denying that it is inhabited. But this their opinion is false, and entirely opposed to the truth. My last voyage has proved it, for I have found a continent in that southern part; more populous and more full of animals than our Europe, or Asia, or Africa, and even more temperate and pleasant than any other region known to us, as will be explained further on. I shall write succinctly of the principal things only, and the things most worthy of notice and of being remembered, which I either saw or heard of in this new world, as presently will become manifest.
Alberico Vesputio to Lorenzo Pietro di Medici, greetings. Recently, I explained in detail my return from the newly discovered countries explored with the ships, funded and ordered by this Most Serene King of Portugal. It's fair to call it a new world, since none of these lands were known to our ancestors, making them completely new to everyone who hears about them. The ancients believed that most of the world south of the equator was just ocean, which they called the Atlantic; if they did suggest there was any land there, they provided numerous reasons to deny its habitation. However, their belief is incorrect and completely untrue. My last voyage has demonstrated this, as I have discovered a continent in that southern region that is more populated and has more wildlife than Europe, Asia, or Africa, and is even more temperate and pleasant than any other parts known to us, which I will explain further. I will provide a brief account of the main highlights and noteworthy aspects I either witnessed or heard about in this new world, as will soon be evident.
We set out, on a prosperous voyage, on the 14th of May 118 1501, sailing from Lisbon, by order of the aforesaid King, with three ships, to discover new countries towards the west; and we sailed towards the south continuously [43] for twenty months. 119 Of this navigation the order is as follows: Our course was for the Fortunate Islands, so called formerly, but now we call them the Grand Canary Islands, which are in the third climate, and on the confines of the inhabited west. Thence we sailed rapidly over the ocean along the coast of Africa and part of Ethiopia to the Ethiopic Promontory, so called by Ptolemy, which is now called Cape Verde, and by the Ethiopians Biseghier, and that country Mandraga, 13° within the Torrid Zone, on the north side of the equinoctial line. The country is inhabited by a black race. Having taken on board what we required, we weighed our anchors and made sail, taking our way across the vast ocean towards the Antarctic Pole, with some westing. From the day when we left the before-mentioned promontory, we sailed for the space of two months and three days. 120 Hitherto no land had appeared to us in that vast sea. In truth, how much we had suffered, what dangers of shipwreck, I leave to the judgment of those to whom the experience of such things is very well known. What a thing it is to seek unknown lands, and how difficult, being ignorant, to narrate briefly what happened. It should be known that, of the sixty-seven days of our voyage, we were navigating continuously forty-four. We had copious thunderstorms and perturbations, and it was so dark that we never could see either the sun in the day or the moon at night. This caused us great fear, so that we lost all hope of life. In these most terrible dangers of the sea it pleased the Most High to show us the continent and the new countries, being another unknown world. These things being in sight, we were as much rejoiced as anyone may imagine who, after calamity and ill-fortune, has obtained safety.
We set out on a successful journey on May 14, 1501, sailing from Lisbon under the orders of the king, with three ships, to explore new lands to the west; we continued sailing south for twenty months. [43] Our route was as follows: We aimed for what were once called the Fortunate Islands, now known as the Grand Canary Islands, located in the third climate, on the edge of the inhabited west. From there, we quickly sailed across the ocean along the coast of Africa and part of Ethiopia to the area Ptolemy called the Ethiopic Promontory, now Cape Verde, which the Ethiopians call Biseghier, and that region Mandraga, 13° within the Torrid Zone, on the northern side of the equator. The area is inhabited by a black population. After taking on what we needed, we weighed anchor and set sail across the vast ocean towards the Antarctic Pole, shifting slightly west. From the day we left the aforementioned promontory, we sailed for two months and three days. Up to this point, no land had appeared in the vast sea. Indeed, how much we suffered and what dangers of shipwreck we faced, I leave to the judgment of those familiar with such experiences. Seeking unknown lands is a challenge, and it's difficult to briefly narrate what happened when you're unsure. It's important to note that out of the sixty-seven days of our voyage, we navigated for forty-four continuously. We encountered heavy thunderstorms and disturbances, and it was so dark that we could never see the sun during the day or the moon at night. This filled us with great fear, and we lost all hope of survival. In these dire dangers at sea, it was the will of the Most High to reveal to us the continent and new lands, presenting us with an entirely unknown world. Seeing this, we were as overjoyed as anyone could be after overcoming calamity and misfortune to find safety.
It was on the 7th August 121 1501, that we reached those countries, thanking our Lord God with solemn prayers, and celebrating a choral Mass. We knew that land to be a continent, and not an island, from its long beaches extending without trending round, the infinite number of inhabitants, the numerous tribes and peoples, the numerous kinds of wild animals unknown in our country, and many others never seen before by us, touching which it would take long to make reference. The clemency of God was shown forth to us by being brought to these regions; for the ships were in a leaking state, and in a few days our lives might have been lost in the sea. To Him be the honour and glory, and the grace of the action.
It was on August 7, 1501, that we arrived in those lands, thanking our Lord God with solemn prayers and celebrating a choral Mass. We recognized the land as a continent, not an island, due to its long beaches that stretched out without curves, the countless inhabitants, the many tribes and peoples, the various types of wild animals unknown in our homeland, and many others we had never seen before, which would take a long time to describe. God's mercy was evident as we were brought to these regions; our ships were leaking, and in a few days, our lives could have been lost at sea. To Him be the honor and glory, and the grace of the endeavor.
We took counsel, and resolved to navigate along the coast of this continent towards the east, and never to lose sight of the land. We sailed along until we came to a point where the coast turned to the south. The distance from the landfall to this point was nearly 300 leagues. 122 In this stretch of coast we often landed, and had friendly relations with the natives, 123 as I shall presently relate. I had forgotten to tell you that from Cape Verde to the first land of this continent the distance is nearly 700 leagues; although I estimate that we went over more than 1,800, partly owing to ignorance of the route, and partly owing to the tempests and foul winds which drove us off our course, and sent us in various directions. If my companions had not trusted in me, to whom cosmography was known, no one, not the leader of our navigation, would have known where we were after running 500 leagues. We were wandering and full of errors, and only the instruments for taking the altitudes of heavenly bodies showed us our position. [45] These were the quadrant and astrolabe, as known to all. These have been much used by me with much honour; for I showed them that a knowledge of the marine chart, and the rules taught by it, are more worth than all the pilots in the world. For these pilots have no knowledge beyond those places to which they have often sailed. Where the said point of land showed us the trend of the coast to the south, we agreed to continue our voyage, and to ascertain what there might be in those regions. We sailed along the coast for nearly 500 leagues, often going on shore and having intercourse with the natives, who received us in a brotherly manner. We sometimes stayed with them for fifteen or twenty days continuously, as friends and guests, as I shall relate presently. Part of this continent is in the Torrid Zone, beyond the equinoctial line towards the South Pole. But it begins at 8° beyond the equinoctial. We sailed along the coast so far that we crossed the Tropic of Capricorn, and found ourselves where the Antarctic Pole was 50° above our horizon. We went towards the Antarctic Circle until we were 17° 30′ from it 124; all which I have seen, and I have known the nature of those people, their customs, the resources and fertility of the land, the salubrity of the air, the positions of the celestial bodies in the heavens, and, above all, the fixed stars, over an eighth of the sphere, never seen by our ancestors, as I shall explain below.
We talked it over and decided to sail along the coast of this continent heading east, making sure to always keep the land in sight. We traveled until we reached a point where the coast turned south. The distance from where we first landed to this point was almost 300 leagues. 122 Along this part of the coast, we frequently went ashore and formed friendly connections with the locals, 123 as I will explain shortly. I should mention that the distance from Cape Verde to the first land of this continent is about 700 leagues; however, I estimate we covered more than 1,800 leagues, due to a mix of not knowing the route, and also because of storms and strong winds that pushed us off course in different directions. If my companions hadn't relied on me, who understood navigation, no one, not even the leader of our expedition, would have known where we were after traveling 500 leagues. We were adrift and confused, and only the instruments for measuring the heights of celestial bodies indicated our location. [45] These were the quadrant and astrolabe, familiar to everyone. I have used them a lot with great success; I showed them that knowledge of the nautical charts and the rules they provide is far more valuable than all the pilots in the world, as those pilots only know the areas they’ve frequently visited. When we reached that point of land that revealed the coast heading south, we decided to continue our journey and discover what else might be in those regions. We sailed along the coast for nearly 500 leagues, often going ashore and interacting with the locals, who welcomed us like family. We sometimes stayed with them for fifteen or twenty days straight, as friends and guests, as I will explain shortly. Part of this continent lies in the Tropics, just past the equator towards the South Pole, beginning at 8° south of the equator. We traveled along the coast far enough to cross the Tropic of Capricorn and found ourselves where the Antarctic Pole was 50° above our horizon. We headed towards the Antarctic Circle until we were 17° 30′ away from it 124; all of which I have witnessed, and I've learned about the people there, their customs, the resources and fertility of the land, the healthiness of the air, the positions of the celestial bodies in the sky, and, most importantly, the fixed stars over an eighth of the sphere, which our ancestors never saw, as I will elaborate below.
As regards the people: we have found such a multitude in those countries that no one could enumerate them, as we read in the Apocalypse. They are people gentle and tractable, and all of both sexes go naked, not covering any part of their bodies, just as they came from their mothers' wombs, and so they go until their deaths. They have large, square-built bodies, and well proportioned. Their colour reddish, which I think is caused by their going naked and [46] exposed to the sun. Their hair is plentiful and black. They are agile in walking, and of quick sight. They are of a free and good-looking expression of countenance, which they themselves destroy by boring the nostrils and lips, the nose and ears; nor must you believe that the borings are small, nor that they only have one, for I have seen those who had no less than seven borings in the face, each one the size of a plum. They stop up these perforations with blue stones, bits of marble, of crystal, or very fine alabaster, also with very white bones and other things artificially prepared according to their customs; which, if you could see, it would appear a strange and monstrous thing. One had in the nostrils and lips alone seven stones, of which some were half a palm in length. It will astonish you to hear that I considered that the weight of seven such stones was as much as sixteen ounces. In each ear they had three perforations bored, whence they had other stones and rings suspended. This custom is only for the men, as the women do not perforate their faces, but only their ears. Another custom among them is sufficiently shameful, and beyond all human credibility. Their women, being very libidinous, make the penis of their husbands swell to such a size as to appear deformed; and this is accomplished by a certain artifice, being the bite of some poisonous animal, and by reason of this many lose their virile organ and remain eunuchs.
As for the people: we've encountered such a vast number in those countries that no one could count them, as mentioned in the Apocalypse. They are gentle and easy to manage, and everyone, regardless of gender, goes completely naked, without covering any part of their bodies, just as they were born, and they live this way until they die. They have large, square-shaped bodies that are well proportioned. Their skin has a reddish tone, which I think is due to their exposure to the sun while going unclothed. [46] Their hair is thick and black. They are nimble on their feet and have sharp eyesight. They have a free and attractive expression, which they mar by piercing their nostrils, lips, nose, and ears; and don’t think the piercings are small or that they only have one, as I've seen people with as many as seven piercings in their faces, each about the size of a plum. They fill these holes with blue stones, bits of marble, crystal, or very fine alabaster, as well as very white bones and other things crafted according to their customs; it would seem strange and monstrous if you could see it. One person had seven stones in their nostrils and lips alone, some nearly half a palm long. It might surprise you to know that I thought the total weight of those seven stones was about sixteen ounces. Each ear had three piercings, from which they hung other stones and rings. This practice is only for men, as women only pierce their ears. Another custom among them is rather shameful and hard to believe. Their women, who are quite lustful, make their husbands' penises swell to such an extent that they appear deformed; this is done through a special technique involving the bite of some poisonous creature, leading many to lose their male organ and become eunuchs.
They have no cloth, either of wool, flax, or cotton, because they have no need of it; nor have they any private property, everything being in common. They live amongst themselves without a king or ruler, each man being his own master, and having as many wives as they please. The children cohabit with the mothers, the brothers with the sisters, the male cousins with the female, and each one with the first he meets. They have no temples and no laws, nor are they idolaters. What more can I say! They live [47] according to nature, and are more inclined to be Epicurean than Stoic. They have no commerce among each other, and they wage war without art or order. The old men make the youths do what they please, and incite them to fights, in which they mutually kill with great cruelty. They slaughter those who are captured, and the victors eat the vanquished; for human flesh is an ordinary article of food among them. You may be the more certain of this, because I have seen a man eat his children and wife; and I knew a man who was popularly credited to have eaten 300 human bodies. I was once in a certain city for twenty-seven days, where human flesh was hung up near the houses, in the same way as we expose butcher's meat. I say further that they were surprised that we did not eat our enemies, and use their flesh as food, for they say it is excellent. Their arms are bows and arrows, and when they go to war they cover no part of their bodies, being in this like beasts. We did all we could to persuade them to desist from their evil habits, and they promised us to leave off. The women, as I have said, go naked, and are very libidinous, yet their bodies are comely; but they are as wild as can be imagined.
They don’t use any fabric, whether it’s wool, flax, or cotton, because they don’t need it; they also don’t own anything privately, as everything is shared. They live together without a king or ruler, each person being their own master and having as many wives as they want. Children live with their mothers, brothers with sisters, male cousins with female cousins, and anyone can be with whoever they meet first. They don’t have temples or laws, and they aren’t idolaters. What more can I say! They live [47] according to nature and are more inclined to be Epicurean than Stoic. They don’t trade with each other and fight wars in a chaotic way. The older men push the younger ones to do what they want and encourage them to fight, where they often kill each other brutally. They kill captured enemies, and the winners eat the defeated; cannibalism is a common practice among them. You can be sure of this because I've seen a man eat his own children and wife; I also heard of a man known for eating 300 people. I spent twenty-seven days in a certain city where human flesh was hung outside buildings, just like we display butchered meat. I should add that they were surprised we didn’t eat our enemies and use their flesh for food, claiming it’s delicious. Their weapons are bows and arrows, and when they go to war, they don’t cover their bodies at all, resembling beasts in that way. We tried our best to convince them to give up their terrible habits, and they promised they would stop. The women, as I mentioned, go naked and are very promiscuous, yet they have attractive bodies; however, they are as wild as one can imagine.
They live for 150 years, and are rarely sick. If they are attacked by a disease they cure themselves with the roots of some herbs. These are the most noteworthy things I know about them.
They live for 150 years and seldom get sick. If they do get sick, they heal themselves using the roots of certain herbs. These are the most important things I know about them.
The air in this country is temperate and good, as we were able to learn from their accounts that there are never any pestilences or epidemics caused by bad air. Unless they meet with violent deaths, their lives are long. I believe this is because a southerly wind is always blowing, a south wind to them being what a north wind is to us. They are expert fishermen, and the sea is full of all kinds of fish. They are not hunters; I think because here there are many kinds of wild animals, principally lions and bears, [48] innumerable serpents, and other horrible creatures and deformed beasts; also because there are vast forests and trees of immense size. They have not the courage to face such dangers naked and without any defence.
The air in this country is mild and pleasant, as we learned from their reports that there are never any diseases or outbreaks caused by bad air. Unless they suffer violent deaths, they live long lives. I believe this is because a southern wind constantly blows, which is to them what a northern wind is to us. They are skilled fishermen, and the sea is teeming with all sorts of fish. They are not hunters; I think this is because there are many wild animals here, mainly lions and bears, [48] countless snakes, and other dreadful creatures and malformed beasts; also, there are vast forests with enormous trees. They lack the courage to confront such dangers unarmed and defenseless.
The land is very fertile, abounding in many hills and valleys, and in large rivers, and is irrigated by very refreshing springs. It is covered with extensive and dense forests, which are almost impenetrable, and full of every kind of wild beast. Great trees grow without cultivation, of which many yield fruits pleasant to the taste and nourishing to the human body; and a great many have an opposite effect. The fruits are unlike those in our country; and there are innumerable different kinds of fruits and herbs, of which they make bread and excellent food. They also have many seeds unlike ours. No kind of metal has been found except gold, in which the country abounds, though we have brought none back in this our first navigation. The natives, however, assured us that there was an immense quantity of gold underground, and nothing was to be had from them for a price. Pearls abound, as I wrote to you.
The land is very fertile, filled with many hills and valleys, and large rivers, and is watered by refreshing springs. It's covered with vast, dense forests that are nearly impenetrable and full of all kinds of wild animals. Huge trees grow here naturally, many of which produce fruits that are tasty and nourishing for people, while many others have the opposite effect. The fruits are different from those in our country, and there are countless varieties of fruits and herbs, which they use to make bread and delicious food. They also have many seeds that are unlike ours. No metals have been found except gold, which the country has in abundance, although we didn't bring any back on this first voyage. The locals assured us that there is a huge amount of gold underground, and they wouldn't sell us anything for a price. Pearls are plentiful, as I mentioned to you.
If I was to attempt to write of all the species of animals, it would be a long and tedious task. I believe certainly that our Pliny did not touch upon a thousandth part of the animals and birds that exist in this region; nor could an artist such as Policletus, 125 succeed in painting them. All the trees are odoriferous, and some of them emit gums, oils, or other liquors. If they were our property, I do not doubt but that they would be useful to man. If the terrestrial paradise is in some part of this land, it cannot be very far from the coast we visited. It is, as I have told you, in a climate where the air is temperate at noon, being neither cold in winter nor hot in summer.
If I were to try and write about all the animal species, it would be a long and boring job. I'm sure that our Pliny didn’t cover even a fraction of the animals and birds that are found in this area, nor could an artist like Policletus, 125 manage to paint them all. All the trees smell amazing, and some produce gums, oils, or other liquids. If they were ours, I have no doubt they would be useful to people. If the earthly paradise is somewhere in this land, it can’t be far from the coast we visited. It is, as I mentioned, in a climate where the air is mild at noon, not too cold in winter or too hot in summer.
The sky and air are serene during a great part of the [49] year. Thick vapours, with fine rain falling, last for three or four hours and then disappear like smoke. The sky is adorned with most beautiful signs and figures, in which I have noted as many as twenty stars as bright as we sometimes see Venus and Jupiter. I have considered the orbits and motions of these stars, and I have measured the circumference and diameters of the stars by a geometrical method, 126 ascertaining which were the largest. I saw in the heaven three Canopi, two certainly bright, and the other obscure. The Antarctic Pole is not figured with a Great Bear and a Little Bear, like our Arctic Pole, nor is any bright star seen near it, and of those which go round in the shortest circuit there are three which have the figure of the orthogonous triangle, of which the smallest has a diameter of 9 half-degrees. To the east of these is seen a Canopus of great size, and white, which, when in mid-heaven, has this figure:—
The sky and air are calm for a good part of the [49] year. Thick mists with light rain last for three or four hours before fading away like smoke. The sky displays beautiful signs and shapes, where I've noted as many as twenty stars as bright as we sometimes see Venus and Jupiter. I've looked into the orbits and movements of these stars, measuring their circumferences and diameters using geometric methods, figuring out which ones are the largest. I spotted three Canopi in the sky, two of which are definitely bright, and the other is dim. The Antarctic Pole doesn’t feature the Great Bear and Little Bear like our Arctic Pole, nor is there any bright star nearby. Among the stars that move in the shortest path, there are three that form the shape of a right triangle, with the smallest having a diameter of 9 half-degrees. To the east of these, a large, white Canopus is visible, which forms this shape when it's at its highest point:—
After these come two others, of which the half-circumference, the diameter, has 12 half-degrees; and with them is seen another Canopus. To these succeed six other most beautiful and very bright stars, beyond all the others of the eighth sphere, which, in the superficies of the heaven, have half the circumference, the diameter 32°, and with them is one black Canopus of immense size, seen in the Milky [50] Way, and they have this shape when they are on the meridian:—
After these come two more, where the half-circumference and diameter measure 12 half-degrees; and another Canopus can be seen with them. Following these are six stunning and very bright stars, surpassing all the others in the eighth sphere, which have a half circumference and a diameter of 32°. Along with them is an enormous black Canopus, visible in the Milky Way, and they appear in this shape when they are on the meridian:— [50]
I have known many other very beautiful stars, which I have diligently noted down, and have described very well in a certain little book describing this my navigation, which at present is in the possession of that Most Serene King, and I hope he will restore it to me. In that hemisphere I have seen things not compatible with the opinions of philosophers. Twice I have seen a white rainbow towards the middle of the night, which was not only observed by me, but also by all the sailors. Likewise we often saw the new moon on the day on which it is in conjunction with the sun. Every night, in that part of the heavens of which we speak, there were innumerable vapours and burning meteors. I have told you, a little way back, that, in the hemisphere of which we are speaking, it is not a complete hemisphere in respect to ours, because it does not take that form so that it may be properly called so.
I have encountered many other really beautiful stars, which I have carefully noted down, and I've described them in a little book about my journey that is currently with that Most Serene King, and I hope he will give it back to me. In that hemisphere, I've seen things that don't align with what philosophers believe. I've seen a white rainbow in the middle of the night twice, which not only I noticed, but so did all the sailors. We also often saw the new moon on the day when it aligns with the sun. Every night, in that part of the sky we've been talking about, there were countless clouds and shooting stars. I mentioned earlier that this hemisphere is not a complete hemisphere compared to ours because it doesn't take that form to be called that properly.
Therefore, as I have said, from Lisbon, whence we started, the distance from the equinoctial line is 39°, and we navigated beyond the equinoctial line to 50°, which together make 90°, which is one quarter of a great circle, according to the true measurement handed down to us by the ancients, so that it is manifest that we must have navigated over a fourth part of the earth. By this reasoning, we who inhabit Lisbon, at a distance of 39° from the equinoctial line in north latitude, are to those who live under 50° beyond the [51] same line, in meridional length, angularly 5° on a transverse line. I will explain this more clearly: a perpendicular line, while we stand upright, if suspended from a point of the heavens exactly vertical, hangs over our heads; but it hangs over them sideways. Thus, while we are on a right line, they are on a transverse line. An orthogonal triangle is thus formed, of which we have the right line, but the base and hypotenuse to them seems the vertical line, as in this figure it will appear. This will suffice as regards cosmography.
So, as I mentioned, starting from Lisbon, we are 39° from the equator, and we traveled past the equator to 50°, which totals 90°. This amount represents one quarter of a great circle, based on the accurate measurements passed down from the ancients. This shows that we must have navigated over a fourth of the Earth. By this logic, we who live in Lisbon, located 39° north of the equator, are at an angular distance of 5° on a transverse line from those who live at 50° south of the equator. [51] To clarify, a vertical line from a point directly above hangs over us when we’re standing upright, but it hangs sideways over them. So, while we are on a straight line, they are on a transverse line. This creates a right triangle, where we know the straight line, but the base and hypotenuse look like the vertical line to them, as illustrated in this figure. This explanation is sufficient regarding cosmography.
Vertex of our heads. | ||
Crown of their heads. |
![]() |
Us. |
Them. |
These are the most notable things that I have seen in this my last navigation, or, as I call it, the third voyage. For the other two voyages were made by order of the Most Serene King of Spain to the west, in which I noted many wonderful works of God, our Creator; and if I should have time, I intend to collect all these singular and wonderful things into a geographical or cosmographical book, that my record may live with future generations; and the immense work of the omnipotent God will be known, in parts still unknown, but known to us. I also pray that the most merciful God will prolong my life that, with His good grace, I may be able to make the best disposition of this my wish. I keep the other two journeys in my sanctuary, and the Most Serene King restoring to me the third journey, I intend to return to peace and my country. There, in consultation [52] with learned persons, and comforted and aided by friends, I shall be able to complete my work.
These are the most notable things I have observed on my last journey, which I refer to as my third voyage. The first two voyages were done at the request of the Most Serene King of Spain to the west, during which I witnessed many amazing works of God, our Creator. If I have the time, I plan to compile all these unique and remarkable experiences into a geographical or cosmographical book, so that my record can be preserved for future generations. The incredible works of the all-powerful God will be recognized in areas that are still unknown, but known to us. I also ask that the most merciful God extend my life, so that with His grace, I can fulfill this desire. I keep the records of the other two journeys safely stored, and with the Most Serene King returning to me the third journey, I plan to return to peace and my homeland. There, in discussions [52] with knowledgeable individuals, and supported by friends, I will be able to finish my work.
I ask your pardon for not having sooner been able to send you this my last navigation, as I had promised in my former letters. I believe that you will understand the cause, which was that I could not get the books from this Most Serene King. I think of undertaking a fourth voyage in the same direction, and promise is already made of two ships with their armaments, in which I may seek new regions of the East on a course called Africus. In which journey I hope much to do God honour, to be of service to this kingdom, to secure repute for my old age, and I expect no other result with the permission of this Most Serene King. May God permit what is for the best, and you shall be informed of what happens.
I apologize for not being able to send you my latest navigation sooner, as I promised in my previous letters. I believe you understand the reason: I couldn't obtain the books from this Most Serene King. I'm thinking about making a fourth voyage in the same direction, and I’ve already secured a promise of two ships with their equipment, which will allow me to explore new areas of the East along a route called Africus. In this journey, I hope to honor God, serve this kingdom, gain respect in my old age, and I have no other expectations under the permission of this Most Serene King. May God allow what is best, and I will keep you updated on what happens.
This letter was translated from the Italian into the Latin language by Jocundus, interpreter, as everyone understands Latin who desires to learn about these voyages, and to search into the things of heaven, and to know all that is proper to be known; for, from the time the world began, so much has not been discovered touching the greatness of the earth and what is contained in it.
This letter was translated from Italian into Latin by Jocundus, the interpreter, since anyone who wants to learn about these journeys and explore the mysteries of the universe, and find out all that should be known, understands Latin. Throughout history, nothing close to what we’ve discovered about the vastness of the earth and what it holds has been found.
Fourth Voyage of Amerigo Vespucci.
It remains for me to relate the things I saw in the fourth voyage; but as I am already tired, and as the voyage did not end as was intended, owing to an accident which happened in the Atlantic, as your Magnificence will shortly understand, I propose to be brief. We departed from this port of Lisbon with six ships, 128 having the intention of [53] discovering an island in the East called Melaccha, of which it was reported that it was very rich, and that it was the mart of all the ships that navigate the Gangetic and Indian Seas, as Cadiz is the mart for all vessels passing from east to west or from west to east by way of Galicut. This Melaccha is more to the west than Galicut, and much more to the south, for we know that it is in 33° from the Antarctic Pole. 129 We departed on the 10th of May 1503, and shaped a course direct for the Cape Verde Islands, where we careened and took in fresh provisions, remaining for thirteen days. Thence we continued on our voyage, shaping a south-easterly course, and as our commander was a presumptuous and very obstinate man, he wanted to go to Serra-liona, in the southern land of Æthiopia, without any necessity, unless it was to show that he was commander of the six ships, and he acted against the wishes of all the other captains. Thus navigating, when we came in sight of the said land the weather was so bad, with a contrary wind, that we were in sight for four days without being able to reach the place, owing to the storm. The consequence was that we were obliged to resume our proper course, and give up the said Serra, shaping a south-west course. When we had sailed for 300 leagues, being 3° to the south of the equinoctial line, a land was sighted 130 at a distance of twenty-two leagues, at which we were astonished. We found that it was an island in the midst of the sea, very high and wonderful in its formation, for it was not more than two leagues long and one broad, and uninhabited. It was an evil island for all the fleet, because your Magnificence must know that, through the bad advice and management of our commander, his ship was lost. For, with three in company, he struck on a rock in the [54] night of St. Lawrence, which is on the 10th of August, and went to the bottom, nothing being saved but the crew. She was a ship of 300 tons, and the chief importance of the fleet centred in her. As the other ships were worn and needed repairs, the commander ordered me to go to the island in my ship, and find a good anchorage where the fleet could anchor. As my boat, with nine of my sailors, was employed in helping the other ships, he did not wish that I should take it, but that I should go without it, telling me that I should go by myself. I left the fleet in accordance with my orders, without a boat and with less than half my sailors, and went to the island, which was at a distance of four leagues. I found an excellent port where the fleet could anchor in perfect security. Here I waited for my captain and the fleet for eight days, but they never came. We were very discontented, and the men were full of apprehensions which I could not remove. Being in this state of anxiety, at last, on the eighth day, we saw a ship coming from seaward, and, fearing that she might not see us, we came out to her, expecting that she was bringing my boat and people. When we came up to her, after salutes, they told us that the Capitana was gone to the bottom, the crew being saved, and that my boat and people remained with the fleet, which had gone to that sea ahead, which was a great trouble to us. What will your Magnificence think of my finding myself 1,000 leagues from Lisbon with few men? Nevertheless, we put a bold face on the matter, and still went ahead. We returned to the island, and filled up with wood and water by using our consort's boat. We found the island to be uninhabited, supplied with abundance of fresh water, quantities of trees, and full of marine and land birds without number. They were so tame that they allowed us to take them with our hands. We caught so many that we loaded a boat with these animals. We saw nothing [55] but very large rats, lizards with two tails, and some serpents.
It’s time for me to share what I experienced on the fourth voyage; however, since I’m already feeling exhausted, and the voyage didn’t conclude as planned due to an incident in the Atlantic, which Your Magnificence will understand shortly, I will keep this brief. We set sail from Lisbon with six ships, intending to discover an island in the East called Melaccha, rumored to be very wealthy and a hub for all ships navigating the Gangetic and Indian Seas, much like Cadiz is for vessels traveling between the east and west or vice versa through Galicut. Melaccha is located further west of Galicut and considerably south, as it is known to be at 33° from the Antarctic Pole. We departed on May 10, 1503, heading directly for the Cape Verde Islands, where we rested and resupplied for thirteen days. After that, we continued on a southeast course, but our commander, who was quite arrogant and stubborn, insisted on diverting to Serra-liona in southern Ethiopia without any real need, likely just to assert his authority over the other captains, which went against their wishes. While navigating, we arrived in sight of that land, but the weather was so terrible, with strong headwinds, that we struggled for four days without being able to reach it due to the storm. Consequently, we had to steer back on our proper course and abandon Serra, taking a southwest route. After sailing for 300 leagues and reaching 3° south of the equator, we spotted land about twenty-two leagues away, which amazed us. We discovered it to be an island in the middle of the sea, remarkably high and unique in shape, measuring no more than two leagues long and one wide, uninhabited. Unfortunately, it proved to be a cursed island for the fleet because, as Your Magnificence must know, due to the poor advice and leadership of our commander, his ship was lost. During the night of St. Lawrence, August 10, with three others nearby, he ran aground on a rock and sank, with only the crew being rescued. The ship was 300 tons, and its loss significantly impacted the fleet. Since the other ships were damaged and needed repairs, the commander directed me to go to the island in my ship and locate a safe anchorage for the fleet. Although my boat, with nine of my sailors, was busy assisting the other ships, he insisted I go alone. Following his orders, I left the fleet without a boat and with fewer than half my crew, heading to the island, which was four leagues away. I discovered an excellent harbor where the fleet could anchor securely. I waited for my captain and the fleet for eight days, but they never arrived. Our situation became troubling, and the men grew restless and anxious, which I wasn’t able to alleviate. Finally, on the eighth day, we spotted a ship approaching from the sea, and fearing it might not see us, we rowed out to meet it, hoping it was bringing my boat and crew. Upon reaching it, after exchanging greetings, we learned that the Capitana had sunk, although the crew was saved, and that my boat and men were still with the fleet, which had moved ahead into that sea, causing us great distress. What do you think of my situation—1,000 leagues from Lisbon with so few men? Regardless, we remained optimistic and pressed on. We returned to the island and collected wood and water using our companion’s boat. The island turned out to be uninhabited, with plenty of fresh water, abundant trees, and countless marine and land birds. They were so tame that we could catch them by hand. We captured so many that we filled a boat with these creatures. The only other animals we encountered were large rats, lizards with two tails, and some snakes.
Having got in our provisions we departed, shaping a course between south and south-west, for we had an order from the King that any ship parted from the rest of the fleet, or from the Commander-in-Chief, should make for the land that was visited in the previous voyage. We discovered a port to which we gave the name of the Bay of All Saints, 131 and it pleased God to give us such fine weather that we reached it in seventeen days, being 300 leagues from the island. Here we neither found our commander nor any of the other ships of the fleet. We waited in this port for two months and four days, and, seeing that there was no arrival, I and my consort determined to explore the coast. We sailed onwards for 260 leagues until we reached a harbour where we agreed to build a fort. We did so, and left twenty-four Christian men in it who were on board my consort, being part of the crew of the Capitana that was lost. We were in that harbour five months, building the fort, and loading our ships with brazil-wood. For we were not able to advance further, because we had not full crews, and I wanted many necessaries. Having done all this, we agreed to return to Portugal, which bore between north-east and north. We left the twenty-four men in the fort, with provisions for six months, twelve bombards, and many other arms. We had made friends with all the natives round, of whom I have made no mention in this voyage, not because we did not see and have intercourse with an infinite number of tribes: for we went inland with thirty men, for a distance of 40 leagues, and saw so many things that I refrain from recounting them, reserving them for my Four Voyages. This land is 18° to the south of the equinoctial line, and [56] beyond the meridian of Lisbon 37° further to the west, according to what was shown by our instruments. All this being done, we took leave of the Christians and of that land, and began our navigation to the north-north-east, with the object of shaping a course for this city of Lisbon. After seventy-seven days of many hardships and dangers we entered this port on the 18th of June 1504. God be praised. Here we were very well received, more so than anyone would believe. For all the city had given us up, all the other ships of the fleet having been lost, owing to the pride and folly of our commander. 132 May God reward him for his pride!
After gathering our supplies, we set off, charting a course between south and southwest, because we had a royal order that any ship separated from the rest of the fleet or the Commander-in-Chief should head for the land explored during the previous voyage. We found a port that we named the Bay of All Saints, 131 and we were blessed with such good weather that we reached it in seventeen days, being 300 leagues from the island. Here, we neither found our commander nor any other ships of the fleet. We waited in this port for two months and four days, and seeing that no one arrived, my companion and I decided to explore the coast. We continued sailing for 260 leagues until we reached a harbor where we decided to build a fort. We did so and left twenty-four Christian men there who were part of my companion's crew from the lost Capitana. We spent five months in that harbor building the fort and loading our ships with brazil-wood. We couldn’t move further because we lacked full crews, and I needed many supplies. Having completed this, we agreed to return to Portugal, which lay between northeast and north. We left the twenty-four men in the fort with provisions for six months, twelve cannons, and various other weapons. We had made friends with all the local tribes, which I haven't mentioned in this voyage, not because we didn't meet and interact with countless tribes: we went inland with thirty men for 40 leagues and saw so many things that I'll save those stories for my Four Journeys. This land is located 18° south of the equatorial line and [56] is 37° further west of the meridian of Lisbon, according to our instruments. With all this done, we took our leave from the Christians and that land and began our navigation to the north-northeast, aiming to reach the city of Lisbon. After seventy-seven days filled with hardships and dangers, we entered the port on June 18, 1504. Praise God. We were received very warmly, more than anyone could believe, since the entire city had given us up as lost, with all the other ships in the fleet gone due to the pride and folly of our commander. 132 May God reward him for his arrogance!
At present I may be found in Lisbon, not knowing what the King may wish to do with me, but I greatly desire rest.
I’m currently in Lisbon, unsure of what the King wants from me, but I really just want to rest.
The bearer of this is Benvenuto di Domenico Benvenuti, who will tell your Magnificence of my condition, and of some things which I have left out to avoid prolixity, for he has seen and heard, God knows, how much of them. I have condensed the letter as much as possible, and to this end have omitted many natural things, for which your Magnificence will pardon me. I beseech you to include me in the number of your servants, and I commend you to Ser Antonio Vespucci my brother, and to all my house. I conclude praying God that He will prolong your life, and that He will favour the state of that exalted Republic and the honour of your Magnificence.
The person carrying this message is Benvenuto di Domenico Benvenuti, who will explain to your greatness my situation and some details I've left out to keep it brief, since he has seen and heard, God knows, quite a lot about it. I've tried to make this letter as concise as possible and have skipped over many obvious details, which I hope your greatness will forgive me for. I ask you to consider me among your servants, and I recommend my brother Ser Antonio Vespucci to you, as well as everyone in my household. I end by praying that God will grant you a long life and support the well-being of that esteemed Republic and the honor of your greatness.
Given in Lisbon, September 4th, 1504.
Given in Lisbon, September 4, 1504.
Your servant,
Amerigo Vespucci, in Lisbon.
Your servant,
Amerigo Vespucci, in Lisbon.
Letter from the Admiral Chris Columbus to his Son, referring to Amerigo Vespucci. 133
My Dear Son,—Diego Mendez left here on Monday, the 3rd of this month. After his departure, I spoke with Amerigo Vespucci, the bearer of this letter, who is going to the Court on matters relating to navigation. He always showed a desire to please me, and is a very respectable man. Fortune has been adverse to him, as to many others. His labours have not been so profitable to him as he might have expected. He leaves me with the desire to do me service, if it should be in his power. I am unable here to point out in what way he could be useful to me, because I do not know what may be required at Court; but he goes with the determination of doing all he can for me. You will see in what way he can be employed. Think the matter over, as he will do everything, and speak, and put things in train; but let all be done secretly, so as not to arouse suspicion of him. I have told him all I can about my affairs, and of the payments that have been made to me and are due. This letter is also for the Adelantado, for he can see in what way use can be made of it, and will apprise you of it, etc., etc.
Dear Son,—Diego Mendez left here on Monday, the 3rd of this month. After he left, I had a conversation with Amerigo Vespucci, the person delivering this letter, who is heading to the Court regarding navigation issues. He has always shown a willingness to support me and is a very respectable individual. Unfortunately, luck has not been on his side, as it has not been for many others. His efforts haven't been as rewarding as he had hoped. He leaves me with the intent to help me if he can. I'm unable to specify how he might assist me, as I don’t know what will be needed at Court; however, he is determined to do everything he can for me. You will see how he can be utilized. Consider this carefully, as he will take action, speak, and set things in motion; but keep everything discreet to avoid raising any suspicions. I have shared all I can about my situations and the payments I have received and those that are still owing. This letter is also meant for the Adelantado since he can see how it can be utilized and will inform you accordingly, etc., etc.
Dated in Seville, the 5th of February (1505).
Dated in Seville, February 5, 1505.
S.
S. A. S.
X. M. Y.
XPO FERENS.
S.
S. A. S.
X. M. Y.
XPO FERENS.
Letter from Hieronimo Vianelo to the Duchy of Venice. 134
Burgos, December 23rd, 1506.
Burgos, December 23, 1506.
The two ships have arrived from the Indies, belonging to the King, my Lord, which went on a voyage of discovery under Juan Biscaino 135 and Almerigo Fiorentino. 136 They went to the S.W., 800 leagues beyond the island of Española, which is 2,000 leagues from the Straits of Hercules, and discovered mainland, which they judge to be 200 leagues from the land of Española, and after coasting along it for 600 leagues they came to a great river, with a mouth 40 leagues across, and went up it for 150 leagues, in which there are many islets inhabited by Indians. They live, for the most part, very miserably on fish, and go naked. Thence they went back with some of these Indians, and went along the coast of the said land for 600 leagues, where they met an Indian canoe, which is carved out of one piece of wood. It had a sail, and went to the mainland with eighty men, with many bows, and targets of a very light but strong wood. They went to the mainland to take Indians who live there, who do not serve them as slaves, but are [59] eaten by them like deer, rabbits, and other animals. Our people took these Indians. Their bows are made of ebony and their arrows have corals made of the nerves of snakes. Having taken this canoe, they returned to the said island, where there came against them a great number of Indians, with bows and arrows in their hands. They defeated these natives and explored the island, which they found very sterile. At noon they came to a plain, which was so covered with serpents and snakes and dragons, that it was marvellous. They kept one, as it seemed to them to be a very wonderful thing. This dragon was larger than a cachalote. 137
The two ships have arrived from the Indies, belonging to the King, my Lord, which went on a discovery voyage under Juan Biscaino 135 and Almerigo Fiorentino. 136 They traveled southwest, 800 leagues beyond the island of Española, which is 2,000 leagues from the Straits of Hercules, and discovered land that they estimate is 200 leagues from Española. After exploring it for 600 leagues, they reached a large river with a mouth 40 leagues wide and traveled up it for 150 leagues, where they found many islands inhabited by Indians. These people mostly live in poverty, relying on fish, and are largely naked. From there, they returned with some of the Indians and continued along the coast for another 600 leagues, where they encountered an Indian canoe, carved from a single piece of wood. It had a sail and was manned by eighty men armed with many bows and light yet strong wooden shields. They headed to the mainland to capture Indians there, who are not their slaves, but are treated as prey, like deer, rabbits, and other animals. Our group took these Indians. Their bows are made of ebony and their arrows are tipped with coral made from snake nerves. After capturing this canoe, they returned to the island, where they were confronted by a large number of Indians armed with bows and arrows. They defeated these natives and explored the island, which they found to be very barren. At noon, they reached a plain covered with serpents, snakes, and dragons, which was astonishing. They kept one, as it seemed very remarkable to them. This dragon was larger than a cachalote. 137
The island is intersected by a mountain, one part to the north the other to the south. The north side is inhabited by these Indians, the other side by those poisonous animals. They say that none of these serpents ever pass to the inhabited part, and in the whole of that side there are no serpents, nor any similar animals. Having seen this, the said ships departed, and took away seven Indians of that land, good sailors, and coasted along the coast to a place called Alseshij, and thence for 400 leagues to the westward, when they came to a land where they found many houses, out of which came many Indians to receive them and do them honour, and they say that one of these had previously predicted that certain ships of a great king, to them unknown, would come from the east and make them all slaves, and that all the strangers were gifted with life eternal, and that their persons would be adorned with various dresses. They say that when their king saw our ships he said: "Behold, here are the ships that I told you of ten years ago." This king came with a breast-plate of massive gold on his breast and a chain of gold, and a mask of gold with four golden bells of a mark each at his feet; [60] and with him came twenty Indians, all with gold masks on their faces, beating golden kettle-drums, each weighing thirty marks. When they saw the islanders with the Spaniards they began to be disdainful, and to fight fiercely with our people with poisoned arrows. They numbered 5,000, and 140 of our men had landed. They fell to and cut to pieces nearly 700 natives, one of ours being killed by an arrow. They came to the houses, and took those masks and bells, and arms of the said king, and 800 marks of gold. They set fire to the houses, and were there ninety-six days, because the three ships that remained were sunk and went to the bottom. Seeing this, they took out the provisions and stores, and fortified themselves on shore with a very good tower. Every day they fought with the Indians. At night they were within their enclosure, and in the day they went out in order, and as much as they marched, so much they acquired. But they did not dare to go out of their quarters. One day they went to a lake, and began to wash the earth with certain vernicali, 138 each one in half an hour getting six, seven, or eight castellanos of gold. They were told by some of the Indian prisoners that they need not tire themselves with washing, for that from there to a very high mountain the distance was half a league, and that in a plain near there was a river, where it is not necessary to wash much, for each man in a day can gather ten marks of gold with little trouble. At length, as lost men, without hope of returning home, they repaired the ships and boats that were run up on the beach, eventually determining to return to Spain. During the time of ninety-six days that they were there several died from sickness, and there were forty-four survivors who were saved with the help of God. They left ten men in the tower, supplied with provisions and stores for a year, who were attacked three times by [61] Indians with their canoes, but were always victorious, and have come safely here to the Court. I have seen all that gold and various things that they have brought back; another kind of pepper, but larger than ours, and nuts like nutmegs. They have also brought seventy pearls, all good green ones, and some of ten and twelve carats, round, and like 139 Indian pearls bored in the middle. They have also found and brought a green stone like jasper, four fingers in length, and others worn on the lips of the people. They are generally without beards.
The island has a mountain that splits it into two parts: one to the north and the other to the south. The northern side is home to these Indians, while the southern side is inhabited by venomous creatures. They say that none of these snakes ever venture to the populated area, and on that side, there are no snakes or any similar animals. After witnessing this, the ships left with seven Indians from that land who were skilled sailors, and they traveled along the coast to a place called Alseshij, then continued westward for 400 leagues until they reached a land with many houses. Many Indians came out to welcome them, and they said that one of their own had previously predicted that ships from a great king, unknown to them, would arrive from the east and enslave them all, adding that these newcomers would bring eternal life and adorn their bodies with various attire. When their king saw our ships, he exclaimed, "Look, here are the ships I told you about ten years ago." This king wore a breastplate made of solid gold, a gold chain, and a gold mask with four golden bells at his feet; [60] along with him were twenty Indians, all with gold masks on their faces, beating golden kettle drums that weighed thirty marks each. When they saw the islanders with the Spaniards, they grew arrogant and started fiercely attacking our people with poisoned arrows. They numbered around 5,000, while 140 of our men had landed. They fought hard and killed nearly 700 natives, although one of ours was struck by an arrow. They approached the houses, seized the masks, bells, and weapons belonging to the king, along with 800 marks of gold. They set the houses on fire and stayed for ninety-six days, as the three ships that remained sank to the bottom. Seeing this, they retrieved the supplies and fortified themselves on land with a strong tower. Every day, they clashed with the Indians. At night, they stayed within their fortifications, and during the day, they went out in formation, gaining more ground with each step. However, they didn’t dare to leave their safe zone. One day, they went to a lake and started washing the dirt with certain vernicali, each person getting six, seven, or eight castellanos of gold in half an hour. Some Indian prisoners informed them that they needn’t work so hard washing, for from there to a very high mountain was only half a league away, and there was a plain nearby with a river where they could gather gold more easily; each man could collect ten marks of gold in a day without much effort. Eventually, feeling lost and with no hope of returning home, they repaired the ships and boats that had washed ashore, ultimately deciding to return to Spain. During their ninety-six days there, several men died from illness, leaving only forty-four survivors who were saved with God's help. They left ten men stationed in the tower, stocked with provisions for a year, who were attacked three times by Indians in their canoes but emerged victorious each time, and they eventually returned safely to the Court. I've seen all the gold and various goods they brought back, including a different kind of pepper, which is larger than ours, and nuts that resemble nutmeg. They also returned with seventy pearls, all high-quality green ones, some weighing ten and twelve carats, round and similar to Indian pearls with holes drilled in the center. They discovered and brought back a green stone resembling jasper, four fingers long, and others that the locals wore as lip adornments. Most of these people are generally beardless.
The Archbishop intends to send the said two captains, with eight ships and four hundred men, very well furnished with arms, artillery, etc.
The Archbishop plans to send the two captains, along with eight ships and four hundred well-armed men, fully equipped with weapons, artillery, and more.
Royal Letter of Naturalization in the Kingdoms of Castille and Leon in favour of Vespucci. 140
Doña Juana by the Grace of God:—To do good and show grace to you, Amerigo Vespucci, Florentine, in recognition of your fidelity and of certain good service you have done, and which I expect that you will do from henceforward, by this present I make you a native of these my kingdoms of Castille and of Leon, and that you may be able to hold any public offices that you may have been given or charged with, and that you may be able to enjoy and may enjoy all the honours, favours, and liberties, pre-eminences, prerogatives and immunities, and all other things, and each one of them, which you would be able or would be bound to have and enjoy if you were born in these kingdoms and lordships.
Doña Juana, by the Grace of God:—To do good and show kindness to you, Amerigo Vespucci, a Florentine, in acknowledgment of your loyalty and the valuable service you’ve provided, which I trust you will continue to offer, I hereby make you a native of my kingdoms of Castille and León. This allows you to hold any public offices assigned to you, and you will be entitled to enjoy all the honors, favors, liberties, privileges, rights, and protections, as well as everything else that you would be entitled to if you were born in these kingdoms and lordships.
By this my letter, and by its duplicate signed by a public notary, I order the most illustrious Prince Don Carlos, my very dear and well-beloved son, and the Infants, [62] Dukes, Prelates, Counts, Marquises, Ricos-Hombres, Masters of the Orders, those of my Council, the judges of my courts, the magistrates of my house and court, the friars, commanders and sub-commanders of the orders, governors of castles and forts, the councillors, governors, assistant-governors, officers, knights, esquires, and citizens of all my cities, towns, and villages of these my kingdoms and lordships, and all others my subjects, of whatsoever condition, pre-eminence, or dignity they be or may be, that they shall consider you as a native of these my kingdoms and lordships, as if you had been born and brought up in them, and leave you to hold such public and royal offices and posts as may be given and entrusted to you, and such other things as you shall have an interest in, the same as if you had been born and bred in these kingdoms; and they shall maintain and cause to maintain the said honours, favours, freedoms, liberties, exemptions, pre-eminences, prerogatives and immunities, and all other things, and each one of them, that you may or ought to have and enjoy, being native of these the said my kingdoms and lordships, and that neither on them nor on any part of them shall they place, or consent to be placed, any impediment against you.
By this letter and its duplicate signed by a public notary, I direct the most distinguished Prince Don Carlos, my dear and beloved son, and the Infants, [62] Dukes, Prelates, Counts, Marquises, Ricos-Hombres, Masters of the Orders, members of my Council, judges of my courts, magistrates of my household and court, friars, commanders and sub-commanders of the orders, governors of castles and forts, councillors, deputy governors, officers, knights, squires, and citizens of all my cities, towns, and villages in these my kingdoms and lordships, as well as all other subjects of mine, regardless of their status, rank, or title, to recognize you as a citizen of these my kingdoms and lordships, as if you were born and raised here, allowing you to hold any public and royal positions that may be offered to you, along with any other interests you may have, just as if you had been born and raised in these kingdoms. They shall uphold and ensure the upholding of all honours, favours, freedoms, liberties, exemptions, privileges, and immunities, along with everything else you are entitled to or should enjoy as a native of these my kingdoms and lordships, and they shall not impose or agree to any barriers against you on any part of those territories.
Thus I order that it shall be done, any laws or ordinances of these my kingdoms to the contrary notwithstanding, as to which or to each of them of my proper motion and certain knowledge, and absolute royal power, such as I choose to use as Queen and Natural Lady of this part, I dispense so far as they touch these presents, leaving them in force and vigour for all other things henceforward.
Thus, I command that this shall be carried out, regardless of any laws or regulations in my kingdoms that may contradict it. With my own authority and full knowledge, and by the absolute royal power I choose to exercise as Queen and rightful Lady of this realm, I set aside those laws as they relate to this matter, while maintaining their effectiveness and strength for all other matters moving forward.
Given in the city of Toro, on the 24th day of April, in the year of the birth of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1505 years. I, the King.
Given in the city of Toro, on April 24th, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1505. I, the King.
I, Gaspar de Goicio, Licentiate Zapata, Licenciate Polanco.
I, Gaspar de Goicio, Licentiate Zapata, Licenciate Polanco.
Appointment of Amerigo Vespucci as Chief Pilot.
Doña Juana:—Seeing that it has come to our notice, and that we have seen by experience, that, owing to the pilots not being so expert as is necessary, nor so well instructed in what they ought to know, so as to be competent to rule and govern the ships that navigate in the voyage over the Ocean Sea to our islands and mainland which we possess in the Indies; and that through their default, either in not knowing how to rule and govern, or through not knowing how to find the altitude by the quadrant or astrolabe, nor the methods of calculating it, have happened many disasters, and those who have sailed under their governance have been exposed to great danger, by which our Lord has been ill-served, as well as our finances, while the merchants who trade thither have received much hurt and loss. And for a remedy to the above, and because it is necessary, as well for that navigation as for other voyages by which, with the help of our Lord, we hope to make new discoveries in other lands, that there should be persons who are more expert and better instructed, and who know the things necessary for such navigation, so that those who are under them may go more safely, it is our will and pleasure, and we order that all the pilots of our kingdoms and lordships, who are now or shall hereafter be appointed as pilots in the said navigation to the islands and mainland that we possess in the parts of the Indies, and in other parts of the Ocean Sea, shall be instructed and shall know what it is necessary for them to know respecting the quadrant and astrolabe, in order that, by uniting theory with practice, they may be able to make good use of them in the said voyages made to the said parts, and, without such knowledge, no one shall go in the said ships as pilots, nor receive pay [64] as pilots, nor may the masters receive them on board ship, until they have first been examined by you, Amerigo Despuchi, our Chief Pilot, and they shall be given by you a certificate of examination and approval touching the knowledge of each one. Holding the said certificates, we order that they shall be taken and received as expert pilots by whoever is shown them, for it is our pleasure that you shall be examiner of the said pilots.
Doña Juana:—We have noticed, and experienced, that our pilots are not as skilled or well-trained as they need to be to effectively navigate our ships traveling across the Ocean Sea to the islands and mainland we own in the Indies. Because of their shortcomings, whether from a lack of knowledge in navigation or in using tools like the quadrant or astrolabe, many disasters have occurred, putting those who sailed under their command in great danger. This has not only harmed our Lord's interests but also negatively impacted our finances, while merchants involved have faced significant losses. To address this situation, and recognizing the necessity for improved navigation and future voyages aimed at discovering new lands with divine assistance, we require that there be individuals who are more knowledgeable and skilled in navigation. This way, those under their guidance can travel more safely. Therefore, we mandate that all pilots from our kingdoms and territories, currently or in the future appointed for navigation to the islands and mainland we possess in the Indies and other parts of the Ocean Sea, must be trained and knowledgeable about using the quadrant and astrolabe. By combining theory with practice, they should be capable of utilizing these tools effectively during their voyages. Without this knowledge, no one shall serve as a pilot on these ships or receive payment for such roles. [64] As pilots, nor shall the masters allow them on board until they have first been examined by you, Amerigo Despuchi, our Chief Pilot, who will provide a certificate of examination and approval regarding each individual’s knowledge. With these certificates, they shall be recognized as expert pilots by anyone who reviews them. It is our intention that you serve as the examiner for these pilots.
In order that those who have not the knowledge may more easily learn, we order that you are to teach them, in your house in Seville, all those things that they ought to know, you receiving payment for your trouble. And as it may happen that now, in the beginning, there may be a scarcity of passed pilots, and some ships may be detained for the want of them, causing loss and harm to the citizens of the said islands, as well as to merchants and other persons who trade thither, we order you, the said Amerigo, and we give you licence that you may select the most efficient pilots from among those who have been there, that for one or two voyages, or for a certain period, they may supply what is necessary, while those others acquire the knowledge that they have to learn, so that there may be time for them to learn what is needed.
To help those who lack knowledge learn more easily, we require you to teach them, at your home in Seville, everything they need to know, and you will receive payment for your efforts. Since it may happen that there is currently a shortage of experienced pilots, and some ships may be delayed because of it, causing losses and problems for the people of the islands, as well as for merchants and others who trade there, we authorize you, Amerigo, to choose the most capable pilots from those who have been there. They can assist for one or two voyages, or for a specific period, to provide what is necessary while the others gain the knowledge they need to learn, allowing them the time to acquire the required skills.
It is also reported to us that there are many charts, by different masters, on which are delineated the lands and islands of the Indies, to us belonging, which by our order have recently been discovered, and that these charts differ very much one from another, as well in the routes as in the delineations of coasts, which may cause much inconvenience. In order that there may be uniformity, it is our pleasure, and we order that there shall be made a general chart (Padron General), and that it may be more accurate, we order our officers of the House of Contratacion at Seville that they shall assemble all the ablest pilots that are to be found in the country at the time, and that, in [65] the presence of you, Amerigo Despuchi, our Chief Pilot, a padron of all the lands and islands of the Indies that have hitherto been discovered belonging to our kingdoms and lordships shall be made; and that for it, after consulting and reasoning with those pilots, and in accord with you, the said Chief Pilot, a general padron shall be constructed, which shall be called the Padron Real, by which all pilots shall be ruled and governed, and that it shall be in the possession of the aforesaid our officers, and of you, our Chief Pilot; and that no pilot shall use any other chart, but only one which has been taken from the Padron Real, on pain of a fine of fifty dobles towards the works of the House of Contratacion of the Indies in the city of Seville.
It has also been reported to us that there are many maps, created by different masters, showing the lands and islands of the Indies that belong to us, which have recently been discovered by our order. These maps vary significantly from one another, both in the routes and in the depictions of the coasts, which could lead to considerable confusion. To ensure consistency, we are pleased to order the creation of a general chart (Padron General). To make it as accurate as possible, we direct our officials at the House of Contratacion in Seville to gather all the most skilled pilots available in the country at that time. [65] In the presence of you, Amerigo Despuchi, our Chief Pilot, a chart of all the lands and islands of the Indies that have been discovered so far and belong to our kingdoms and territories shall be created. For this purpose, after consulting and discussing with those pilots, and in agreement with you, the Chief Pilot, a general chart shall be developed, which will be called the Padron Real. All pilots shall be governed by it, and it shall be held by our aforementioned officials and you, our Chief Pilot. No pilot shall use any chart other than one derived from the Padron Real, under penalty of a fine of fifty dobles to support the operations of the House of Contratacion of the Indies in the city of Seville.
We further order all the pilots of our kingdoms and lordships who, from this time forward, shall go to the said our lands of the Indies, discovered or to be discovered, that, when they find new lands, islands, bays, or harbours, or anything else, that they make a note of them for the said Padron Real, and on arriving in Castille that they shall give an account to you, the said our Chief Pilot, and to the officers of the House of Contratacion of Seville, that all may be delineated properly on the said Padron Real, with the object that navigators may be better taught and made expert in navigation. We further order that none of our pilots who navigate the Ocean Sea, from this time forward, shall go without their quadrant and astrolabe and the rules for working them, under the penalty that those who do not comply be rendered incompetent to exercise the said employment during our pleasure, and they shall not resume such employment without our special licence, paying a fine of 10,000 maravedis towards the works of the said House of Contratacion at Seville. Amerigo Despuchi shall use and exercise the said office of our Chief Pilot, and you are empowered to do so, and you shall do all the things contained in this letter, and which [66] appertain to the said office; and by this our letter, and by its copy attested by the public notary, we order the Prince Charles, our very dear and well-beloved son, the Infantes, Dukes, Prelates, Counts, Marquises, Ricos-Hombres, Masters of Orders, Members of Council, and Judges of our Courts and Chancelleries, and the other priors, commanders, sub-commanders, castellans of our castles and forts, the magistrates, officers of justice, knights, esquires, officers, and good men of all the cities, towns, and villages of our kingdoms and lordships, and all captains of ships, master mariners, pilots, mates, and all other persons whom our letter concerns or may concern, that you have and hold as our Chief Pilot, and consent and allow him to hold the said office, and to do and comply with all the things in this our letter or appertaining to it; and for their accomplishment and execution give all the favour and help that is needful for all that is here, and for each part of it; and that the above may come to the knowledge of all, and that none may pretend ignorance, we order that this our letter shall be read before the public notary, in the markets and open spaces, and other accustomed places in the said city of Seville, and in the city of Cadiz, and in all the other cities, towns, and villages of these kingdoms and lordships; and if hereafter any person or persons act against it, the said justices shall execute upon them the penalties contained in this letter, so that the above shall be observed and shall take effect without fail; and if the one or the others do not so comply, they shall be subject to a fine of 10,000 maravedis for our chamber. Further we order the man to whom this letter shall be shown, that he shall appear before us in our Court, wherever we may be for fifteen following days under the said penalty, for which we order whatever public notary may be called for this, shall give testimony signed with his seal, that we may know that our order has been executed.
We further instruct all pilots in our kingdoms and lordships who, from now on, will travel to our lands in the Indies, whether discovered or yet to be discovered, that when they find new lands, islands, bays, or harbors, or anything else, they should make a note of them for the Padron Real. Upon returning to Castille, they must report to you, our Chief Pilot, and to the officials of the House of Contratacion in Seville, so that everything can be accurately mapped on the Padron Real, with the aim of better training navigators in their craft. We also mandate that none of our pilots navigating the Ocean Sea shall go without their quadrant, astrolabe, and the necessary instructions to use them; failure to comply will result in those individuals being deemed unfit to perform their duties until we allow it, and they won’t be able to resume their work without our special permission, along with a fine of 10,000 maravedis to support the operations of the House of Contratacion in Seville. Amerigo Despuchi will serve as our Chief Pilot, and you are authorized to act accordingly, ensuring all actions outlined in this letter are carried out and that they apply to the said office; and with this letter, and by its certified copy from the public notary, we direct Prince Charles, our beloved son, the Infantes, Dukes, Prelates, Counts, Marquises, Ricos-Hombres, Masters of Orders, Members of the Council, Judges of our Courts and Chancelleries, and the other officials, commanders of our castles and forts, magistrates, justice officers, knights, esquires, officers, and reputable citizens of all the cities, towns, and villages in our kingdoms and lordships, as well as all ship captains, master mariners, pilots, mates, and others affected by this letter, to recognize Amerigo Despuchi as our Chief Pilot and to allow him to hold this position and fulfill all responsibilities mentioned in this letter; and to carry out and enforce this, provide all necessary support and assistance for everything contained herein; and to ensure that everyone is aware of this, preventing any claims of ignorance, we mandate that this letter is read publicly before the notary, in markets and open areas, and other usual locations in Seville, Cadiz, and throughout all other cities, towns, and villages in these kingdoms and lordships; and if anyone acts against it in the future, the justices shall apply the penalties stated in this letter to ensure compliance; and if any fail to adhere, they will face a fine of 10,000 maravedis for our treasury. Moreover, we order that anyone presented with this letter must appear before us in our Court within fifteen days, wherever we may be, under the specified penalty, for which we instruct any public notary called to testify, signing with their seal, so we can confirm that our order has been enforced.
Given in the city of Valladolid, the 6th of August, in the year of the birth of the Lord Jesus Christ, 1508. I, the King.
Given in the city of Valladolid, on August 6th, in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1508. I, the King.
I, Lope Cunchillos, Secretary to the Queen our Lady, caused this to be written by order of the King her father. Witnessed: The Bishop of Palencia; Licentiate Ximenes.
I, Lope Cunchillos, Secretary to our Lady the Queen, had this written by the order of her father, the King. Witnessed by: The Bishop of Palencia; Licentiate Ximenes.
LAS CASAS
ON THE
ALLEGED FIRST VOYAGE OF AMERIGO VESPUCCI.
I.
I.
Chapter 140.
It is manifest that the Admiral Don Cristobal Colon was the first by whom Divine Providence ordained that this, our great continent should be discovered, and chose him for the instrument through whom all these hitherto unknown Indies should be shown to the world. He saw it on Wednesday, the 1st of August, one day after he discovered the island of Trinidad, in the year of our salvation, 1498. 141 He gave it the name of Isla Santa, believing that it was an island. He then began to enter the Gulf of La Bellena, by the entrance called the mouth of the Serpent by him, finding all the water fresh, and it is this entrance which forms the island of Trinidad, separating it from the mainland called Santa. On the following Friday, being the 3rd of August, he discovered the point of Paria, which he also believed to be an island, giving it the name of Gracia. But all was mainland, as in due time appeared, and still more clearly now is it known that here there is an immense continent.
It is clear that Admiral Don Cristobal Colon was the first whom Divine Providence chose to discover this great continent, making him the instrument through which the previously unknown Indies would be revealed to the world. He spotted it on Wednesday, August 1st, just a day after discovering the island of Trinidad, in the year 1498. 141 He named it Isla Santa, thinking it was an island. He then started to enter the Gulf of La Bellena, through an opening he called the mouth of the Serpent, finding all the water to be fresh. This entrance creates the island of Trinidad, separating it from the mainland he named Santa. On the following Friday, August 3rd, he discovered the point of Paria, which he also thought was an island, naming it Gracia. But it turned out to be part of the mainland, as became evident in time, and it is now even more clearly known that there is a vast continent here.
It is well here to consider the injury and injustice which that Americo Vespucio appears to have done to the [69] Admiral, or that those have done who published his Four Navigations, in attributing the discovery of this continent to himself, without mentioning anyone but himself. Owing to this, all the foreigners who write of these Indies in Latin, or in their own mother-tongue, or who make charts or maps, call the continent America, as having been first discovered by Americo.
It’s important to think about the injury and injustice that Americo Vespucio seems to have inflicted on the [69] Admiral, or that those who published his Four Navigations have done by claiming the discovery of this continent for himself, without mentioning anyone else. Because of this, all the foreign writers who talk about these Indies in Latin or in their own languages, or who create charts or maps, refer to the continent as America, suggesting it was first discovered by Americo.
For as Americo was a Latinist, and eloquent, he knew how to make use of the first voyage he undertook, and to give the credit to himself, as if he had been the principal captain of it. He was only one of those who were with the captain, Alonso de Hojeda, either as a mariner, or because, as a trader, he had contributed towards the expenses of the expedition; but he secured notoriety by dedicating his Navigations to King Rènè of Naples. 142 Certainly these Navigations unjustly usurp from the Admiral the honour and privilege of having been the first who, by his labours, industry, and the sweat of his brow, gave to Spain and to the world a knowledge of this continent, as well as of all the Western Indies. Divine Providence reserved this honour and privilege for the Admiral Don Cristobal Colon, and for no other. For this reason no one can presume to usurp the credit, nor to give it to himself or to another, without wrong, injustice, and injury committed against the Admiral, and consequently without offence against God.
Since Americo was a Latin scholar and eloquent, he knew how to take advantage of the first voyage he participated in and claimed the credit for himself, as if he were the main captain. He was just one of those who were with the captain, Alonso de Hojeda, either as a sailor or because, as a trader, he had helped pay for the expedition; but he gained fame by dedicating his Navigations to King René of Naples. 142 Clearly, these Navigations unjustly take away from the Admiral the honor and privilege of being the first to, through his hard work, effort, and dedication, provide Spain and the world with knowledge of this continent and all of the Western Indies. Divine Providence reserved this honor and privilege solely for Admiral Don Cristobal Colon, and no one else. Therefore, no one can rightfully claim the credit or give it to themselves or another without committing wrong, injustice, and harm against the Admiral, and consequently offending God.
In order that this truth may be made manifest, I will here relate truthfully, and impartially, the information on the subject which I possess. To understand the matter it is necessary to bear in mind that the Admiral left San Lucar, on his third voyage, on the 30th of May 1498, and arrived at the Cape Verde Islands on the 27th of June. He sighted the island of Trinidad on Tuesday, the 31st [70] of July, and soon afterwards, on Wednesday, the 1st of August, he saw the continent to the south of a strait two leagues wide, between it and the island of Trinidad. He called this strait the "mouth of the Serpent", and the mainland, believing it to be an island, he named Isla Sancta. Presently, on the following Friday, he sighted and discovered Paria, which he called Isla de Gracia, thinking that it also was an island. An account of all these discoveries, with a painted outline of the land, was sent by the Admiral to the Sovereigns.
To make this truth clear, I will share here, honestly and fairly, the information I have on the topic. To understand the situation, it's important to remember that the Admiral set sail from San Lucar on his third voyage on May 30, 1498, and reached the Cape Verde Islands on June 27. He spotted the island of Trinidad on Tuesday, July 31, and shortly after, on Wednesday, August 1, he saw the mainland to the south of a strait that was two leagues wide, between it and Trinidad. He named this strait the "mouth of the Serpent," and believing the mainland was an island, he called it Isla Sancta. Then, on the following Friday, he saw and discovered Paria, which he named Isla de Gracia, thinking it was also an island. He sent a report of all these discoveries, along with a painted outline of the land, to the Sovereigns. [70]
This being understood, we shall now see when Americo Vespucio set out, and with whom, to discover and trade in those parts. Those who may read this history must know that, at that time, Alonso de Hojeda was in Castille, when the account of the discovery and of the form of that land arrived, which was sent by the Admiral to the Sovereigns. This report and map came into the hands of the Bishop Don Juan Rodriguez de Fonseca, afterwards Bishop of Palencia, who had charge of all business connected with the Indies from the beginning, and was then Archdeacon of Seville. The said Alonso de Hojeda was a great favourite of the Bishop, and when the report of the Admiral and the map arrived, Fonseca suggested to Hojeda to go and make more discoveries in the same direction as the Admiral had taken. For when the thread is discovered and placed in the hand, it is an easy matter to reach the skein. Hojeda was aided by the information which the Admiral had collected from the Indians when he served in the first voyage, that there was a continent behind the lands and islands then reached. As he had the favour and goodwill of the Bishop, he looked out for persons who would fit out some ships, for he himself had not sufficient funds. As he was known in Seville as a brave and distinguished man, he found, either there, or perhaps at the port of Santa Maria, whence he sailed, [71] some one who enabled him to fit out four ships. The Sovereigns gave him his commission and instructions, and appointed him captain, for the discovery and purchase of gold and pearls, a fifth being reserved as the royal share, and to treat of peace and friendship with people he should meet with during the expedition.
With this in mind, let's see when Americo Vespucio set out and who he was with to explore and trade in those areas. Anyone reading this history should know that, at that time, Alonso de Hojeda was in Castille when the news of the discovery and the shape of that land arrived, sent by the Admiral to the Sovereigns. This report and map ended up in the hands of Bishop Don Juan Rodriguez de Fonseca, who later became Bishop of Palencia. He was in charge of all matters related to the Indies from the beginning and was then Archdeacon of Seville. Alonso de Hojeda was a favorite of the Bishop, and when the Admiral's report and map came in, Fonseca suggested Hojeda go and make further discoveries in the same direction taken by the Admiral. Once the thread is discovered and placed in one’s hand, it's easy to reach the skein. Hojeda was helped by the information the Admiral had gathered from the Indians during the first voyage, which indicated that there was a continent beyond the lands and islands already reached. Since he had the Bishop's favor and goodwill, he sought out people who could outfit ships, as he didn’t have enough money himself. Being known in Seville as a brave and distinguished man, he found, either there or perhaps at the port of Santa Maria from which he set sail, [71] someone who helped him outfit four ships. The Sovereigns gave him his commission and instructions and appointed him captain for the discovery and acquisition of gold and pearls, reserving a fifth for the royal share, and to negotiate peace and friendship with any people he might encounter during the expedition.
Thus the first who went to discover after the Admiral was no other than Alonso de Hojeda. Those whom he took, and wanted to take in his company, consisted of the sailors who were acquainted with the voyage to those lands, who were none others but those who had come and gone with the Admiral. Those were the principal mariners of the time. One of them was Juan de la Cosa Biscayan, 143 who went with the Admiral when he discovered this island, and was afterwards with him in the Cuba and Jamaica discovery, the most laborious voyage up to that time. Hojeda also took with him the pilot Bartolomé Roldan, who was well known in this city of San Domingo, and who built, from their foundations, a great number of the houses now standing in the four streets. He too had been with the Admiral in his first voyage, and also in the discovery of Paria and the mainland. Hojeda also took the said Americo, and I do not know whether as pilot, or as a man instructed in navigation and learned in cosmography. For it appears that Hojeda puts him among the pilots he took with him.
So the first person to go exploring after the Admiral was none other than Alonso de Hojeda. The crew he gathered included sailors who were familiar with the journey to those lands, all of whom had traveled with the Admiral. They were the top mariners of the time. One of them was Juan de la Cosa Biscayan, who had accompanied the Admiral when he discovered this island and was later with him during the challenging voyages to Cuba and Jamaica. Hojeda also took along the pilot Bartolomé Roldan, who was well known in San Domingo and who built many of the houses still standing in the four streets today. He had been with the Admiral on his first voyage and during the discovery of Paria and the mainland as well. Hojeda also included Americo, though I'm not sure if he was a pilot or just knowledgeable in navigation and cosmography. It seems that Hojeda listed him among the pilots he took with him.
I gather from the prologue he addressed to King Rènè of Naples, in the book of his four Navigations, that the said Americo was a merchant, for so he confesses. Probably he contributed some money towards the expenses of fitting-out the four ships, with the condition of receiving [72] a proportionate share of the profits. Although Americo asserts that the King of Castille sent out the expedition, and that they went to discover by his order, this is not true. Three or four, or ten, persons combined, who were possessed of some money, and begged and even importuned the Sovereigns for permission to go and discover and search, with the object of promoting their own profits and interests. Thus Hojeda, owing to his having got possession of the chart which the Admiral had sent home of the mainland he had discovered, for the Sovereigns, and owing to his having with him the pilots and mariners who had been with the Admiral, came to discover the further part of the mainland, which will be described in chapter 166.
I gather from the prologue he wrote to King Rènè of Naples in his book of four Navigations that Americo was a merchant, as he admits himself. He likely contributed some funds for outfitting the four ships, expecting to receive a proportional share of the profits in return. Even though Americo claims that the King of Castille sent out the expedition and that they went to explore by his order, that's not true. A group of three, four, or even ten people pooled their money together and pressed the Sovereigns for permission to go on their own quest for discovery, aiming to benefit personally. Hojeda, having obtained the chart the Admiral sent back of the mainland he discovered for the Sovereigns, along with the pilots and sailors who had traveled with the Admiral, was able to explore the further part of the mainland, which will be detailed in chapter 166.
It is a thing well known, and established by many witnesses, that Americo went with Alonso de Hojeda, and that Hojeda went after the Admiral had discovered the mainland. It is also proved by Alonso de Hojeda himself. He was produced as a witness in favour of the Crown, when the Admiral Don Diego Colon, next and legitimate successor of the Admiral Don Cristobal Colon, had a lawsuit with the Crown for all the estate of which his father had been dispossessed, as he was by the same cause. Alonso de Hojeda testifies as follows, in his reply to the second question. He was asked "if he knew that the Admiral Don Cristobal Colon had not discovered any part of what is now called mainland, except when he once touched at the part called Paria?" The answer of Hojeda was that the Admiral touched at the island of Trinidad, and passed between that island and the "Boca del Drago", which is Paria, and that he sighted the island of Margarita. Being asked how he knew this, he answered that he knew it because he, the witness, saw the chart which the said Admiral sent to Castille, to the King and Queen our Lords, of what he had discovered at that [73] time: and also because he, the witness, soon afterwards went on his voyage of discovery, and found that the Admiral's account of what he had discovered was the truth. To the fifth question, which refers to what the same Hojeda discovered himself beyond Paria, he replied as follows: "I was the first to go on an exploring expedition after the discovery of the Admiral, and I went first nearly 200 leagues to the south on the mainland, and afterwards came to Paria, going out by the 'Boca del Drago'. There I ascertained that the Admiral had been at the island of Trinidad, bordering on the 'Boca del Drago'." Further on he says: "In the voyage which this witness undertook, he took with him Juan de la Cosa and Americo Vespucio, and other pilots." 144 Alonso de Hojeda says this, among other things, in his deposition and statement.
It's well known, and confirmed by many witnesses, that Americo traveled with Alonso de Hojeda, who went on his journey after the Admiral had discovered the mainland. This is also backed up by Alonso de Hojeda himself. He was called as a witness for the Crown when Admiral Don Diego Colon, the rightful heir of Admiral Don Cristobal Colon, had a legal dispute with the Crown over all the assets his father had lost, which was the same reason for Hojeda's situation. In his response to the second question, Hojeda testified: "Did you know that Admiral Don Cristobal Colon did not discover any part of what is now known as the mainland, except for when he briefly stopped at the area called Paria?" Hojeda replied that the Admiral touched the island of Trinidad, passed between that island and the "Boca del Drago," which is Paria, and noticed the island of Margarita. When asked how he knew this, he said he knew because he saw the chart that the Admiral sent to Castille to the King and Queen, detailing what he had discovered at that time. He also mentioned that soon after, he went on his own voyage of discovery and confirmed that the Admiral's account of his findings was accurate. To the fifth question, regarding what Hojeda discovered himself beyond Paria, he responded: "I was the first to go on an exploration after the Admiral's discovery, and initially traveled nearly 200 leagues south along the mainland, and then came to Paria, exiting by the 'Boca del Drago.' There, I found out that the Admiral had been to the island of Trinidad, near the 'Boca del Drago.'" He further stated, "On this voyage, I took Juan de la Cosa and Americo Vespucio, along with other pilots." Alonso de Hojeda mentioned this, along with other points, in his deposition and statement.
Two things are thus proved by Hojeda himself. One is that he took Americo with him, and the other that he undertook his voyage to the mainland, after it had been discovered by the Admiral. The latter fact is established beyond any doubt, namely, that the Admiral was the first who discovered Paria, and that he was there before any other Christian whatever was either there or on any other part of the mainland, nor had any tidings of it. The Admiral Don Diego, his son, had proof of this from sixty hearsay witnesses and twenty-five eye-witnesses, as is seen by the records of the lawsuit, which I have not only seen but thoroughly examined. It was also proved that it was owing to the Admiral having first discovered these islands of the Indies, and afterwards Paria, which is the mainland, before anyone else whatever, that the others had the courage to follow his example and become discoverers. [74] It may be held for certain that no one would have undertaken to go on voyages of discovery, and that neither the Indies nor any part of them would have been made known if the Admiral had not led the way. This is proved by sixteen hearsay witnesses, by forty-one who believed it, by twenty who knew it, and by thirteen who gave evidence that in their belief the Admiral made his discoveries before anyone else whatever. Peter Martyr also gives the same testimony in his first Decade, chapters 8 and 9. This author deserves more credit than any of those who have written in Latin, because he was in Castille at the time, and knew all the explorers, and they were glad to tell him all they had seen and discovered, as a man in authority; and because he made his inquiries with a view to writing, as we mentioned in the prologue of the history.
Two things are proven by Hojeda himself. One is that he brought Americo with him, and the other is that he set off on his voyage to the mainland after it had been discovered by the Admiral. The latter fact is indisputable: the Admiral was the first to discover Paria and was there before any other Christian had seen it or had any news of it. Admiral Don Diego, his son, had proof from sixty hearsay witnesses and twenty-five eyewitnesses, as recorded in the lawsuit records, which I have not only seen but thoroughly examined. It was also shown that because the Admiral was the first to discover these islands of the Indies and later Paria, the mainland, before anyone else, others gained the courage to follow his lead and become discoverers. [74] It can be confidently stated that no one would have chosen to undertake voyages of discovery, and that neither the Indies nor any part of them would have been revealed if the Admiral hadn't paved the way. This is supported by sixteen hearsay witnesses, forty-one who believed it, twenty who knew it, and thirteen who testified that in their opinion the Admiral made his discoveries before anyone else. Peter Martyr also backs this up in his first Decade, chapters 8 and 9. This author deserves more recognition than any of those who have written in Latin, because he was in Castille at the time and knew all the explorers, who were eager to share everything they had seen and discovered with him, as he was a figure of authority; and because he conducted his inquiries with the intention of writing, as we mentioned in the prologue of the history.
Americo confesses in his first Navigation that he arrived at Paria during his first voyage, saying: "Et provincia ipsa Parias 145 ab ipsis nuncupata est." Afterwards he made the second Navigation, also with Hojeda, as will appear in chapter 162.
Americo admits in his first Navigation that he got to Paria during his first voyage, saying: "Et provincia ipsa Parias 145 ab ipsis nuncupata est." Later, he undertook the second Navigation, again with Hojeda, as will be shown in chapter 162.
Here it is important to note and make clear the error made by the world in general respecting America. What I say is this: As no one had arrived at nor seen Paria before the Admiral, and as the next explorer who arrived was Hojeda, it follows that either Americo was with Hojeda, or came after him. If he was with Hojeda, Hojeda was after the Admiral. The Admiral left San Lucar on the 30th of May, and came in sight of Trinidad and the mainland on the last day of July, and the 1st and 3rd of August, as has been proved. How, therefore, can Americo say, without a perversion of the truth, that he left Cadiz in his first Navigation on the 20th of May of the year of our salvation 1497? The falsehood is clear, and if the statement was made by him in earnest, he committed a great infamy. Even if it is not an intentional falsehood, it seems to be so; for he gives himself an advantage of ten days as regards the Admiral, with reference to the departure from Cadiz, for the Admiral left San Lucar on the 30th of May, and Americo alleges that he departed from Cadiz on the 20th of that month, and also usurps a year, for the Admiral sailed in 1498, while Americo pretends that he set out on his first Navigation in the year 1497. It is true that there would seem to be a mistake, and not an intentional fraud in this, for Americo says that his first Navigation occupied eighteen months, and at the end he asserts that the date of his return to Cadiz was the 15th of October 1499. If he left Cadiz on the 20th of May 1497, the voyage occupied twenty-nine months: seven in the year 1497, all the year 1498, and ten months in the year 1499. It is possible that 1499 may be a misprint for 1498 146 in treating of the return to Castille, and if this was so, there can be no [76] doubt that the fraud was intentional. This fraud or mistake, whichever it may have been, and the power of writing and narrating well and in a good style, as well as Americo's silence respecting the name of his captain, which was Hojeda, and his care to mention no one but himself, and his dedication to King Renè, these things have led foreign writers to name our mainland America, as if Americo alone, and not another with him, had made the discovery before all others. It is manifest what injustice he did if he intentionally usurped what belonged to another, namely, to the Admiral Don Cristobal Colon, and with what good reason this discovery, and all its consequences, should belong to the Admiral, after the goodness and providence of God, which chose him for this work. As it belongs more to him, the said continent ought to be called Columba, after Colon, or Columbo, who discovered it, or else "Sancta" or "De Gracia", the names he himself gave it, and not America after Americo.
Here it’s important to highlight and clarify the misconception that people generally have about America. Here’s my point: Since no one had reached or seen Paria before the Admiral, and the next explorer to arrive was Hojeda, it follows that either Americo was with Hojeda or came after him. If he was with Hojeda, then Hojeda came after the Admiral. The Admiral left San Lucar on May 30, and saw Trinidad and the mainland at the end of July, specifically on August 1 and 3, as has been demonstrated. So, how could Americo claim, without twisting the truth, that he left Cadiz on his first Navigation on May 20, 1497? The falsehood is obvious, and if he said it earnestly, he committed a serious wrongdoing. Even if it wasn’t intentional, it certainly appears that way, as he gives himself a ten-day lead over the Admiral regarding the departure from Cadiz. The Admiral left San Lucar on May 30, while Americo claims he departed from Cadiz on May 20, and he also takes a year from the Admiral, since the Admiral sailed in 1498, while Americo claims he set off on his first Navigation in 1497. True, there may be an error rather than intentional deceit here, because Americo states that his first Navigation lasted eighteen months, and eventually claims that he returned to Cadiz on October 15, 1499. If he left Cadiz on May 20, 1497, then the voyage would have lasted twenty-nine months: seven in 1497, the entire year of 1498, and ten months in 1499. It’s possible that 1499 was a typo for 1498 146 when discussing the return to Castille, and if that’s the case, then the deceit would be deliberate. This mistake or deceit—whichever it is—combined with his ability to write and narrate well, along with Americo’s failure to mention his captain’s name, Hojeda, and his focus on himself, along with his dedication to King Renè, have influenced foreign writers to name our mainland USA, as if Americo alone, and not anyone else, made the discovery first. It’s clear what injustice he did if he intentionally took what belonged to another, specifically to Admiral Don Cristobal Colon, and with what good reason this discovery and all its consequences should belong to the Admiral, after the goodness and providence of God made him fit for this undertaking. Since it belongs more to him, that continent should be called Columba, after Colon, or Columbo, who discovered it, or “Sancta” or “De Gracia,” the names he personally gave it, and not America after Americo.
Chapter 164.
The Admiral sent five ships 147 with the news of the discovery of the mainland of Paria, and of the pearls. Alonso de Hojeda was then in Spain. I believe myself that he [77] returned at the same time as my uncle, Francisco de Penalosa, knowing that the Admiral had discovered that land and the pearls, and having seen the chart of the new discoveries which the Admiral had sent to the Sovereigns, and that the Admiral said in his letters that it was an island, although he was also inclined to the belief that it was a continent; and being favoured by the Bishop of Badajos, Don Juan de Fonseca, who superintended and managed everything, Hojeda petitioned that he might have licence to discover in those parts either continent, or islands, or whatever he might find. The Bishop gave the licence, signed with his own signature, and not with that of the Sovereign, either because the Sovereigns ordered him to grant such licences, or this one only, which is hard to believe; or because he wished to make the grant of his own authority, and without giving the Sovereigns a share in the matter, the Admiral having complained to the Sovereigns in the year 1495 that it was in opposition to his privileges to give a licence to anyone to undertake discoveries.... I do not see how the Bishop was able to grant the licence in the way he did. But I quite see that as he was a very determined and obstinate man, and was hostile to the Admiral's interests, he may have taken this step actuated by his own audacity, and without consulting the Sovereigns. This is possible, but still I doubt it; for, although he was very intimate with the Sovereigns, this was hardly a thing that he would have dared to do on his own authority. The licence was granted with the limitations that it did not include the territory of the King of Portugal, nor the lands discovered by the Admiral up to the year 1495. Another question arises here: Why was not the land excepted which the Admiral had just discovered, and which was identified by the letters and the chart he had sent to the Sovereigns? To this I cannot give an answer.
The Admiral sent five ships 147 with news of the discovery of the mainland of Paria and the pearls. Alonso de Hojeda was in Spain at that time. I believe he [77] returned around the same time as my uncle, Francisco de Penalosa, knowing that the Admiral had found that land and the pearls. He had seen the map of the new discoveries that the Admiral sent to the Sovereigns, and although the Admiral claimed in his letters that it was an island, he also thought it might be a continent. With support from the Bishop of Badajos, Don Juan de Fonseca, who oversaw everything, Hojeda requested permission to explore those areas—whether they were continents, islands, or anything else he might discover. The Bishop granted the license, signing it himself rather than using the Sovereigns' signature, either because the Sovereigns instructed him to issue such licenses—or just this one, which is hard to believe—or because he wanted to assert his own authority, excluding the Sovereigns from the matter, especially since the Admiral had complained to them in 1495 that it went against his privileges to allow anyone else to conduct discoveries. I don't understand how the Bishop could issue the license the way he did. However, I recognize that since he was a very determined and stubborn man, and opposed to the Admiral's interests, he might have taken this step out of his own boldness, without consulting the Sovereigns. This is possible, but I still doubt it; for even though he was close to the Sovereigns, this was not something he would have dared to do on his own. The license was issued with the condition that it did not cover the territory of the King of Portugal, nor the lands discovered by the Admiral up until 1495. Another question arises: Why was the land that the Admiral had just discovered, which was noted in the letters and the map he sent to the Sovereigns, not excluded? I can't provide an answer to that.
That the licence was only signed by the said Bishop, and not by the Sovereigns, there can be no doubt, for Francisco Roldan saw it, and so described it to the Admiral, and I saw Roldan's original letter, as I will presently mention.
There’s no doubt that the license was only signed by the Bishop and not by the Sovereigns, because Francisco Roldan saw it and described it to the Admiral, and I’ve seen Roldan’s original letter, as I will mention shortly.
Hojeda having obtained the licence, he found persons in Seville who would fit out four caravels or ships, for there were many who were eager to go and discover by means of the thread which the Admiral had put into their hands. For he was the first who opened the gates of that Ocean Sea, which had been closed for so many ages.
Hojeda got the license and found people in Seville willing to outfit four caravels or ships, as many were eager to go and explore using the lead that the Admiral had given them. He was the first to open the gates of that Ocean Sea, which had been shut for so many ages.
Hojeda set out from the port of Santa Maria or of Cadiz in the month of May. If Americo Vespucio does not speak contrary to the truth as regards the day of the month, he does so as regards the year. The date of Hojeda's departure was the 20th of May 1499, not 1497, as Americo says, usurping the honour and glory which belongs to the Admiral, and assuming the whole for himself alone, wishing to give the world to understand that he was the first discoverer of the mainland of Paria, and not the Admiral, to whom is justly and rightfully due all the discovery of all these islands and mainland of the Indies, as has already been proved in chapter 140. In that chapter I endeavoured to leave it doubtful whether Americo had, with intention, tacitly denied that this discovery was made first by the Admiral, and had given the credit of it to himself alone. For I had not then seen what I afterwards gathered from those writings of Americo, and from other writings of those times in my possession, or which I have found. From these I conclude that it was a most false and dishonest thing on the part of Americo to wish to usurp against justice the honour due to the Admiral. The proof of this falsehood is made clear from the evidence of Americo himself, in this way. We will assume what has already been proved in chapter 140, namely:—First, the [79] testimony of such a multitude of witnesses who knew that the Admiral was the first who discovered the mainland of Paria, and consequently no one reached any part of the mainland before him, this being also affirmed by Peter Martyr in the third and ninth chapters of his first Decade; and Hojeda himself, in his deposition, also testified, being unable to deny it, saying that after he had seen the chart in Castille he went to discover, and found that the Admiral had previously arrived at Paria and gone out by the Boca del Drago. Secondly, Americo went with Hojeda, either as a pilot or as one who knew something of the sea, for he is mentioned jointly with Juan de la Cosa and other pilots; or perhaps he went as an adventurer, contributing part of the expenses and having a share in the profits. Thirdly, we refer to what Americo confesses in his first Navigation, which is, that he reached a place called Paria by the Indian natives; also, that in a certain part or province of the coast of the mainland, or in an island where they made war, the Indians wounded twenty-two men and killed one. Now this happened in 1499, as I shall presently prove. What we say is this: The Admiral was the first who discovered the mainland and Paria, Hojeda was the first after the Admiral, and Americo, who went with Hojeda, confesses that they arrived at Paria. The Admiral left San Lucar on the 30th of May 1498; presently, Hojeda and Americo left Cadiz in the following year, 1499. If the Admiral left San Lucar on the 30th of May, and Hojeda and Americo sailed from Cadiz on the 20th of May, and the Admiral departed first, it is clear that the departure of Hojeda and Americo could not have been in that year of 1498, but in the following year of 1499. Even if it can be said that Hojeda and Americo may have departed first on the 20th of May of the same year of 1498 that the Admiral sailed, still the statement of Americo would be false, for he said that he departed in 1497. Now there is [80] no doubt that Hojeda and Americo neither departed in 1497 nor in 1498, but in 1499, and it is, therefore, demonstrated that it was not Americo who first discovered the mainland of Paria, nor anyone else but the Admiral. This is confirmed by what was shown in chapter 140, that Hojeda, in his deposition when he was called as a witness before the Fiscal, said that after he had seen the chart of the land discovered by the Admiral, when he was in Castille, he went on a voyage of discovery himself, and found that the land was as it had been correctly laid down on the chart. Now the Admiral sent this chart with a report to the Sovereigns in the year 1498; on the 18th of October the said ships left Navidad, and my father was on board one of them. Afterwards Hojeda and Americo sailed on the 20th of May, as Americo himself writes, and this can only have been in the following year, 1499. This is confirmed by another reason. The Admiral was informed by the Christians who were in the province of Yaquimo that Hojeda had arrived at the land called Brasil on the 5th of September, and the Admiral wrote to this effect to the Sovereigns by the ships in which the Procurators of the Admiral and of Roldan went home. This was in the year 1499, at the time when Francisco Roldan and his company were about to be, or had been, induced to yield obedience to the Admiral. This was the first voyage that Americo made with Hojeda. It is, therefore, clear that neither Hojeda nor Americo can have left Cadiz in 1497, but they must have sailed in 1499. That this was the first voyage made by Hojeda and Americo in search of the mainland appears from two reasons which have already been mentioned as being given by Americo himself in his first Navigation. One is, that they arrived at a land called by the natives Paria, and the other that the Indians wounded twenty-two men and killed one in a certain island. This latter fact was told to Francisco [81] Roldan by Hojeda's people when the same Roldan went on board the ships of Hojeda. The Admiral sent him as soon as he was informed that Hojeda had reached the land of Brasil. 148
Hojeda set sail from the port of Santa Maria or Cadiz in May. If Americo Vespucio isn't lying about the day of the month, he's definitely wrong about the year. Hojeda actually departed on May 20, 1499, not 1497 as Americo claims, stealing the honor and glory that rightfully belong to the Admiral and trying to convince the world that he was the first to discover the mainland of Paria, not the Admiral, who deserves all the credit for discovering these islands and the mainland of the Indies, as I already proved in chapter 140. In that chapter, I tried to keep it unclear whether Americo intentionally understated that the Admiral was the first to make this discovery, giving the credit to himself alone. At that time, I hadn't yet gathered what I later found in Americo's writings, as well as other documents from that period in my possession. From this, I conclude that it was completely dishonest for Americo to try to take credit for the Admiral’s accomplishments. The evidence of this dishonesty comes directly from Americo himself. We accept what was established in chapter 140: first, there are numerous witnesses who knew that the Admiral was the first to discover the mainland of Paria, confirming that no one reached any part of the mainland before him, a fact also stated by Peter Martyr in chapters three and nine of his first Decade; Hojeda himself testified to this as well, stating that after seeing the chart in Castille, he set out to explore and found that the Admiral had previously arrived at Paria and left through the Boca del Drago. Second, Americo traveled with Hojeda, either as a navigator or someone knowledgeable about the sea, as he’s mentioned alongside Juan de la Cosa and other pilots; or perhaps he joined as an adventurer, covering part of the expenses and sharing the profits. Third, Americo confessed in his first Navigation that he reached a place called Paria via the indigenous people; he also mentioned that in a certain area or province along the mainland coast, or on an island where they were at war, the natives wounded twenty-two men and killed one. This incident occurred in 1499, which I will prove shortly. Our point is this: The Admiral was the first to discover the mainland and Paria, Hojeda was next after the Admiral, and Americo, who traveled with Hojeda, admits that they arrived at Paria. The Admiral departed San Lucar on May 30, 1498; then Hojeda and Americo left Cadiz the following year, 1499. Since the Admiral left San Lucar on May 30, and Hojeda and Americo sailed from Cadiz on May 20, and the Admiral set out first, it's clear that Hojeda and Americo's departure wasn't in 1498, but in 1499. Even if one were to argue that Hojeda and Americo departed on May 20 of the same year, 1498, when the Admiral set sail, Americo’s claim would still be false, as he said he departed in 1497. Now there is [79] no doubt that Hojeda and Americo did not depart in 1497 or 1498, but in 1499, proving that Americo was not the first to discover the mainland of Paria—only the Admiral was. This is supported by what was stated in chapter 140, where Hojeda, as a witness called to testify, said that after seeing the chart of the land discovered by the Admiral in Castille, he decided to explore and confirmed that the land matched the chart accurately. The Admiral sent this chart along with a report to the Sovereigns in 1498; on October 18, that same year, those ships left Navidad, and my father was on board one of them. Later, Hojeda and Americo sailed on May 20, just as Americo himself records, which must have been in the following year, 1499. This is also supported by another reason: the Admiral was informed by the Christians in the province of Yaquimo that Hojeda had reached the land known as Brasil on September 5, and the Admiral informed the Sovereigns of this by the ships carrying the Procurators of the Admiral and Roldan back home. This was in 1499, when Francisco Roldan and his group had been persuaded to submit to the Admiral’s authority. This was the first voyage Americo made with Hojeda. It's clear then that neither Hojeda nor Americo could have left Cadiz in 1497—they must have sailed in 1499. The fact that this was the first voyage undertaken by Hojeda and Americo searching for the mainland is evident from two reasons already mentioned, which Americo himself provided in his first Navigation. One is that they reached a territory referred to as Paria by the natives, and the other is that the Indians wounded twenty-two men and killed one on a certain island. This latter detail was shared with Francisco Roldan by Hojeda's crew when Roldan boarded Hojeda's ships. The Admiral immediately sent him after learning that Hojeda had arrived in Brasil. 148
Francisco Roldan wrote to the Admiral from thence these, among other words which I saw in the handwriting of Francisco Roldan, his handwriting being well known to me. The letter begins as follows:—"I make known to your Lordship that I arrived where Hojeda was on Sunday the 29th of September," etc., and he goes on: "this being so, my Lord, I went on board the caravels, and found in them Juan Velasquez and Juan Vizcaino, 149 who showed me a concession made to him for the discovery of new countries, signed by the Lord Bishop, by which he was granted permission to make discoveries in these parts so long as he did not touch the territory of the King of Portugal, nor the territory which had been discovered by your Lordship up to the year 1495. They made discoveries in the land which your Lordship recently discovered. He says that they sailed along the coast for 600 leagues, where they encountered people who fought with them, wounding twenty and killing one. In some places they landed and were received with great honour, and in others the natives would not consent to their landing."
Francisco Roldan wrote to the Admiral, sharing these words, among others, which I recognized as his handwriting. The letter starts like this: “I want to inform your Lordship that I arrived where Hojeda was on Sunday, September 29,” etc., and continues: “So, my Lord, I went on board the caravels and found Juan Velasquez and Juan Vizcaino, 149 who showed me a concession granted to him for the discovery of new lands, signed by the Lord Bishop, allowing him to explore these areas as long as he didn’t enter the territory of the King of Portugal or areas already discovered by your Lordship up to the year 1495. They explored the land that your Lordship recently discovered. He states that they sailed along the coast for 600 leagues, where they encountered people who fought with them, injuring twenty and killing one. In some locations, they landed and were received with great honor, while in others, the natives refused to let them land.”
These are the words of Francisco Roldan to the Admiral. Americo, in his first Navigation, says:—"But one of our people was killed and twenty-two wounded, all recovering their health by the help of God." The same Americo also relates that Hojeda and himself arrived at the island Española, as will appear presently. It appears clearly from the evidence of the said Americo, and the agreement of his statement with what his companions told to Francisco Roldan, that they had twenty or twenty-two wounded [82] and one killed, and this was during his first voyage. It also appears from both that they went to and saw Paria, and the coast newly discovered by the Admiral. If this was the first voyage of Americo, and he came to this island in the year 1499, on the 5th of September, having left Cadiz on the 20th of May of the same year, 1499, as has been distinctly shown, it follows that Americo has falsely stated that he left Cadiz in the year 1497. This is also shown by what the Admiral wrote to the Sovereigns when he knew that Hojeda had sailed five months before, in May. He wrote as follows:—"Hojeda arrived at the port where the brasil is, five days ago. These sailors say that as the time is so short since his departure from Castille, he cannot have discovered land, but he may well have got a lading of brasil before it could be prohibited, and as he has done, so may other interlopers." These are the words of the Admiral, and I have seen them in his own handwriting. He intended to explain that little land could have been discovered in five months, and that, if he had not sent Francisco Roldan to prohibit the ships from taking a cargo of brasil, they might easily have done so and have departed, and that the same might be done by any other stranger, unless steps were taken to prevent it.
These are the words of Francisco Roldan to the Admiral. Americo, in his first Navigation, says:—"But one of our people was killed and twenty-two wounded, all recovering their health with God's help." The same Americo also reports that he and Hojeda arrived at the island Española, as will be made clear shortly. It's evident from Americo's testimony and the agreement of what his companions told Francisco Roldan that they had twenty or twenty-two wounded and one killed during his first voyage. [82] It also appears from both that they went to and saw Paria, and the coast newly discovered by the Admiral. If this was Americo's first voyage and he reached this island on September 5, 1499, after leaving Cadiz on May 20 of the same year, as has been clearly shown, it follows that Americo incorrectly claimed he left Cadiz in 1497. This is also evidenced by what the Admiral wrote to the Sovereigns when he learned that Hojeda had set sail five months earlier, in May. He wrote the following:—"Hojeda arrived at the port where the brasil is, five days ago. These sailors say that since it was such a short time since his departure from Castille, he cannot have discovered land, but he may well have gotten a load of brasil before it could be prohibited, and just as he has done, other interlopers might as well." These are the Admiral's words, and I have seen them in his own handwriting. He meant to explain that little land could have been discovered in five months, and that if he hadn't sent Francisco Roldan to prevent the ships from taking a load of brasil, they could have easily done so and left, and that the same could be done by any other outsider unless actions were taken to stop it.
All these proofs, taken from the letters of the Admiral and of Roldan, cannot be disputed, because they are most certainly authentic, and no doubt can be thrown on any of them. For no one then could tell that this matter would be alleged and brought forward, seeing that during fifty-six or fifty-seven years what was written told a different story, which was the truth, nor was there anything to conceal.
All these pieces of evidence, taken from the letters of the Admiral and Roldan, are undeniable because they are definitely genuine, and there’s no doubt about any of them. At the time, no one could have predicted that this issue would be raised, considering that for fifty-six or fifty-seven years, what was documented conveyed a different narrative, which was the truth, and there was nothing to hide.
But what Americo has written to make himself famous and give himself credit, tacitly usurping the discovery of the continent which belongs to the Admiral, was done [83] with intention. This is shown by many arguments given in this chapter and in chapter 140. But besides these verbal proofs, I desire to submit others which make the thing most manifest. One is that he inverted the voyages he made, applying the first to the second, and making out that things which belonged to one happened in the other. He asserts that in the first voyage they were absent eighteen months, and this is not possible, for after being absent from Castille for five months they came to this island, and they could not have returned again to the mainland to coast along it for such a distance, owing to contrary winds and currents, except with great difficulty and after a long time. Thus his voyage to the continent only took five months, within which time he arrived here, as has been already explained, and as Hojeda told some of the Spaniards who were here, before he left this island. He then made an inroad on some of the surrounding islands, seizing some of the natives and carrying them off to Castille. According to the statement of Americo, they took 222 slaves, and this occurs at the end of his first Navigation. "And we, following the way to Spain, at length arrived at the port of Cadiz with 222 captured persons," etc. Another statement is that certain injuries and violences done by Hojeda and his followers against the Indians and Spaniards in Xaragua in his first voyage is placed by Americo at the end of his second Navigation. He there says: "We departed, and, for the sake of obtaining many things of which we were in need, we shaped a course for the island of Antiglia, being that which Christopher Columbus discovered a few years ago. Here we took many supplies on board, and remained two months and seventeen days. Here we endured many dangers and troubles from the same Christians who were in this island with Columbus. I believe this was caused by envy, but, to avoid prolixity, I will refrain from recounting [84] what happened." The Portuguese then called this island of Española Antilla, and this Americo used the word Antiglia, because he was writing in Lisbon. In the following chapter I will explain what these troubles from the Spaniards were, and what caused them, which he excuses himself from dwelling upon in order to avoid prolixity. It will then be clearly seen that they happened during his first voyage.
But what Americo wrote to make himself famous and take credit, quietly stealing the discovery of the continent from the Admiral, was done [83] intentionally. This is supported by many points raised in this chapter and in chapter 140. Besides these verbal arguments, I want to present additional evidence that makes this very clear. One point is that he mixed up the voyages he made, applying details from the first to the second, claiming that events that belonged to one happened in the other. He says that on the first voyage they were gone for eighteen months, which isn't possible, because after being away from Castille for five months, they arrived at this island and couldn't have returned to the mainland to travel along it for such a distance due to contrary winds and currents, except with great difficulty and after a long time. Therefore, his voyage to the continent only lasted five months, during which time he arrived here, as has already been explained, and as Hojeda told some of the Spaniards who were here before he left this island. He then went to some of the surrounding islands, capturing some of the locals and taking them back to Castille. According to Americo, they took 222 slaves, and this is stated at the end of his first Navigation. "And we, on our way to Spain, eventually arrived at the port of Cadiz with 222 captured people," etc. Another claim is that certain injuries and violence committed by Hojeda and his followers against the Indians and Spaniards in Xaragua during his first voyage is recorded by Americo at the end of his second Navigation. He states: "We left and, in order to obtain many things we needed, we headed for the island of Antiglia, which Christopher Columbus discovered a few years ago. Here we took on many supplies and stayed for two months and seventeen days. We faced many dangers and troubles from the same Christians who were on this island with Columbus. I believe this was due to envy, but to avoid being too wordy, I won't recount [84] what happened." The Portuguese then called this island of Española Antilla, and Americo used the word Antiglia because he was writing in Lisbon. In the next chapter, I will clarify what these troubles from the Spaniards were and what caused them, which he chooses not to discuss in order to avoid being verbose. It will then be clearly evident that they occurred during his first voyage.
Another point is that they arrived at this island on the 5th of September, as he said, and that they remained, according to him, for two months and two days—that is, all September and October, and two more days of November. He there says that they left this island on the 22nd of July and arrived at the port of Cadiz on the 8th of September. All this is most false. The same may be said of the dates of all the years, months, and days which Americo gives in his Navigations. It thus appears that he designedly wished to take the glory and renown of the discovery of the continent, even keeping silence respecting the name of his own captain, Alonso de Hojeda, and tacitly usurping, as has been said, the honour and glory which belongs to the Admiral for this famous deed, deceiving the world by writing in Latin, and to the King Renè of Naples, there being no one to resist or expose his claim out of Spain, those who then knew the truth being kept in ignorance. I am surprised that Don Hernando Colon, son of the same Admiral, and a person of good judgment and ability, and having in his possession these same Navigations of Americo, as I know, did not take notice of this injury and usurpation which Americo Vespucio did to his most illustrious father.
Another point is that they arrived at this island on September 5th, as he mentioned, and that they stayed, according to him, for two months and two days—that is, all of September and October, plus two more days in November. He states that they left this island on July 22nd and reached the port of Cadiz on September 8th. All of this is completely false. The same can be said about the dates of all the years, months, and days that Amerigo provides in his Navigations. It appears that he intentionally wanted to claim the glory and fame of discovering the continent, even omitting the name of his own captain, Alonso de Hojeda, and subtly taking the honor and credit that rightfully belong to the Admiral for this famous act, misleading the world by writing in Latin, and to King René of Naples, since there was no one to contest or expose his claims outside of Spain, while those who knew the truth were kept in the dark. I’m surprised that Don Hernando Colon, the son of that same Admiral, and a person of sound judgment and capability, who has in his possession these same Navigations by Amerigo, didn’t notice this injustice and usurpation that Amerigo Vespucci inflicted on his illustrious father.
Chapter 165.
There remains the demonstrations, now proved in detail, of the industrious contrivance of Americo Vespucio, not at first easily conceived, as I believe, but thought out at some subsequent time, by which he attributed to himself the discovery of the greater part of that Indian world, when God had conceded that privilege to the Admiral. Now it is proper to continue the history of what happened to Alonso de Hojeda, with whom Americo went on his first voyage. He departed from the port of Cadiz with four ships, in the month of May. Juan de la Cosa, with all the experience acquired in his voyages with the Admiral, went as pilot, and there were other pilots and persons who had served in the said voyages. Americo also embarked, as has already been mentioned in chap. 140, either as a merchant, or as one versed in cosmography and studies relating to the sea. They sailed in May, according to Americo, but not, as he says, in the year 1497, the true date being 1499, as has already been sufficiently proved. Their course was directed towards the west, to the Canary Islands, then southward. After twenty-seven days 150 (according to the said Americo) they came in sight of land, which they believed to be continental, and they were not deceived. Having come to the nearest land, they anchored at a distance of about a league from the shore, from fear of striking on some sunken rock. They got out the boats, put arms into them, and reached the beach, where they saw an immense number of naked people. They received them with great joy. But the Indians looked on with astonishment, and presently ran away to the nearest forest. The Christians approached them with signs of peace and friendship, [86] but they would not trust the strangers. As the Christians had anchored in an open roadstead, and not in a port, wishing to be out of danger if bad weather came on, they weighed, and stood along the coast to seek for a port, all the shore being crowded with people. After two days they found a good port. (Las Casas then quotes the account of the natives given by Americo Vespucci, respecting which he makes the following comments.) Americo relates all these things in his first Navigation, many of which he could not have known in two, nor three, nor in ten days that he may have been among the Indians, not knowing a single word of their language, as he himself confesses. Such are the statements, that owing to the heat of the sun they move from place to place every eight years; that when the women are enraged with their husbands they create abortions; that they have no rule or order in their marriages; that they have neither king nor lord nor chief in their wars; and others of the same kind. Therefore we can only believe those statements which are based on what he actually saw or might see, such as what the natives ate and drank, that they went naked, that they were of such and such colour, were great swimmers, and other external acts. The rest appears to be all fiction.
There are still the detailed demonstrations of the clever scheming by Americo Vespucio, which I think weren’t fully understood at first but were later realized, where he claimed the discovery of most of that Indian world for himself, even though that honor was granted to the Admiral by God. Now, it's time to continue the story of what happened to Alonso de Hojeda, with whom Americo went on his first voyage. He left from the port of Cadiz in May with four ships. Juan de la Cosa, who had gained a lot of experience from his journeys with the Admiral, served as the pilot, along with other pilots and men who had also journeyed with the Admiral. Americo also joined, as mentioned in chap. 140, either as a merchant or as someone knowledgeable in cosmography and maritime studies. They set sail in May, according to Americo, but not in 1497 as he claims; the actual date is 1499, as has been shown. Their route took them westward to the Canary Islands and then south. After twenty-seven days—A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0—(according to Americo), they spotted land, which they believed was part of the mainland, and they were right. When they reached the closest land, they anchored about a league from shore for fear of hitting some submerged rock. They launched their boats, armed themselves, and landed on the beach, where they encountered a vast number of naked people, who they greeted with joy. However, the Indians were astonished and quickly ran to the nearest forest. The Christians approached them signaling peace and friendship, [86] but the natives did not trust the newcomers. Since the Christians had anchored in an open bay and not in a harbor, aiming to stay safe in case of bad weather, they weighed anchor and sailed along the coast looking for a port, with people crowding the shore. After two days, they found a suitable port. (Las Casas then quotes the account of the natives given by Americo Vespucci, regarding which he makes the following comments.) Americo shares all these experiences in his first Navigation, many of which he couldn't have known in just two, three, or even ten days among the Indians, especially since he didn't know their language, as he admits. These claims include that they move from one place to another every eight years due to the heat, that when women are angry with their husbands they cause miscarriages, that they have no rules or structure in their marriages, that there's no king or lord or chief in their wars, and other similar assertions. Therefore, we can only trust statements based on what he actually observed or could have observed, such as their food and drink, their nakedness, their skin color, their swimming abilities, and other visible actions. The rest seems to be pure fiction.
Chapter 166.
They left these people and proceeded along the coast, often landing and having intercourse with different tribes, until they arrived at a port where, as they entered, they saw a town built over the water like Venice. Americo says that it contained twenty very large houses, built, like the others he had seen, in the shape of a bell, and raised on very strong piles. At the doors of the houses they had drawbridges, by which, as if they were streets, they went [87] from one house to another. (Las Casas then gives the account of the encounter with the natives of this town on piles, just as it is given by Vespucci.) They made sail from this port, and proceeded for eighty leagues along the coast; and this was the land of Paria discovered by the Admiral, as has already been shown. Here they found another people, with very different customs and language. They anchored and got into their boats to go on shore, where they found over 4,000 natives on the beach. The Indians were so frightened that they did not wait, but fled to the mountains. The Christians having landed, followed a path, and came to many huts, which they believed were those of fishermen. Here they found fish of various kinds, and also one of the iguanas which I have already described, and which astonished them, for they thought it was some very fierce serpent. The bread eaten by these people, says Americo, was made with fish steeped in hot water, and afterwards pounded. From this mass small loaves were kneaded and baked, making very good bread, in his judgment. They found many kinds of fruits and herbs; but they not only took nothing, but left many small things from Castille in the huts, in the hope that thus the fears of the natives would be dispelled, and the Spaniards then returned to the ships. (Las Casas here inserts the account given by Vespucci of a journey inland, and of intercourse with these natives.) Americo then says that the land was populous, and also full of many different animals, few being like those of Spain. He mentions lions, bears, deer, pigs, wild goats, which had a certain deformity, and were unlike ours. But in truth I do not believe that he saw either lions or bears, because lions are very rare, and there cannot have been so many as that he should see them; and the same remark applies to bears. No one who has been to the Indies has even seen goats there, nor can I understand how he can have seen the difference between deer and goats [88] nor how he can have seen pigs, there being none in those parts. Deer he may well have seen, as there are many on the mainland. He says there are no horses, mules, asses, cows, nor sheep, nor dogs, and here he tells the truth, although there is a kind of dog in some parts. He says that there is great abundance of other wild animals of various kinds, but if they were not rabbits he could have little true evidence of having seen them. Of birds of different plumage and species he says that he saw many; and this I believe, for there is an infinite number. He says that the region is pleasant and fertile, full of woods and great forests, which consist of evergreens, yielding fruits of many sorts; and all this is also true.
They left these people and continued along the coast, often landing and interacting with different tribes, until they arrived at a port where, as they entered, they saw a town built over the water like Venice. Americo mentions that it had twenty very large houses, built, like the others he had seen, in the shape of a bell and raised on very strong piles. At the doors of the houses were drawbridges, which, like streets, connected them. [87] From this port, they set sail and traveled for eighty leagues along the coast; this was the land of Paria, discovered by the Admiral, as has already been mentioned. Here they found another group of people, with very different customs and language. They anchored and got into their boats to go ashore, where they encountered over 4,000 natives on the beach. The Indians were so frightened that they didn’t wait, but ran to the mountains. Once the Christians landed, they followed a path and came across many huts, which they believed belonged to fishermen. Here they found various kinds of fish, and also one of the iguanas I have described before, which shocked them because they thought it was a fierce serpent. The bread eaten by these people, according to Americo, was made from fish steeped in hot water and then pounded. From this mixture, small loaves were formed and baked, which he thought were very good bread. They found many types of fruits and herbs; however, they didn't take anything and left behind some small items from Castille in the huts, hoping that this would ease the fears of the natives, before returning to their ships. (Las Casas here includes the account given by Vespucci about a journey inland and interactions with these natives.) Americo then states that the land was populous and full of many different animals, few resembling those in Spain. He mentions lions, bears, deer, pigs, and wild goats that had some deformity and were unlike those in Spain. However, I genuinely doubt he saw lions or bears because lions are extremely rare, and there couldn't have been so many that he would have seen them; the same goes for bears. No one who has been to the Indies has ever seen goats there, so I don't understand how he could differentiate between deer and goats [88] or how he could have seen pigs, as there are none in that region. He may well have seen deer, as there are plenty on the mainland. He mentions that there are no horses, mules, donkeys, cows, or sheep, nor dogs, and here he is truthful, although there is a kind of dog in some areas. He claims that there is a great abundance of other wild animals of various kinds, but if they weren’t rabbits, he would have little true evidence of seeing them. Regarding birds of different colors and species, he said he saw many; and I believe this, as there are countless. He describes the area as pleasant and fertile, filled with woods and extensive forests consisting of evergreens, producing many kinds of fruit; and all this is also true.
He then repeats that many people came to see the whiteness and persons of the Spaniards. (I do not know whether he is speaking of this same land, as it would seem, or of another, for he appears to confuse his account here with what he had said before, that they had to depart that night.) He tells us that the natives asked whence the Spaniards came, and they replied that they had come down from heaven to see the things of the earth, which the Indians undoubtedly believed. Here the Christians committed a great sacrilege, thinking to make an agreeable offering to God. As they saw the natives so gentle, meek, and tractable, although neither could understand a single word of what the other said, and therefore the Spaniards could not teach the Indians any doctrine, yet, says Americo, they baptized an infinite number; whence it appears how little Americo, and those who were with him, appreciated the practice of the sacraments and the reverence that is due to them, nor even the disposition and frame of mind with which they should be received. It is manifest that those Christians, in baptizing the natives, committed a great offence against God. Americo says that after they were baptized, the Indians used the word charaybi, which [89] means that they called the Spaniards men of great knowledge. This statement is a thing to laugh at, for the Spaniards did not even know the Indian names for bread or for water, which are among the first that we learn in acquiring a language; yet during the few days they remained Americo wants us to believe that he understood that charaybi signifies men of great knowledge. Here Americo declares that the natives called this land Paria; and he conceals, what he must have known, that the Admiral had already been there several days, which was a reason for not remaining silent.
He then repeats that many people came to see the whiteness and people of the Spaniards. (I’m not sure if he’s talking about this same land or another, because he seems to mix up his account here with what he said before about having to leave that night.) He tells us that the natives asked where the Spaniards came from, and they answered that they had come down from heaven to see the things of the earth, which the Indians undoubtedly believed. Here, the Christians committed a serious sacrilege, thinking they were making a nice offering to God. As they saw the natives being so gentle, meek, and compliant, even though neither group could understand a single word of what the other was saying—so the Spaniards couldn’t teach the Indians any doctrine—they baptized countless people. This shows how little Americo and his companions understood the practice of the sacraments and the respect they demand, or even the attitude and mindset required to receive them. It’s clear that those Christians, in baptizing the natives, committed a grave offense against God. Americo mentions that after they were baptized, the Indians used the word charaybi, which [89] means they called the Spaniards men of great knowledge. This claim is laughable, as the Spaniards didn’t even know the Indian words for bread or water, which are among the first words we learn when picking up a language; yet during the short time they stayed, Americo wants us to believe that he figured out that charaybi meant men of great knowledge. Here, Americo states that the natives referred to this land as Paria; and he leaves out what he must have known, that the Admiral had already been there for several days, which would’ve been a reason to speak up.
Chapter 167.
They decided upon leaving this port and the sweetwater gulf formed by the island of Trinidad and the mainland of Paria by the "Boca del Drago", and I suspect that, as this was a place which was notoriously discovered by the Admiral, Americo kept silence as to the name of "Boca del Drago" intentionally. For it is certain that Hojeda and Americo were within this port, because the same Hojeda gave evidence to that effect on oath, as well as many other witnesses also on oath, as is affirmed in the evidence taken by the Fiscal. Here Americo says that the voyage had now lasted thirteen months, but I do not believe it. Even if he tells the truth as regards the number of months, this must have been in the second voyage, which he afterwards made with the same Hojeda, as I think must be understood, and not in this first voyage, as is shown, for many reasons already set forth, and for others which will hereafter be given. Finally departing from Paria, they proceeded along the coast and arrived at Margarita, an island sighted by the Admiral and named by him Margarita, although he did not stop there. Hojeda [90] landed and walked over part of it, as he himself says, and those same witnesses who were with them also say that he arrived there, though they neither deny nor affirm that he landed; but there need be no doubt of it, for it is a pleasant island. This, however, little affects the question. It may be believed that they here bartered for pearls, although he does not say so, for other discoverers who came after him traded at the island of Margarita. Hojeda extended his journey to the province and gulf called Cuquibacoa in the language of the Indians, which is now named Venezuela in our language, and thence to Cabo de la Vela, where they now fish for pearls. He gave it that name of Cabo de la Vela, which it still retains; and a row of islands running east and west was discovered, some of which were called the Islands of the Giants.
They decided to leave this port and the sweetwater gulf created by the island of Trinidad and the Paria mainland through the "Boca del Drago." I suspect that, since this was a place notoriously discovered by the Admiral, Americo intentionally kept quiet about the name "Boca del Drago." It's clear that Hojeda and Americo were in this port because Hojeda confirmed it under oath, along with many other witnesses who also testified under oath, as stated in the evidence collected by the Fiscal. Americo mentions that the voyage had lasted thirteen months, but I don't believe that. Even if he’s truthful about the number of months, it must refer to the second voyage he made with Hojeda, as I think should be understood, rather than this first voyage, for several reasons previously mentioned and others that will be discussed later. After finally departing from Paria, they traveled along the coast and reached Margarita, an island spotted by the Admiral, who named it Margarita, even though he didn’t stop there. Hojeda [90] landed and explored part of it, as he himself states, and those same witnesses who accompanied them confirm that he arrived there, although they neither confirm nor deny that he landed; but there’s no doubt about it, as it is a lovely island. However, this little affects the issue. One could believe that they traded for pearls here, although he doesn’t specify that, since other explorers who came after him did trade at the island of Margarita. Hojeda continued his journey to the province and gulf called Cuquibacoa in the language of the Indians, which is now known as Venezuela, and then to Cabo de la Vela, where pearl fishing is done today. He named it Cabo de la Vela, which it still retains, and a line of islands stretching east and west was discovered, some of which were called the Islands of the Giants.
Thus had Hojeda coasted the mainland for 400 leagues, 200 to the east of Paria, where he sighted the first land, and this was the only land that he and those with him discovered. Paria and Margarita were discovered by the Admiral, as well as a great part of the said 200 leagues from Margarita to Cabo de la Vela, for the Admiral saw the chain of mountains to the westward as he sailed along, so that all this discovery is due to him. For it does not follow that, in order to be the discoverer of a land or island, a navigator must have passed along the whole of it. For instance, it is clear that the island of Cuba was personally discovered by the Admiral, and for this it is not necessary that he should have gone into every corner of it; and the same remark applies to Española and the other islands, and also to the mainland, however large it may be, and however far it may extend, the Admiral discovered it. From this it appears that Americo exaggerated when he said that in his first Navigation they sailed along the coast for 860 leagues. This is not true, as is proved by the confession of Hojeda, a man who had no desire [91] to lose anything of his own glory and rights, for he said, as appeared in chapter 140, that he discovered 200 leagues beyond Paria, and the coast from Paria to Cuquibacoa, which is now Venezuela. I have added as far as Cabo de la Vela, because I found it so deposed in the process by several witnesses who afterwards knew all that land well, had intercourse with the discoverers, and went with them in their voyages of discovery, though not in that voyage of Hojeda; but the testimony was given when the events were recent, and consequently well known. Hojeda himself did not mention Cabo de la Vela, because it is near the Gulf of Venezuela, and is all one land; and of the gulf and province he made principal mention, as a thing notable and important, and called by the natives Cuquibacoa.
Hojeda had sailed along the mainland for 400 leagues, 200 leagues east of Paria, where he first spotted land, and this was the only land he and his crew discovered. Paria and Margarita were found by the Admiral, along with a large portion of those 200 leagues from Margarita to Cabo de la Vela, since the Admiral saw the mountain range to the west as he sailed, so all this discovery is credited to him. It doesn’t mean that a navigator has to travel all the way around a land or island to be its discoverer. For example, it's clear that the Admiral personally discovered the island of Cuba, and he didn’t need to explore every inch of it; the same goes for Española and the other islands, as well as the mainland, no matter how big or far-reaching it is—the Admiral discovered it. From this, it seems that Americo overstated when he claimed they sailed along the coast for 860 leagues on his first Navigation. This isn’t true, as shown by Hojeda’s admission, a man who had no intention of diminishing his own glory and rights, as he said, as noted in chapter 140, that he discovered 200 leagues beyond Paria, and the coast from Paria to Cuquibacoa, which is now Venezuela. I included Cabo de la Vela because I found it mentioned in testimonies from several witnesses who later became familiar with all that land, interacted with the discoverers, and accompanied them on their exploration voyages, though not on Hojeda's journey; but the testimony was given while the events were still fresh and well known. Hojeda himself didn’t mention Cabo de la Vela because it is close to the Gulf of Venezuela, and is part of the same land; and he primarily mentioned the gulf and province, considering them notable and important, and referred to them as Cuquibacoa by the natives.
Along all this land or sea-coast traversed by Hojeda, Americo, and his company, they got gold and pearls by barter and exchange, but the quantity is not known, nor the deeds they perpetrated in the land. Having left Margarita, they went to Cumanà and Maracapana, which are respectively seven and twenty leagues from Margarita. There are people on the sea-shore, and before reaching Cumanà there is a gulf where the water of the sea forms a great angle extending fourteen leagues into the land, round which there are numerous and populous tribes. The first, nearly at the mouth of the bay, is Cumanà. A large river falls into the sea near the village, in which there are numbers of the creatures we call lagartos, but they are nothing more than the crocodiles of the river Nile. As they were under the necessity of refitting the ships, they being defective for so long a voyage as a return to Spain, and also being in want of provisions, they arrived at a port which Americo calls the best in the world. But he does not say where it was, nor does he mention Hojeda. According to what I remember forty-three years after having been there, [92] and over fifty years since the voyage of Hojeda, I suspect that it must be a gulf called Cariaco, which runs fourteen leagues into the land, the entrance being seven leagues from Margarita, on the mainland near Cumanà. Further, it occurs to me that I heard that at that time Hojeda entered and repaired his ships, and built a brigantine in the port called Maracapana, but this, though a port, is not the best in the world.
Along this land or coastline explored by Hojeda, Americo, and their crew, they obtained gold and pearls through trade, but the exact amount and the actions they took in the area are unknown. After leaving Margarita, they traveled to Cumanà and Maracapana, which are seven and twenty leagues away from Margarita, respectively. There are people living along the coast, and before reaching Cumanà, there's a gulf where the sea forms a big angle extending fourteen leagues inland, surrounded by many large and populated tribes. The first of these is Cumanà, located near the mouth of the bay where a large river meets the ocean; this river is home to many creatures we refer to as lagartos, which are really just the crocodiles from the Nile River. Since they needed to repair the ships, which were unfit for the long journey back to Spain, and were also short on supplies, they arrived at a port that Americo calls the best in the world. However, he doesn't reveal its location, nor does he mention Hojeda. As I recall, forty-three years after my visit there, [92] and over fifty years since Hojeda's voyage, I suspect this port must be the Cariaco Gulf, which extends fourteen leagues inland and is seven leagues from Margarita, located on the mainland near Cumanà. Additionally, I believe I heard that Hojeda docked there to repair his ships and built a brigantine in the port called Maracapana, but even though it's a port, it isn't the best in the world.
At last they left the port, wherever it may have been, within those 200 leagues of mainland from Paria onwards. They were received and served by the people of that region, who were innumerable, according to Americo, as if they had been angels from heaven, and as Abraham had known the three, so they were recognised as angels. They unloaded the ships and brought them to land, always helped by the labour of the Indians. They careened and cleared them, and built a new brigantine. They say that during all the time that they were there, which was thirty-seven days, they never had any need of touching their Castillian provisions, because they were supplied with deer, fish, native bread, and other food; and if they had not been so provided, says Americo, they would have been in great distress for provisions in returning to Spain. During all the time they were there they went on shore among the villages, in which they were received with hospitality, honour, and festivity. This is certain (as will be seen further on in the course of the history, if it please the all-powerful God), that all these people of the Indies, being by nature most simple and kind, know well how to serve and please those who come to them, when they look upon them as friends. When after having repaired their ships and built the brigantine they determined to return to Spain, Americo here says that their hosts made great complaints of another cruel and ferocious tribe, inhabiting an island at a distance of [93] 100 leagues; saying that they came at a certain time of the year over the sea, to make war, and that they carried off their captives, killing and eating them. They showed their grief with so much feeling and persistency, says Americo, that it moved us to compassion, and we offered to avenge them. This made them rejoice greatly, says Americo, and they said they would like to go also. But the Christians, for many reasons, would only consent that seven natives should accompany them, on condition that they should not be taken back to their country in the ships, but that they should return in their own canoes, and to this, he says, both parties consented. I do not know what interpreter made these agreements, nor who understood all that was said, but it is obvious that they could not have known the language in thirty-seven days. And how could Hojeda and Americo, and those of their company, know whether the islanders had just cause for war or not? Were these men so certain of the justice of the natives that, without further delay, merely because they made complaints, they offered to avenge them? Pray God that they did not make this war to fill up their ships with natives, with a view to selling them for slaves, as they afterwards did in Cadiz; work too often done by our people against these unfortunate tribes and lands. They set out, and after seven days they came upon numerous islands, some peopled and others uninhabited, says Americo, at last arriving at their destination. These islands cannot be others than those we reach in coming from Spain, such as Dominica and Guadalupe, and the others that lie in that line. Presently they saw, he says, a great crowd of people, who, when they saw the ships and the boats approaching the shore well armed with guns, sent a body of 400 to the water's edge, with many women, naked and armed with bows and arrows and shields, and all painted in different colours, and adorned [94] with wings and feathers of large birds, so that they appeared very warlike and fierce. When the boats had approached to the distance of a cross-bow shot, they advanced into the water, and discharged a great number of arrows to prevent their advance. The Christians discharged the firearms and killed many of them, and fearing the discharge and the firing, they left the water and came on shore. A body of forty-two men then landed from the boats and attacked them. The natives did not fly, but stood their ground manfully, and fought valiantly like lions, defending themselves and their country. They fought for two long hours, first with their guns and cross-bows, and afterwards with their swords and lances, killing many; and that they might not all perish, those of the natives who were able, fled into the woods. Thus the Christians remained victorious, and they returned to their ships with great joy at having sent so many people to hell who had never offended them. On another day, in the morning, they saw a great multitude of natives, making the air resound with horns and trumpets, painted and armed for a second battle.
At last, they left the port—wherever it might have been—within those 200 leagues of mainland starting from Paria. The locals there welcomed and served them, who, according to Americo, were countless, as if they were angels from heaven. Just like Abraham recognized the three, so did they recognize these visitors as angels. They unloaded the ships and brought them ashore, always helped by the labor of the indigenous people. They repaired and cleaned the ships and built a new brigantine. It is said that during their stay, which lasted thirty-seven days, they never had to touch their Castilian provisions, because they were supplied with deer, fish, native bread, and other food. If they hadn’t received such provisions, Americo claims they would have faced serious shortages on their return to Spain. Throughout their stay, they went ashore among the villages, where they were welcomed with hospitality, honor, and festivity. It is certain (as will be seen later in this history, if it pleases Almighty God) that all these people in the Indies, being naturally simple and kind, know well how to serve and please those who visit them as friends. After repairing their ships and building the brigantine, Americo mentioned that their hosts expressed great concern about another cruel and fierce tribe living on a distant island, about 100 leagues away. They said that at a certain time of the year, this tribe came across the sea to wage war and abduct their captives, killing and eating them. Their sorrow was so deep and persistent, according to Americo, that it moved them to compassion, and they offered to help avenge them. This made the locals very happy, Americo notes, and they expressed a desire to join the expedition. However, the Christians would only allow seven natives to accompany them, on the condition that they wouldn’t be brought back in the ships but would return in their own canoes, which both sides agreed to. I don't know what interpreter facilitated these arrangements, nor who fully understood everything that was discussed, but it’s clear they couldn’t have learned the language in thirty-seven days. And how could Hojeda and Americo, along with their companions, determine whether the islanders had a genuine reason for war? Were they so certain of the natives' justice that they immediately offered to help them simply because they complained? Let us hope they didn’t start this war just to fill their ships with natives to sell them as slaves later, as they did in Cadiz; a fate too often suffered by these unfortunate tribes and lands. They set out, and after seven days, they encountered many islands, some inhabited and others uninhabited, according to Americo, eventually reaching their destination. These islands could only be those we find when coming from Spain, like Dominica and Guadalupe, and the other islands along that route. Soon, they saw a huge crowd of people who, upon seeing the ships and boats approaching the shore well armed, sent a group of 400 to the water's edge, along with many women, naked and armed with bows and arrows and shields, painted in vibrant colors, adorned with feathers and wings from large birds, appearing very fierce and warlike. When the boats got within crossbow range, they moved into the water and shot arrows to fend them off. The Christians fired their weapons, killing many of them. Fearing the gunfire, the natives retreated to the shore. A group of forty-two men then landed from the boats and attacked. The natives did not flee; instead, they stood their ground bravely and fought valiantly like lions, defending their home. They battled for two long hours, at first using their guns and crossbows, then switching to swords and lances, inflicting many casualties. To escape destruction, those natives who could managed to flee into the woods. Thus, the Christians emerged victorious and returned to their ships, celebrating the number of lives they had taken from people who had never harmed them. The next morning, they saw a great multitude of natives, who filled the air with horns and trumpets, painted and armed for a second battle.
The Christians determined to send fifty-seven men against them, divided into four companies, each with a captain, intending, says Americo, to make friends with them if possible, but if not, to treat them as enemies, and to make slaves of as many as they could take. This is said by Americo, and it is to be noted here how he makes a pretext of truth and justice and legality, when the Spaniards had promised to go a hundred leagues on a message of war and vengeance. Yet they would come to treat of friendship with the natives, seeking occasion to gratify their covetousness, which was what they came for from Castille. Such are the pretexts and unworthy artifices that have always been used for the destruction of these natives.
The Christians decided to send fifty-seven men against them, split into four groups, each led by a captain. According to Americo, they intended to make friends with them if possible, but if not, to treat them as enemies and enslave as many as they could capture. This is noted by Americo, and it’s important to see how he uses a guise of truth, justice, and legality, even though the Spaniards had promised to travel a hundred leagues with a message of war and revenge. Yet, they planned to negotiate friendship with the natives, looking for ways to satisfy their greed, which was their true motivation coming from Castille. These are the excuses and dishonest tactics that have always been used for the destruction of these natives.
They went on shore, but the Indians, owing to the fire from the guns, did not venture to oppose their landing, yet they awaited them with great steadiness. The naked men fought against the clothed men with great valour for a long time, but the clothed made a fearful slaughter among the naked men, the swords taking great effect on their naked bodies. The survivors fled when they saw that they were being cut to pieces. The Christians pursued them to a village, capturing all they could, to the number of twenty-five. They returned with their victory, but with the loss of one killed and twenty-two wounded. They then sent away the seven natives who had come with them from the mainland. They departed, says Americo, taking with them as prisoners seven natives given to them by the Spaniards, three men and four women, as their captives, and they were very joyful, admiring that deed performed by the forces of the Christians. All this is related by Americo, who adds that they returned to Spain and arrived at Cadiz with 222 Indian captives, where they were, according to him, very joyfully received, and where they sold all the slaves. Who will now ask whence they stole and carried off the 200 natives? This, as other things, is passed over in silence by Americo. It should be noted here by readers who know something of what belongs to right and natural justice, that although these natives are without faith, yet those with whom Americo went had neither just cause nor right to make war on the natives of those islands and to carry them off as slaves, without having received any injury from them, nor the slightest offence. Moreover, they were ignorant whether the accusations of those of the mainland against the islanders were just or unjust. What report, or what love would be spread about and sown among the natives, touching those Christians, when they left them wounded and desolate? But we must proceed, for, touching this matter, grandis restat nobis via.
They went ashore, but the Indigenous people, because of the gunfire, didn’t try to stop them from landing, yet they awaited them with remarkable calm. The naked warriors fought the armed men bravely for a long time, but the clothed forces inflicted devastating damage on the naked fighters, as their swords had a brutal impact on the unprotected bodies. The few survivors ran away when they realized they were being slaughtered. The Christians chased them to a village, capturing as many as they could, totaling twenty-five. They returned victorious, but with the loss of one killed and twenty-two wounded. They then sent away the seven natives who had come with them from the mainland. They left, Americo says, taking seven natives given to them by the Spaniards—three men and four women—as their captives, and they were very pleased, admiring the achievement of the Christians. All this is reported by Americo, who adds that they returned to Spain and arrived in Cadiz with 222 Indian captives, where they were, according to him, warmly welcomed, and where they sold all the slaves. Who will now question where they stole and took the 200 natives from? This, like other things, is left unmentioned by Americo. It should be noted here by readers who understand the concepts of right and natural justice that, although these natives lacked faith, those who accompanied Americo had no just reason or right to go to war against the natives of those islands and take them as slaves, without having suffered any harm or even the slightest offense from them. Moreover, they were unaware if the accusations from those on the mainland against the islanders were valid or not. What reputation, or what goodwill, would be spread among the natives regarding those Christians when they left them wounded and devastated? But we must move on, for, regarding this matter, grandis restat nobis via.
Chapter 168.
Here Americo is convicted of a palpable falsehood, for he says that he went to Castille from that island where he perpetrated such atrocities, making no mention of having first gone to Española, as he did. He refers the visit to Española to his second voyage, but this is not true, as has already been proved in chap. 162. It is not the fact that they went to Castille from the island where they made war and ill-treated the people: as can be proved from the witnesses examined before the Royal Fiscal, in the lawsuit between Don Diego Colon and the King respecting the granting and observance of his privileges, of which I have often made mention before. They deposed that Alonso de Hojeda, with whom Americo sailed in his first voyage, went along the coast to Cuquibacoa, which is Venezuela, and the Cabo de la Vela, and that thence they went to Española. Thus a witness named Andres de Morales made oath, whom I knew well, a principal pilot and a veteran of these Indies, citizen of Santo Domingo. He said in his deposition, in answer to the fifth question, as follows: "that he knew what happened during that voyage." Asked how he knew, he said: "that he knew because he had often been with Juan de la Cosa and with Alonso de Hojeda, and talked over this voyage, and that they went from the island of Roquemes in the Canaries, and arrived at the mainland near the province of Paria, passing on to the island of Margarita, thence to Maracapana, discovering the coast as far as the Cacique Ayarayte, and thence, from port to port, to the Island of the Giants, the province of Cuquibacoa, and the Cabo de la Vela, which name was given to it by the said Hojeda and Juan de la Cosa, and thence they went to the island of Española." These are his words. Now they could not go from a place so far to [97] leeward, to the island where they committed their depredations, because it must have been one of those towards the east, such as Guadalupe, and the islands near it. It would be very difficult to work to windward against wind and current, which are continuous. This is confirmed by the fact that they reached Brazil in Española, which is the port of Yaquimo, 151 and the proper and natural landfall from Cabo de la Vela. If they had repaired the ships and taken in provisions in that port of the mainland, how was it that it was found necessary to repair and take in provisions again at Española? How was it that the witnesses, and especially the pilot, Andres de Morales, who seems to intimate that he went with them, do not mention that Hojeda had built a brigantine and repaired his ships in some port of the mainland, that being a remarkable event. It would strengthen the veracity of his statements with reference to the discovery of that mainland having been made by him, which was the object of the suit presided over by the Fiscal against the Admiral. It is clear that Americo transferred things which happened in the first voyage to the second, while events of the second are referred to the first voyage, as we have demonstrated already in chap. 142, being silent respecting many things, and adding others which never happened. For example, the building of the brigantine and repairing of the ships on the mainland certainly happened, and I know that it was so, being notorious at that time; but it was during the second voyage, and not the first; while the coming to the island Española, where certain scandals were caused by Hojeda, to which I shall presently refer, took place in the first voyage, and not in the second, as Americo represents. I further say that Hojeda never came to discover, trade, or settle on the mainland, without visiting Española. But his coming in the [98] first voyage is denied or concealed by Americo by silence. From the time that Hojeda left Spain until he arrived at Española there was an interval of five months, which does not leave time for all that he is said to have done during that first voyage.
Here, Amerigo is caught in a clear lie, as he claims to have gone to Castile from the island where he committed such atrocities, without mentioning that he first went to Hispaniola, which he actually did. He pushes the visit to Hispaniola to his second voyage, but that's not true, as already demonstrated in chapter 162. They didn't go to Castile directly from the island where they waged war and mistreated the people: this can be shown through the testimonies collected by the Royal Fiscal in the lawsuit between Don Diego Colon and the King regarding his privileges, which I have mentioned several times before. Witnesses stated that Alonso de Hojeda, who sailed with Amerigo on his first voyage, traveled along the coast to Cuquibacoa, which is now Venezuela, and the Cape of Vela, and then they went to Hispaniola. A witness named Andres de Morales, who I knew well and was a top pilot and veteran of these Indies, a citizen of Santo Domingo, swore in his deposition, in response to the fifth question: "that he knew what happened during that voyage." When asked how he knew, he said: "that he knew because he had often been with Juan de la Cosa and Alonso de Hojeda and talked about this voyage, and that they left from the island of Roquemes in the Canaries, arrived at the mainland near the province of Paria, moved on to the island of Margarita, then to Maracapana, discovering the coast as far as the chief Ayarayte, and then port to port to the Island of Giants, the province of Cuquibacoa, and the Cape of Vela, which name was given to it by Hojeda and Juan de la Cosa, and then they went to the island of Hispaniola." Those are his words. Now, they couldn't have gone from such a distant location to the island where they caused their depredations, because it must have been one of those to the east, like Guadalupe and the nearby islands. It would be very difficult to sail against the wind and current, which are persistent. This is supported by the fact that they reached Brazil from Hispaniola, which is the port of Yaquimo, and the proper and natural landing spot from Cape of Vela. If they fixed their ships and restocked provisions in that mainland port, then why was it necessary to repair and restock again in Hispaniola? Why did the witnesses, especially pilot Andres de Morales, who seems to imply he was with them, not mention that Hojeda built a brigantine and repaired his ships at any port on the mainland, which would have been a significant event? This would have bolstered the truth of his claims regarding the discovery of that mainland, which was the subject of the lawsuit led by the Fiscal against the Admiral. It's clear that Amerigo mixed up events from the first voyage with those from the second, while referring to second voyage events as belonging to the first, as we've already shown in chapter 142, keeping silent about many things and adding others that never happened. For instance, the building of the brigantine and repairing of the ships on the mainland did indeed occur, and I'm aware that it was well-known at that time; but it was during the second voyage, not the first. Meanwhile, the events in Hispaniola, which caused certain scandals involving Hojeda, will be discussed shortly, happened during the first voyage and not in the second, as Amerigo claims. Additionally, I assert that Hojeda never set out to discover, trade, or settle on the mainland without visiting Hispaniola. However, Amerigo either ignores or conceals Hojeda's arrival during the first voyage. The five months from the time Hojeda left Spain until he reached Hispaniola leaves no room for all that is said to have been accomplished during that first voyage.
Returning to the first voyage of Hojeda, with whom Americo went by the correct route, and not by the interpolated and confused way alleged by Americo, we say that from the province of Cuquibacoa, now called Venezuela, and the Cabo de la Vela, he came to this island of Española, and anchored on the 5th of September, as I have already said in chap. 164, at Brazil, which is in the province of Yaquimo, 152 and I even believe further down, near that which is now called Cabana, the land and dominion of a king named Haniguayabá. The Spaniards, who were in that province of Yaquimo, presently knew of the arrival, either from the Indians, or because they saw the vessels come in from the sea. They knew that it was Hojeda, and word was presently sent to the Admiral, who was at San Domingo, having recently made peace with Roldan and his companions. The Admiral ordered two or three caravels to be got ready, and sent Roldan with a force to prohibit the cutting of brasil wood, suspecting that Hojeda would load with it. Roldan was also ordered to prevent the newcomer from doing any other mischief, as Hojeda was known to be most audacious in doing what he chose, it being a word and a deed with him, as they say. Roldan arrived at the port of Yaquimo, or near it, with his caravels, and landed on the 29th of that month of September. He then learnt from the Indians that Hojeda was close by. Roldan, with twenty-six of his men, came within a league and a half, and sent five men by night, as spies, to see what force was with Hojeda. They found that he was coming to [99] reconnoitre Roldan, for the Indians had told him that Roldan had arrived with a large force in three caravels. Roldan was known and feared in all that land, and the natives told Hojeda that Roldan had sent for him to come where he was; but this was not the case. Hojeda only had fifteen men with him, having left the rest in his four ships, which were in a port at a distance of eight leagues. He had come to get bread in the village of the cacique Haniguayabá, and they were making it, not venturing to do anything else, fearing that Roldan would come to seize them. Hojeda, with five or six men, came to where Roldan was, and entered into general conversation, Roldan inquiring how Hojeda had come to that island, and especially to that part of it, without leave from the Admiral, and why he had not first gone to where the Admiral was. Hojeda answered that he was on a voyage of discovery, and that he was in great need of provisions and his ships of repairs, so that he had no other alternative, and that he could not reach any nearer place. Roldan then asked him by what right he was making discoveries, and whether he had a royal licence that he could show to entitle him to get supplies without asking the permission of the governor. He answered that he had such a licence, but that it was on board his ship, eight leagues distant. Roldan said that it must be shown to him, otherwise he would be unable to give an account to the Admiral concerning the business on which he had been sent. Hojeda complied as far as he was able, saying that when he was despatched from that port he would go to make his reverence to the Admiral, and to tell him many things, some of which he mentioned to Roldan. These were, I have no doubt, the questions then spoken of at Court, touching the deprivation of the Admiral, for, as Roldan wrote, they were things which were not fit to be discussed in letters.
Returning to Hojeda's first voyage, which Americo correctly followed, rather than the mixed-up route Americo claimed, we note that he traveled from the province of Cuquibacoa, now known as Venezuela, and Cabo de la Vela to the island of Española, anchoring on September 5th, as I previously mentioned in chap. 164, at Brazil, located in the province of Yaquimo, and I believe even further down, near what is now called Cabana, the land and domain of a king named Haniguayabá. The Spaniards in that province of Yaquimo quickly learned of the arrival, either from the Indians or by seeing the ships enter from the sea. They recognized it was Hojeda, and news was promptly sent to the Admiral, who was in San Domingo and had just made peace with Roldan and his companions. The Admiral ordered two or three caravels to be prepared and sent Roldan with a team to stop the cutting of brazil wood, suspecting that Hojeda would load up on it. Roldan was also tasked with preventing any other trouble from Hojeda, known to be quite bold in doing as he pleased, as the saying goes. Roldan reached the port of Yaquimo or nearby with his caravels and landed on the 29th of September. He then learned from the Indians that Hojeda was nearby. Roldan, along with twenty-six of his men, traveled about a league and a half closer and sent five men at night as spies to gauge Hojeda’s forces. They discovered that Hojeda was approaching Roldan because the Indians had informed him that Roldan had arrived with a large force in three caravels. Roldan was well-known and feared throughout the land, and the locals told Hojeda that Roldan had sent for him to come to his location; this was not true. Hojeda had only fifteen men with him, leaving the rest on his four ships, which were eight leagues away. He had come to gather bread in the village of cacique Haniguayabá, and they were preparing it, hesitant to do anything else for fear that Roldan would come to take them. Hojeda, with five or six men, approached Roldan and engaged in general conversation, with Roldan asking how Hojeda had reached that island, especially that area, without the Admiral's permission, and why he hadn’t gone to see the Admiral first. Hojeda replied that he was on a discovery mission and needed provisions and repairs for his ships, leaving him no other option and that he couldn’t reach a closer place. Roldan then asked him by what right he was exploring and whether he had a royal license to justify gathering supplies without the governor's permission. Hojeda claimed he had such a license but that it was on his ship, eight leagues away. Roldan insisted it needed to be shown to him, or he wouldn’t be able to report back to the Admiral about the mission he’d been given. Hojeda agreed to the best of his ability, saying he would visit the Admiral upon leaving that port to share many details, some of which he mentioned to Roldan. I have no doubt these were the questions being discussed at Court regarding the Admiral's removal, for, as Roldan wrote, they were matters unsuitable for discussion in letters.
Roldan left Hojeda there and went with his caravels to [100] the place where the caravels of Hojeda were at anchor, and found some persons on board who had been in Española with the Admiral, and had served with him in the discovery of Paria, having returned in the five ships, especially one Juan Velasquez and Juan Vizcaino, 153 who showed him the concession signed by the Bishop Don Juan de Fonseca, which I have already mentioned in chap. 164. They informed him of the events of the voyage, and how much of the mainland they had discovered, and how they had lost one man killed, and twenty or more wounded, in a fight, as was stated in the said chap. 164, in which it is proved that this happened during the first voyage of Hojeda. Francisco Roldan also learnt from them that they had found gold, and brought it in the form of guaninas, which are certain trinkets, well and artificially worked, such as they know how to make in Castille, but the gold was below the standard. They brought antlers, and said they had seen deer, rabbits, and the skin of a tiger cat; also a collar made of the nails of animals, all which was news to those who lived in Española. Roldan, knowing this, and believing that Hojeda would do what he had promised; that is, that when he had got his supply of bread in that village he would go to the port of San Domingo to visit the Admiral by land, ordered the caravels to do what they had to do, and I believe this was to get a cargo of brasil wood. Roldan went from Yaquimo to Xaragua, a distance of eighteen leagues, and visited the Christians who were allotted to the villages of the Indians, doing what seemed best to him, and then returned to report the things that had been said to him by Hojeda to the Admiral, which could not have been the best news in the world; for when the five ships came with intelligence of the rebellion of Roldan, they discussed at court the deposition [101] of the Admiral, a thing which Hojeda would not be the last to know, being favoured by the Bishop Don Juan de Fonseca, and neither being friendly to the Admiral and his affairs. As regards the Bishop this was quite notorious, and I saw it with my eyes, felt it with my feeling, and understood it with my understanding. As to Hojeda, it appeared afterwards that he must have left Española, discontented with the Admiral.
Roldan left Hojeda there and went with his caravels to [100] the location where Hojeda's caravels were anchored. He found some people on board who had been in Española with the Admiral and had served with him during the discovery of Paria. They returned with him on the five ships, especially one named Juan Velasquez and Juan Vizcaino, who showed him the concession signed by Bishop Don Juan de Fonseca, which I’ve already mentioned in chapter 164. They informed him about the events of the voyage, how much of the mainland they had discovered, and that they had lost one man killed and more than twenty wounded in a fight, as noted in chapter 164, proving that this occurred during Hojeda's first voyage. Francisco Roldan also learned from them that they had found gold, which they brought in the form of guaninas, small trinkets that were well-crafted, similar to those made in Castille, but the gold quality was below standard. They brought antlers and mentioned they had seen deer, rabbits, and the skin of a tiger cat, as well as a collar made of animal claws, all of which was news to those living in Española. Knowing this, and believing that Hojeda would keep his promise—specifically, that he would go to the port of San Domingo to visit the Admiral by land after getting his supply of bread from that village—Roldan ordered the caravels to carry out their tasks, which I believe was to collect a cargo of brasil wood. Roldan traveled from Yaquimo to Xaragua, a distance of eighteen leagues, visiting the Christians assigned to the Indian villages, doing what he thought was best, and then returned to report the information he received from Hojeda to the Admiral, which likely wasn’t the best news. When the five ships arrived with news of Roldan's rebellion, they discussed at court the Admiral's deposition, something Hojeda wouldn't be the last to hear, being favored by Bishop Don Juan de Fonseca, who was not friendly towards the Admiral or his interests. This was quite well-known regarding the Bishop, which I saw with my own eyes, felt with my feelings, and understood with my understanding. As for Hojeda, it later seemed that he had left Española, unhappy with the Admiral.
Chapter 169.
Roldan took leave of Hojeda, believing that everything that glittered was gold, and Hojeda, having got the bread about which he had arranged, instead of taking the road to Santo Domingo to see the Admiral, and give an account to him of what he had done during his voyage, as he had promised to Roldan, and to report the news from Castille, went with his four ships towards the west, in the direction of the gulf and port of Xaragua. The Christians who were living there, in the villages of the Caciques, received him with joy, and gave him and his people all they needed, although not from the sweat of their own brows, but from that of the Indians, for of the latter the Spaniards are accustomed to be very liberal. As one of their caravels was very unseaworthy, and could no longer be kept above water, they made the Indians work, and they gave much help until she was repaired, assisting in every other way that was needed. While he was there he found that there were people who regretted the free life they had been so recently leading under Roldan, who were ill-disposed towards the affairs of the Admiral, and who were discontented because they could not now do as they pleased. One of their most common complaints was that their wages [102] were not paid. Hojeda, moved either by the disposition he found in these people, or by the expectation of profit for himself, began to encourage the discontent, saying that he would join with them, and, uniting them with his own people, that he would go to the Admiral and demand payment in the name of the Sovereigns, and force him to pay, even if he did so unwillingly. He declared that he had powers from the Sovereigns to do this, and that he and Alonso de Carvajal had received them, when the Admiral returned in the year 1498, that they might come and constrain him to make the payments. He added many other arguments, according to what they said, in great prejudice of the Admiral, and to excite the people against him, to which the greater part inclined, being unprincipled men, friends of turbulence and unrest, and without fear either of God or of the mischief that would follow in that island, both to Christians and Indians.
Roldan said goodbye to Hojeda, thinking that everything that sparkled was gold. Hojeda, having secured the supplies he had arranged, instead of heading to Santo Domingo to report to the Admiral about his voyage, as he promised Roldan, went west with his four ships towards the gulf and port of Xaragua. The Christians living there in the Caciques' villages welcomed him joyfully and provided everything he and his crew needed, though it wasn’t from their own efforts but from the labor of the Indians, as the Spaniards were used to being quite generous with them. Since one of their caravels was in poor condition and could no longer stay afloat, they made the Indians help out, and the Indians were very helpful until repairs were made, assisting with everything else that was required. While he was there, he discovered that some people regretted the freedom they had recently enjoyed under Roldan and were unhappy with the Admiral’s business, feeling constrained since they couldn’t act as they wanted. One of their main complaints was that they hadn’t been paid for their work. Hojeda, either encouraged by the discontent he found among these people or hoping to profit for himself, started to fan the flames of discontent, claiming he would support them. He said he would join forces with them and his own crew, go to the Admiral, and demand payment on behalf of the Sovereigns, insisting he would force him to pay, even against his will. He stated that he had the authority from the Sovereigns to do this, and that he and Alonso de Carvajal received these powers when the Admiral returned in 1498, to ensure they could compel him to make the payments. He added many other arguments, based on what they said, that greatly harmed the Admiral’s reputation and incited the people against him. Most of them were inclined to agree, being unscrupulous individuals, friends of chaos and unrest, and without any fear of God or the consequences that would come for both Christians and Indians on that island. [102]
There were some, however, who did not wish to join in the foolish and evil deeds of Hojeda. These were in a certain farm or village near Xaragua. For all were scattered among the Indian villages, to be fed and maintained by the natives, which could not be done if they all remained together. As these men refused their approval when they were incited, either by letters or by word of mouth, or because they had among them some one who was obnoxious to Hojeda in times past, he arranged one night, in concert with those who had joined him, to attack the loyal men and wreak his vengeance on them, or do them some other injury; and this was done, with the result that several men were killed and wounded on both sides.
There were some, however, who didn’t want to take part in the foolish and wicked actions of Hojeda. These people lived in a certain farm or village near Xaragua. Everyone was spread out among the Indian villages, relying on the locals for food and support, which wouldn’t have been possible if they all stayed together. When these men refused to give their approval when prompted, either through letters or in person, or because they had someone among them who had a past issue with Hojeda, he coordinated one night with those who were on his side to attack the loyal men and take revenge on them or inflict some other harm. This plan resulted in several men being killed and wounded on both sides.
This caused great scandal in the land, among Indians as well as Christians, so that disturbances even worse than those of Roldan, recently appeased, would have arisen if God, using the same Roldan as His instrument, had not [103] obviated the danger. Roldan now returned from Santo Domingo to Xaragua. Either because the Admiral suspected that Hojeda would return and cause injury, both to Christians and Indians, and wished to be certain that he had left the island; or because he had received intelligence from the Christians who remained loyal of what was taking place, for they sent messages by Indians every eight days, he finally despatched Roldan to Xaragua, who heard on the road of the scandals and mischief done by Hojeda, and of the object he announced. Roldan then sent to one Diego de Escobar, a leading man among those who had always followed him, ordering him to collect as large a force as possible from among those who had not been influenced by Hojeda, and to come with them to Xaragua. He collected all he could from the villages in which the Christians were scattered, and both arrived at Xaragua on two successive days. Hojeda had by that time returned to his ships.
This caused a huge scandal in the land, among both Indians and Christians, so that disturbances even worse than those of Roldan, which had just been settled, would have broken out if God, using Roldan as His instrument, hadn’t [103] stepped in to prevent the danger. Roldan now returned from Santo Domingo to Xaragua. Either because the Admiral suspected that Hojeda would come back and cause harm to both Christians and Indians and wanted to make sure he had left the island, or because he had received information from the loyal Christians about what was happening, as they sent messages through Indians every eight days, he finally sent Roldan to Xaragua. On the way, Roldan heard about the scandals and mischief caused by Hojeda and what he intended to do. Roldan then sent a message to a man named Diego de Escobar, one of his top followers, instructing him to gather as large a group as possible from those who hadn’t been influenced by Hojeda and to bring them to Xaragua. He gathered everyone he could from the scattered villages of Christians, and they arrived at Xaragua over two consecutive days. By that time, Hojeda had returned to his ships.
Francisco Roldan wrote a letter to Hojeda, pointing out the scandals, deaths, and mischief he had caused, the disservice that the Sovereigns would receive from such conduct, the disturbance caused in the colony, the good will which the Admiral entertained towards him, and urging him not to adopt a course which would cause loss to all. In order that the evils might be forgotten, as what was done could not be helped, he proposed that Hojeda should at least come and excuse himself. Hojeda would not place himself in such peril, for he knew Roldan to be an astute and resolute man, and with no small intelligence. Roldan then sent Diego de Escobar to confer with Hojeda, who was not less able than the other two. I knew him well during many years. Escobar set before Hojeda the heinous character of what he had done as strongly as he could, and urged him to come to Roldan. Hojeda replied that it was what he wished to do. Escobar returned without having [104] been able to make a definite arrangement. But Roldan, believing that Hojeda would agree, sent one Diego de Truxillo, who, as soon as he came on board the ship, was seized and put in irons. Hojeda then landed and marched to Xaragua with twenty armed men. He found there one Toribio de Linares, whom I also knew well. He was seized and taken to the ships, where he was put in irons. These proceedings were reported by the Indians to Roldan, who was then at a distance of a league from Xaragua. Roldan quickly set out in pursuit with the men he had with him, well equipped, but Hojeda was already out of his reach. He then sent one Hernando de Estepa, whom I also knew well, to whom Hojeda said that unless one Juan Pintor, who had left the ship, was given up (a man whom I also knew, and who only had one hand), he swore he would hang the two prisoners he had in irons. What harm had these done to merit hanging, because Juan Pintor had deserted! Hojeda got under weigh with his ships, and proceeded along the coast to some villages and a province called Cahay, where there is a charming country and people, ten or twelve leagues from Xaragua. Here he landed with forty men, and seized all the provisions he wanted by force, especially yams and sweet potatoes, for here are the best and finest in the island, leaving both Christians and Indians in great want. Seeing that he had made sail, Roldan sent Diego de Escobar along the sea-shore in pursuit with twenty-five men. But as they arrived at night, Hojeda had already returned to his ships. Soon afterwards, Roldan followed in pursuit with twenty men, and, having arrived at Cahay, he found there a letter which Hojeda had written to Diego de Escobar, declaring that he would hang his two prisoners if his man, Juan Pintor, was not restored. Roldan then ordered Diego de Escobar to get into a canoe, manned, as the sailors say, by Indian rowers, and to go within hail of the ships. He was to tell Hojeda, on the part of Roldan, [105] that as he would not trust him and come to speak with him, he was willing to come to the ships, trusting in his honour, and asking that he would send a boat with this object. Hojeda perceived that his game was now made; but another thought occurred to him, which was that Francisco Roldan had brought his drums on his back, as the saying is. Hojeda sent a very good boat, for he had only one such, with eight very valiant seamen, with their lances, swords, and shields. Coming within a stone's-throw of the beach, they called out that Roldan should embark. Roldan asked, "How many did the captain say were to come with me." They answered, "Five or six men." Roldan presently ordered that Diego de Escobar should get in first, then Pero Bello, Montoya, and Hernan Brabo, and Bolaños. They would not consent that any more should get into the boat. Then Roldan said to one Pedro de Illanes that he must take him to the boat on his back, and as he wanted some one else at his side, he took another man named Salvador. Having all got into the boat, Roldan dissimulated, saying to those who were rowing that they should row towards the land. They did not wish to do so. He and his men put their hands to their swords, and laid about them with such effect that some were killed, others jumped overboard, and all were made prisoners, as well as an Indian archer kidnapped from the islands, only one escaping by swimming. They were brought on shore, and thus Hojeda was left without his best boat, of which he had much need, and also without quite so much pride and insolence. Hojeda, seeing that his artifice had failed, and his intentions were frustrated, resolved to resume the negotiation with more humility. So he got into a small boat with Juan de la Cosa, his principal pilot, a gunner, and four more, and pulled towards the shore. Francisco Roldan, knowing him to be reckless and valiant, and even thinking that he might venture to attack, got ready [106] the large boat with seven rowers and fifteen fighting men, and a good canoe capable of holding fifteen more, all "à pique", as the sailors say. Being on the water, as soon as they were within hailing distance, Hojeda said that he wished to speak with Francisco Roldan. Coming nearer, Francisco Roldan asked him why he had perpetrated those scandalous and culpable acts. He replied that it was because they told him that the Admiral had given orders to apprehend him. Roldan assured him that it was false, and that the Admiral had no intention of doing him harm, but rather to help him and do him honour, and that if he would come to Santo Domingo he would find this to be true by his own experience. Finally Hojeda asked that his boat and men might be restored, no longer caring about Juan Pintor, representing that he could not return to Spain without his boat. Francisco Roldan saw the difficulty in which Hojeda was placed—for there had been a terrible gale just before, and Hojeda's largest ship had dragged her anchors, and had been driven more than two cross-bow shots nearer the shore, where there was danger of ship and crew being lost; also because if Hojeda remained on the island there would be greater confusion caused by him than had previously been caused by Roldan himself. For these reasons Roldan decided to restore the boat with the men, if Hojeda would restore the two prisoners he had seized and ill-treated. This was arranged. He departed to make an incursion, which he said he had to make, and according to what a clergyman who was with him said, and two or three other honest men who were left, the raid that he sought to make was what he intended to do against the person and affairs of the Admiral, and I firmly believe that he had means of knowing that the Sovereigns were considering the removal of the Admiral from his place. For Hojeda was in favour with the Bishop Fonseca, and, on the other hand, the same Bishop always viewed the Admiral [107] with disfavour, justly or unjustly, as to men I say, "God knows."
Francisco Roldan wrote a letter to Hojeda, highlighting the scandals, deaths, and mischief Hojeda had caused, the disservice that the Sovereigns would face from such behavior, the trouble stirred in the colony, the goodwill that the Admiral had towards him, and urging him not to pursue a path that would lead to loss for everyone. To help move past these issues, since what was done couldn’t be changed, he suggested that Hojeda at least come and apologize. Hojeda wouldn’t expose himself to such danger, as he knew Roldan to be clever and determined, and quite intelligent. Roldan then sent Diego de Escobar to meet with Hojeda, who was just as capable as the other two. I knew him well over many years. Escobar laid out the serious nature of Hojeda’s actions as strongly as he could and pushed for him to come to Roldan. Hojeda replied that it was his intention to do that. Escobar returned without reaching a concrete agreement. But Roldan, believing Hojeda would comply, sent another Diego de Truxillo, who, as soon as he boarded the ship, was seized and put in chains. Hojeda then disembarked and marched to Xaragua with twenty armed men. There, he found Toribio de Linares, whom I also knew well. He was captured and taken to the ships, where he was shackled. The Indians reported these actions to Roldan, who was a league away from Xaragua. Roldan quickly set out with the men he had, well equipped, but Hojeda was already out of reach. He then sent Hernando de Estepa, whom I also knew well; Hojeda told him that unless Juan Pintor, who had abandoned the ship, was returned (a man I also recognized, who had only one hand), he swore he would hang the two prisoners he had captured. What had those prisoners done to warrant execution just because Juan Pintor deserted? Hojeda set sail with his ships along the coast to some villages and a province called Cahay, known for its beautiful countryside and people, ten or twelve leagues from Xaragua. He landed with forty men and seized whatever provisions he needed by force, especially yams and sweet potatoes, which were the best on the island, leaving both Christians and Indians in dire need. Realizing Hojeda had sailed away, Roldan sent Diego de Escobar along the shoreline in pursuit with twenty-five men. However, they arrived at night, and Hojeda had already returned to his ships. Soon after, Roldan followed with twenty men, and upon arriving in Cahay, he found a letter from Hojeda to Diego de Escobar, stating that he would hang his two prisoners unless his man, Juan Pintor, was returned. Roldan then instructed Diego de Escobar to get into a canoe, rowed by Indian crew members, and to approach the ships. He was to inform Hojeda that since he wouldn’t trust him and speak with him, Roldan was willing to come to the ships, confident in his honor, and requested that a boat be sent for this purpose. Hojeda recognized he was at a disadvantage; however, another thought crossed his mind, which was that Francisco Roldan was bringing his drums along, so to speak. Hojeda sent a very nice boat, as it was his only one of such type, with eight brave seamen armed with lances, swords, and shields. As they got within a stone's throw of the beach, they called out for Roldan to come aboard. Roldan asked, “How many did the captain say could come with me?” They replied, “Five or six men.” Roldan then ordered Diego de Escobar to board first, along with Pero Bello, Montoya, Hernan Brabo, and Bolaños. They insisted that no more should board the boat. Roldan then told a man named Pedro de Illanes that he would carry him to the boat on his back, and needing someone alongside him, he took another man named Salvador. Once everyone was in the boat, Roldan pretended to ask the rowers to head for the land. They refused to do so. Roldan and his men drew their swords and fought back with such effectiveness that some were killed, others jumped overboard, and all were captured, including an Indian archer taken from the islands, with only one escaping by swimming. They were brought ashore, leaving Hojeda without his best boat, which he greatly needed, and with a dent in his pride and arrogance. Hojeda, realizing his trick had failed and his plans were thwarted, decided to approach negotiations with a more humble attitude. He got into a small boat with Juan de la Cosa, his main pilot, a gunner, and four others, and rowed towards the shore. Francisco Roldan, knowing Hojeda was bold and daring, and even thinking he might try to attack, readied a larger boat with seven rowers and fifteen fighters, along with a good canoe capable of holding fifteen more men, all fully armed, as the sailors say. When they were on the water and within hailing distance, Hojeda stated that he wanted to talk to Francisco Roldan. As they got closer, Francisco Roldan asked him why he committed those disgraceful and culpable acts. Hojeda replied that he’d been told the Admiral had ordered his arrest. Roldan assured him that was not true, that the Admiral had no intention of causing him harm but rather intended to help and honor him, and that if he came to Santo Domingo, he would see this for himself. Finally, Hojeda asked that his boat and men be returned, no longer caring about Juan Pintor, claiming he couldn’t return to Spain without his boat. Francisco Roldan saw the predicament Hojeda was in—there had been a severe storm just before, and Hojeda's largest ship had dragged its anchor and drifted dangerously close to the shore, risking ship and crew being lost; furthermore, if Hojeda stayed on the island, he would create more chaos than Roldan had previously caused. For these reasons, Roldan agreed to return the boat and men if Hojeda returned the two prisoners he had taken and mistreated. This was arranged. He set off to make a raid, which he claimed was necessary, and according to a clergyman who was with him and a few other honest men who remained, the raid he intended was against the Admiral and his interests, and I firmly believe he had reasons to know that the Sovereigns were considering removing the Admiral from his position. Hojeda was favored by Bishop Fonseca, who had always viewed the Admiral unfavorably, justly or unjustly, as I say, "Only God knows."
According to what I suspect, when Hojeda left Española he went to load his ships with Indians, either in some part of that island, or in the Island of San Juan, 154 or in some of the neighbouring islands, for he brought to Spain and sold at Cadiz 222 slaves, as Americo confessed in his first Navigation. This, with the other injuries and outrages perpetrated on Christians and Indians by Hojeda, was his cargo. From what has been seen in this chapter, the falsehoods of Americo are apparent, and the tyrannies committed in this his first voyage, when he accompanied Hojeda, as well as the way in which he confused the events of the two voyages, are now made as evident as that the sun shines. Americo says, respecting the scandals of Hojeda which took place during the first voyage, but which he places in the second, as follows:
According to my suspicion, when Hojeda left Española, he went to load his ships with Indians, either from some part of that island, or from the Island of San Juan, or from some of the nearby islands, since he brought to Spain and sold 222 slaves in Cadiz, as Americo admitted in his first Navigation. This, along with the other harm and abuses inflicted on Christians and Indians by Hojeda, made up his cargo. From what we've seen in this chapter, Americo's lies are clear, and the tyrannies committed during this first voyage, when he traveled with Hojeda, as well as how he mixed up the events of the two voyages, are now as obvious as the sun shining. Americo remarks about the scandals of Hojeda that happened during the first voyage, yet he places them in the second, as follows:
"We departed, and, for the sake of obtaining many things of which we were in need, we shaped a course for the island of Antiglia, being that which Christopher Columbus discovered a few years ago. Here we took many supplies on board, and remained two months and 17 days. Here we endured many dangers and troubles from the same Christians who were in this island with Columbus. I believe this was caused by envy; but to avoid prolixity I will refrain from recounting what happened. We departed from the said island on the 22nd of July."
"We set off, aiming to gather many supplies we needed, and directed our path toward the island of Antiglia, discovered by Christopher Columbus a few years earlier. We stocked up on supplies and stayed for two months and 17 days. During that time, we faced numerous dangers and difficulties from the same Christians who had been on the island with Columbus. I think this was due to jealousy, but to keep it brief, I won’t go into details about what occurred. We left the island on July 22nd."
All this is false. He says that he does not describe the troubles they suffered, to avoid prolixity, giving to understand that they suffered unjustly; and he does not tell the cause, or what were the outrages that they committed. Moreover, to place these scandals in the second [108] voyage is also false, as has already been sufficiently shown. To state that the date of departure was the 22nd of July is still more false. For that date was almost at the end of February in the year 1500, and I even believe in March, as appears from the letters which I saw and had in my possession. I know the handwriting of Francisco Roldan, who wrote every eight or fifteen days to the Admiral, when he went to watch Hojeda. The fact is that the date which should belong to the second he put in the first voyage; and the outrages and harm those who were with him did in the first, he referred to as injuries done to them, without provocation, in the second voyage.
All of this is untrue. He claims that he doesn’t describe the troubles they faced to avoid being overly wordy, implying that they suffered unfairly; yet, he doesn’t mention the cause or the abuses they carried out. Additionally, it’s also false to place these scandals in the second voyage, as has already been shown clearly. Stating that the departure date was July 22 is even more false. That date was actually close to the end of February in 1500, and I believe it was even in March, according to the letters I saw and had in my possession. I recognize the handwriting of Francisco Roldan, who wrote to the Admiral every eight to fifteen days while he was watching Hojeda. The truth is that he assigned the date that should belong to the second voyage to the first voyage; and the abuses and harm caused by those with him in the first voyage he described as injuries done to them, without cause, during the second voyage. [108]
EVIDENCE OF WITNESSES
(IN THE LAWSUIT) RESPECTING
THE VOYAGE OF PINZON AND SOLIS. 155
Antonio Garcia, a pilot, saw the drawing of what had been discovered by Juan Diaz, and it is all one coast. 155
Antonio Garcia, a pilot, saw the drawing of what Juan Diaz had found, and it's all one coastline. 155
Vicente Yañez Pinson deposed that this witness and Juan de Solis went by order of their Highnesses, and discovered all the land that up to this time has been discovered from the island of Guanaja to the province of Camarona, following the coast towards the east as far as the provinces of Chabaca and Pintigron, which were discovered by this witness and Juan de Solis, who likewise discovered, in following along the coast, a great bay to which they gave the name of the Bay of the Nativity. Thence this witness discovered the mountains of Caria, 156 and other land further on. 157
Vicente Yañez Pinson stated that this witness and Juan de Solis, following the orders of their Highnesses, explored all the land that has been discovered so far from the island of Guanaja to the province of Camarona, moving along the coast towards the east up to the provinces of Chabaca and Pintigron, which were found by this witness and Juan de Solis. They also discovered, while following the coast, a large bay that they named the Bay of the Nativity. From there, this witness discovered the mountains of Caria, 156 and other land beyond. 157
Rodrigo de Bastidas said that Yañez and Juan Diaz de Solis went to discover below Veragua. He did not know how much they discovered, but it is all one coast with that which was first discovered by the Admiral.
Rodrigo de Bastidas said that Yañez and Juan Diaz de Solis went to explore the area below Veragua. He wasn't sure how much they found, but it’s all part of the same coastline that the Admiral discovered first.
Nicolas Perez said that the Admiral, in that voyage when he went to Veragua, discovered Cape Gracias a Dios, and that all beyond that is discovered, was discovered by Yañez and Juan Diaz de Solis; that this appears by the sea-chart drawn by them, and that by it all who go to those parts are guided.
Nicolas Perez stated that the Admiral, during his trip to Veragua, found Cape Gracias a Dios, and that everything beyond that was discovered by Yañez and Juan Diaz de Solis; this is evident from the sea chart they created, which serves as a guide for anyone traveling to those areas.
Pedro de Ledesma, 158 pilot, said that he went in company of Vicente Yañez and Juan Solis by order of their Highnesses, and saw what Vicente Yañez and Juan de Solis discovered beyond the land of Veragua, in a part towards the north, 159 all that which has been made known up to the present time, from the island of Guanaja towards the north; and that these lands are called Chabaca and Pintigron, and that they reached in a northerly direction as far as 23½ degrees, and that in this part the said Don Cristobal Colon neither went, nor discovered, nor saw.
Pedro de Ledesma, 158 pilot, stated that he traveled with Vicente Yañez and Juan Solis by order of their Highnesses, and he observed what Vicente Yañez and Juan de Solis discovered beyond the land of Veragua, in a northern area, 159 all that has been revealed up to now, from the island of Guanaja to the north; and that these lands are known as Chabaca and Pintigron, reaching in a northerly direction as far as 23½ degrees, and that in this region the said Don Cristobal Colon neither went, nor discovered, nor saw.
LAS CASAS
ON THE
VOYAGE OF PINZON AND SOLIS. 160
After the Admiral left the solitude and the hardships he suffered in Jamaica and came to Castille, it being known what he had discovered, there presently agreed together one Juan Diaz de Solis and Vicente Yañez Pinzon (brother of Martin A. Pinzon, of whom we said that he helped the Admiral to fit out in the town of Palos, and went with him, taking Vicente Yañez and another brother, when he sailed on the first voyage to discover these Indies, as has been explained in the first book) to set out and discover, and to continue the route which the Admiral had left on his fourth and last voyage of discovery. These went to take up the thread from the island or islands of Guanajes, which we said that the Admiral had discovered in his last voyage, and they turned to the east. 161
After the Admiral left the solitude and hardships he faced in Jamaica and arrived in Castille, news of his discoveries spread. Soon, Juan Diaz de Solis and Vicente Yañez Pinzon (brother of Martin A. Pinzon, who we mentioned assisted the Admiral in preparing for his journey from the town of Palos and sailed with him, along with Vicente Yañez and another brother, on the first voyage to discover these Indies, as explained in the first book) agreed to set out and continue the route that the Admiral had left on his fourth and final voyage of discovery. They planned to pick up the journey from the island or islands of Guanajes, which the Admiral had found on his last voyage, and they headed east.
These two discoverers sailed 162 (as may be gathered from the statement of witnesses called by the Fiscal in the lawsuit with the second Admiral) towards the west from the Guanajes, and must have arrived near the Golfo Dolce, although they did not see it because it is concealed, but they saw the openings made by the sea into the land, which contains the Golfo Dolce and that of Yucatan, and it is like a great gulf or bay. (The mariners give the name of bay to the sea that is between two lands in the form of [112] an open port, which would be a port if it was not that it is very large, but being very capacious and not closed, they call it a bay, the i and a in bahia being pronounced separately.) Thus, as they saw that great angle made by the sea between the two lands, the one which is on the left hand having its back to the east, and this is the coast which contains the port of Caballos and in front of it the Golfo Dolce, and the other on the right hand, which is the coast of the province of Yucatan. It appeared to them to be a great bay, and Vicente Yañez, therefore (in the sworn deposition he made in the said lawsuit, when he was called a witness by the Fiscal), said that, sailing from the island of Guanajes, the coast stretching along, they discovered a great bay to which they gave the name of the "Great Bay of the Nativity", and thence they discovered the hills of Caria, 163 and other lands further on. According to the other witnesses, they then turned north. 164 From all this it appears certain that they then discovered a great part of the kingdom of Yucatan, but as afterwards there was no one who would continue that discovery, nothing more was known of the edifices of that kingdom, whence the territory and grandeur of the kingdoms of New Spain might easily have been discovered. But they were found by chance from the island of Cuba, as, please God, will be set forth in Book III of this history.
These two explorers sailed 162 (as noted by witnesses called by the Fiscal in the lawsuit with the second Admiral) west from the Guanajes and likely reached the Golfo Dolce, although they didn't see it because it’s hidden. However, they observed the openings created by the sea along the land that includes Golfo Dolce and that of Yucatan, resembling a large gulf or bay. (The sailors refer to the sea that lies between two lands in the shape of an open port as a bay, which would be a port if it weren't so large; since it’s quite spacious and not closed off, they call it a bay, with the i and a in bahia pronounced separately.) As they noticed that vast angle formed by the sea between the two lands, one on the left with its back to the east, which is the coast that has the port of Caballos facing the Golfo Dolce, and the other on the right, which is the coast of Yucatan. It seemed to them to be a significant bay, and Vicente Yañez, therefore (in the sworn testimony he gave in the aforementioned lawsuit when he was called as a witness by the Fiscal), stated that while sailing from the island of Guanajes, they discovered a large bay that they named the "Great Bay of the Nativity," and from there they spotted the hills of Caria, 163 and other lands further along. According to the other witnesses, they then headed north. 164 From all this, it seems clear that they discovered a significant part of the kingdom of Yucatan, but as no one followed up on that exploration, nothing more was learned about the buildings of that kingdom, from which the territory and greatness of the kingdoms of New Spain might easily have been uncovered. However, they were discovered by chance from the island of Cuba, as will be detailed in Book III of this history.
And it must here be remarked that these discoverers were chiefly actuated in their enterprize by emulation of the Admiral, and of what he had discovered before, in the service of the Sovereigns. As if the Admiral had not been the first to open the gates of the ocean which had been closed for so many thousands of ages before, and had not shown the light by which all might see how to discover. The Royal Fiscal devoted all his studies to prove [113] that the parts of the mainland discovered by the other explorers were distinct from those which the Admiral had discovered, and he would make a point that the mainland was not so long; his object being to diminish the Admiral's credit, and to make out that the Sovereigns were less obliged to recognise the inestimable services he had performed, and to fulfil the promises they had made, and by which they were bound so justly and with such good reason. This was a great injustice.
And it should be noted that these explorers were mainly driven by a desire to emulate the Admiral and what he had previously discovered in service to the Sovereigns. It’s as if the Admiral hadn’t been the first to open the gates of the ocean that had been shut for so many thousands of years and hadn’t shown the way for others to make their own discoveries. The Royal Fiscal dedicated all his efforts to prove [113] that the parts of the mainland discovered by other explorers were different from those the Admiral had found. He argued that the mainland wasn’t that extensive; his goal was to diminish the Admiral’s reputation and suggest that the Sovereigns didn’t need to acknowledge his invaluable contributions or fulfill the promises they had made to him, which they were justly and rightly bound to do. This was a great injustice.
With reference to this design, the Fiscal put the question whether the witnesses knew that the discoveries made by others were distinct from those made by the Admiral. For the most part he got the answers he wanted from the sailors, who said it was a different land. But they were not asked if it was all one mainland, nor did they deny that. But others, especially two honourable men whom I knew well, the one Rodrigo de Bastidas, of whom we have already treated, the other a pilot named Andres de Morales, understanding the injury that the prosecutor was trying to do the Admiral, deposed many times, on different occasions in the course of the lawsuit, that the lands others had discovered were to the west of those discovered by the Admiral, but that the whole was one continuous land. True that Vicente Yañez and Juan de Solis went to discover beyond Veragua, along that coast, but all the land that they or any others discovered of the region called the main was all one coast, and continuous with what the Admiral discovered first. Others, besides these two, say it is all one coast from Paria, though provinces have different names, and there are also different languages. This was then declared by witnesses who had been there, and knew it well by having used their own eyes, and now it would be needless to seek further for witnesses than in the grocers' shops in Seville. Thus it cannot be denied to the Admiral, except with great injustice, that as he was [114] the first discoverer of those Indies, so he was also of the whole of our mainland, and to him is due the credit, by discovering the province of Paria, which is a part of all that land. For it was he that put the thread into the hands of the rest, by which they found the clew to more distant parts. Consequently, his rights ought most justly to be complied with and respected throughout all that land, even if the region was still more extensive, just as they should be respected in Española and the other islands. For it was not necessary for him to go to every part, any more than it is necessary in taking possession of an estate, as the jurists hold.
Regarding this design, the Fiscal asked whether the witnesses understood that the discoveries made by others were separate from those made by the Admiral. For the most part, he received the responses he wanted from the sailors, who said it was a different land. However, they were not asked if it was all one mainland, nor did they deny that. But others, especially two honorable men I knew well—one was Rodrigo de Bastidas, as we've mentioned before, and the other was a pilot named Andres de Morales—understood the harm the prosecutor was trying to inflict on the Admiral. They stated many times, on different occasions during the lawsuit, that the lands discovered by others were to the west of those found by the Admiral, but that they were all part of one continuous land. It’s true that Vicente Yañez and Juan de Solis went to discover beyond Veragua along that coast, but all the land they or anyone else discovered in the region called the mainland was one coast, continuous with what the Admiral discovered first. Others, besides these two, said it's all one coast from Paria, even though the provinces have different names and languages. This was confirmed by witnesses who had been there and knew it well through their own experience, and now there's no need to look for further witnesses than those in the grocery stores in Seville. Thus, it cannot be denied to the Admiral—except with great injustice—that just as he was the first discoverer of those Indies, he was also the first of the entire mainland, and he deserves credit for discovering the province of Paria, which is part of all that land. Because he set the groundwork for others to explore further areas. Therefore, his rights should justly be honored and respected throughout all that land, even if the region were even larger, just as they should be respected in Española and the other islands. For he didn’t need to go to every part, just as it isn’t required when taking possession of an estate, as legal scholars maintain. [114]
INDEX
- Æthiopia, coast of, 35, 41, 43, 53
- Africa, west coast, Vespucci on, xli, 35, 43, 53
- Africus, a course, 52
- Albizi, Francisco degli, a tall man, natives compared to, 27
- Alseshij, a name in the Vianelo letter, 59
- Altitudes of heavenly bodies, observations, 44
- America, objection of Las Casas and Herrera to the name, xxxix, 76
- Animals enumerated as seen in the first voyage, 17, 87
- Antarctic Circle, approach to, 39, 45
- Antiglia, or Antilla, xxiv, xxxvi n., 29, 83, 107 (see Española)
- Astrolabe, 45, 65
- Atlantic, passages across, 3, 21, 36, 43, 53
- Ayarayte, cacique, 96
- Azores, xlii, 41
- Badajoz commission, viii n., xv
- Bahamas, xxvii
- Bahia, xliii, 53
- Balboa, Vasco Nuñez de, xv
- Bandini, his Life of Vespucci, ii
- Baptisms performed by Vespucci and his companions, 17;
- comments of Las Casas, 88
- Bastidas, Rodrigo de, evidence respecting the voyage of Pinzon and Solis, 109, 113
- Bello, Pero, one of Roldan's boat's crew, 105
- Benvenuti, Benvenuto di Domenico, requested Vespucci to write to Soderini, bearer of the letter, 2, 56
- Berardi, Juan, employed Vespucci, iv, 31;
- Bermuda (see Iti), first appearance on the map, xxxviii;
- discovered by Juan Bermudez, ib.
- Besechiece, on the coast of Africa, xli, 35 (see Biseghier)
- Birds seen in the first voyage, 17;
- comments of Las Casas, 88
- Biseghier, or Bezequiche, 43
- Bobadilla, xv
- Bolaños, one of Roldan's boat's crew, 105
- Book of Vespucci (see Four Voyages)
- Brabo, Hernan, one of Roldan's boat's crew, 105
- Brasil in Española, Hojeda at, 80, 97, 98
- Brazil, coast of, Vespucci on, xii, xli, 36;
- Cabot, Sebastian, as to observations of Vespucci, viii n.
- Cabral, Pedro Alvarez, met Portuguese expedition on return from India, xli n.
- Cadiz, Vespucci sent as a commercial agent to, iv;
- Cahay, 104
- Calicut, 53
- [116] Camarona, province, Pinzon and Solis at, 109
- Canaria Gran, Vespucci at, distance from Lisbon, 4, 21;
- Cancer, Tropic of, 17
- Canna fistola, tree, 39
- Cannibals, 32, 37, 38, 47
- Canoe, chase of, in the Gulf of Paria, 23
- Canopus, 49
- Canovai, Life of Vespucci by, iii
- Cape Verde, 43, 44
- Cape Verde Isles, 21, 28, 53, 69
- Capricorn, Tropic, 39, 48
- Carabi, a native word mentioned by Vespucci, xxiii, xxix, 17, 89
- Caria, mountains, xxxiii, 109, 112
- Cariaco, gulf, x, 92
- Caribs, 32
- Carnesecchi, priest who brought news of Geronnica Vespucci, iv
- Carvajal, Alonso de, 102
- Cassia trees, 29
- Cazabi, food of natives, xxiii, xxx, 11
- Cerezo, Maria, wife of Vespucci, pension, xv
- Chabaca, Pinzon and Solis voyage, xxxiii, 109-10
- Chart, 45 (see Padron Real), 64, 65
- Climates as divisions of the globe referred to by Vespucci, 4, 17, 35
- Coelho, Gonzalo, expedition to Brazil, Vespucci not with him, xlii, 52 n.
- Columba, name proposed by Las Casas instead of America, 76
- Columbus, Christopher: Government broke faith with, v
- Columbus, Diego, lawsuit, efforts made to show that others made discoveries besides the Admiral, xxxiv;
- Columbus, Fernando, possessed a copy of the printed letters of Vespucci, xxxv, 84
- Coquibacoa, province, 33, 91, 96, 98
- Cosa, Juan de la, with Hojeda, viii, 31, 71, 73, 85, 96;
- Cosmographiæ Introductio, xviii
- Course (see Winds)
- Crocodiles (see Lagartos)
- Cumana, 91
- Cuquibacoa (see Coquibacoa)
- Curaçoa, isle (see Isla de los Gigantes), 33
- Dante, quoted by Vespucci, vii, 3
- D'Avezac, his opinion of Vespucci, i
- Dominica (see Iti)
- Drago, Boca del, x, 30, 32, 72, 79, 87;
- on the map of Juan de la Cosa, xi
- Escobar, Diego de, sent by Roldan to negotiate with Hojeda, 103, 104
- Española, arrival of Vespucci at, 29;
- Ethiopia, coast, 35, 41, 43, 53
- Ethiopic Promontory, so called by Ptolemy, 43
- Ferdinand, King, alleged to have sent Vespucci, 2, 3, 35, 72;
- Fernando Noronha, isles, shipwreck at, xlii, 53, 54
- Fish, loaves made of, 14, 87
- [117] Fishery of "parchi" on the African coast, 35
- "Flechado," Puerto, of Hojeda, 33
- Florida, concession to Ponce de Leon, evidence against Vespucci from, xxxviii
- Fonseca, Bishop of Palencia, sent Hojeda, vii, 31, 70, 77;
- Food of natives, 11
- Fortunate Isles, 4, 43
- Four Voyages, book supposed to have been written by Vespucci, xxi, 11, 16, 39, 51, 55
- Fruits, 17, 88;
- beer made from, 24
- Fuoco, isle, 21
- Galitut (see Calicut)
- Garcia, Antonio, a pilot, his evidence, 109;
- Cristoval of Palos' evidence, 30 n.
- Gigantes, Islas de, xi, 31, 33;
- Giocondo, Giuliano di Bartolomeo di, sent to bring Vespucci to Portugal, xi, 35;
- Goes, Damian de, silence respecting Vespucci, xl
- Golfo Dolce, 111
- Gomara, his statement that many vessels took advantage of the concession in breach of the rights granted to Columbus, v;
- statement that Pinzon was on the Honduras coast before Columbus, xxxii
- Gorée, or Besechiece (which see), 35 n.
- Gracia, name given by Columbus, 68, 70
- Gracias a Dios, Cape, 109
- Guadalupe (see Iti)
- Guanaja, isle, Pinzon and Solis at, xxxiii, 108, 110, 111
- Guarapiche, river, 32
- Harrisse, Mr., unable to find entries respecting Vespucci, referred to by Muñoz, v n.;
- established the correct date and direction of the voyage of Pinzon and Solis, xxxiii
- Hatteras, Cape, xxvii
- Herrera, on the voyage of Pinzon and Solis, xxxii;
- protest against the name of America, xxxix
- Hispaniola (see Española)
- Hojeda, Alonso de, his evidence respecting his voyage, 30;
- dispatch of his expedition, vi, 31, 85;
- had the chart of Columbus, 32;
- voyage, x, 32, 34;
- dispute with Roldan, 34;
- sent out by Fonseca, 31, 70, 79;
- date of his departure, 78;
- Las Casas on his voyage, 85, 91;
- conduct at Española, x, 98-106;
- intrigues at Xaragua, 101, 102;
- kidnapping natives, 10, 11;
- outwitted by Roldan, 105
- Honduras coast reached by Pinzon and Solis, xxxiii
- Humboldt, opinion of Vespucci, i
- Hylacomylus (see Waldzeemüller)
- Ignami, name of native food, xxiii, xxx, 11, 13, 14
- Iguana, description of, 14
- Illanes, Pedro de, one of Roldan's boat's crew, 105
- Indians, Vespucci's account of, at his first landfall, 5;
- appearance, arms, wars, women, large houses, 8, 9;
- burial, food, cannibals, 10, 11;
- dealings with, at a village like Venice, 12;
- encounter with, 13;
- hospitality, curiosity, 16;
- at the "finest harbour in the world", 18;
- encounters with, at Iti, 19, 20, 94;
- carried off to sell as slaves, 21, 95;
- at Trinidad, 24;
- habit of chewing leaves, 25, 26;
- make beer from fruit, 24;
- [118] on the Isle of Giants, 27 (see Brazil)
- Irving, Washington, opinion of Vespucci, i
- Island, natives chewing green leaves on, 25, 26;
- Iti, islands, 19;
- La Ballena, Gulf of, 68 (see Paria)
- Lagartos, or crocodiles, 91
- Landfall of alleged first voyage, 4;
- Lariab, name in Italian edition for Parias, xxiii, xxx, xxxi, 17
- Las Casas on the alleged first voyage of Vespucci, i, 68;
- objection to the name America, xxxix, 76;
- proofs of the untruthfulness of Vespucci, viii, xxxix, 83, 87, 89, 93, 97, 107;
- comments on baptisms by Vespucci, 88;
- his account of the conduct of Hojeda at Española, x, 98-106;
- evidence from Roldan that the encounter, when one Spaniard was killed and about twenty wounded, was during Hojeda's voyage, xxix, 81;
- on the voyage of Pinzon and Solis, xxxii, 111
- Latitude of Canaria, of landfall on first voyage, 4;
- of land reached in first voyage, 17;
- of landfall on second voyage, 22;
- wrong latitude for coast of Spanish main, 29;
- of Besechiece, 35;
- of landfall on coast of Brazil, 36;
- of Cape St. Augustine, viii n., 38;
- beyond the Tropic of Capricorn, 39, 45;
- of land sighted far south, 40;
- marvellous latitude for Malacca, 53;
- of the fort on the coast of Brazil, 55
- Lawsuit of Diego Columbus, evidence of Hojeda, 30;
- Leaves, habit of chewing, 25, 26
- Ledesma, Pedro de, his age, xxxiii;
- Leon, Ponce de, concession to discover Florida, xxxviii
- Linares, Toribio de, detained Hojeda, 104
- Lisbon, Vespucci at, when he wrote to Soderini, vii, 2;
- Longitude, alleged observation for, landfall for first voyage, 4
- Lorraine, Duke of (see Réné)
- Malacca, departure of Vespucci to discover, 53;
- latitude, 53 n.
- Mandraga, 43
- Manoel, King of Portugal, voyage of Vespucci by order of, 2
- Maracaibo (see San Bartolomé)
- Maracapana, 91, 96
- Margarita, isle, x, 30, 72, 73, 89, 91, 96;
- on the map of Juan de la Cosa, xi
- Martyr, Peter, direction of the voyage age of Pinzon and Solis fixed by his mention of Chabaca and Pintigron, xxxiv;
- [119] Mecænas, alluded to by Vespucci, vii, 2
- Medici Letter, xii, xv, 42;
- Medici, Lorenzo Pietro Francesco, iv, xii, xv, 42
- Melaccha (see Malacca)
- Mendez, Diego, 57
- Mini, Lisabetta, mother of Vespucci, iii
- Montoya, one of Roldan's boat's crew, 105
- Morales, Andres de, evidence of, 96, 97, 113
- Muñoz, opinion of Vespucci, i;
- mention of entries respecting Vespucci, v
- Myrrh, 39
- Natives (see Indians, Brazil)
- Nativity, Bay of, named by Pinzon and Solis, 109, 112
- Navarrete, opinion of Vespucci, i;
- suggested Tristan d'Acunha as the southern land of Vespucci, 40 n.
- New World, coast of Brazil so called by Vespucci, xvi-xviii, 42
- Niccolini, Donato, sent to Spain with Vespucci, iv
- Orinoco, Hojeda off the mouth of, x
- Ovando, xiv
- Oviedo, statement that Pinzon was on the Honduras coast before Columbus, xxxii;
- discrepancy between his statement and that of Vespucci respecting the number of ships, supposing Vespucci to have sailed with Pinzon and Solis, xxxiii
- Padron Real, chart so called, corrected periodically, to be kept at Seville for reference, 65
- Parchi (see Fishery)
- Paria, visited by Hojeda, x, 30, 31;
- Parias, name of a province visited by Vespucci in his alleged first voyage, 17;
- Pearls, 29, 48, 76, 91
- Pedrarias, xiv;
- Giovanni Vespucci as pilot with, xv
- Penalosa, Francisco de, uncle of Las Casas, 77
- Perez, Nicolas, evidence of, 109
- Pilot Major, appointment of Vespucci, xiv, 64;
- to teach the pilots, 64
- Pilots, with Hojeda, 31;
- Pinelo, Treasurer, receipt for Vespucci, of money to pay sailors, 5
- Pintigron, in voyage of Pinzon and Solis, xxxiii, 109, 110 (see Martyr, Peter)
- Pintor, Juan, a deserter from Hojeda, 104, 106
- Pinzon, Vicente Yañez, evidence at the lawsuit, xxxii, 109, 111, 113;
- Pliny, quoted by Vespucci, vii, 2, 48
- Policletus, vii, 48
- Portugal, King of (Manoel), sent for Vespucci, xi, 34 (see Vespucci);
- Vespucci hoped the King would return his journal, 51
- Portuguese called Española by the name of Antilla or Antiglia, xxxvi n., 29 n., 107;
- Ptolemy, Vespucci mentions him as having called Cape Verde the "Ethiopic Promontory", 43
- Puerto Flechado, x
- [120] Réné II, Duke of Lorraine, Latin edition of the Vespucci letter dedicated to, xii, xviii, 1 n., 69, 71, 84
- Ringmann, xliii
- Rivers, inundated mouths, at landfall of Hojeda's voyage, 22, 32
- Robertson, opinion of Vespucci, i
- Roldan, Bartolomé, with Hojeda, 71
- Roldan, Francisco, dispute with Hojeda, 34, 78, 80-81;
- Roquemes, in the Canaries, 96
- Salvador, one of Roldan's boat's crew, 105
- St. Augustine, Cape, xli, viii n., 38, 39
- San Bartolomé, Gulf, 33
- San Domingo, Bartolomé Roldan a citizen of, 71;
- San Lucar, 69, 75
- San Roman, Cape, 33
- Santa, isles, name given by Columbus, 68, 70
- Santa Maria, Port of, 70
- Santarem, Visconde, found no trace of the name of Vespucci in Portuguese archives, xi, xl n.
- Serra Leone, xlii, 41, 53
- Seville, Vespucci at, iv, xi, xii, 34, 35;
- Soderini, Pietro, Gonfaloniere of Florence, xii, xviii, 1, 2
- Solis, Juan Diaz de, voyage with Pinzon, xiv, xxxii, xxxiii, 107, 110, 111, 113;
- pension of Vespucci's widow paid out of salary, xv
- South Georgia, supposed to have been sighted by Vespucci, xlii n., 40
- Stars, observations in the South Hemisphere, 39, 41;
- Tampico, Varnhagen places Vespucci at, xxxvi
- Trees in Brazil, xli (see Cassia, Canna fistola, Brazil)
- Trinidad, isle discovered by Columbus, 68, 72;
- Tristan d'Acunha, xlii n., 40 n.
- Truxillo, Diego de, detained by Hojeda, 104
- Varnhagen, his work to rehabilitate Vespucci, ii, xxvi, xxvii, xxxviii, xliv;
- [121] purchase of Italian edition of Vespucci's letter, xix;
- his theory of Vespucci's first voyage, xxvi;
- theory that Iti was Bermuda disproved, xxvii;
- theory about Little Venice disproved, xxviii;
- theory about Lariab, xxx;
- theory about the voyage of Pinzon and Solis disproved, xxxii-xxxiv;
- theory that Vespucci remained out after Hojeda returned disproved, 30 n.
- Vela, Cabo de la, Hojeda's furthest point, x, 33, 90, 96, 97;
- on the map of Juan de la Cosa, xi
- Velasquez, Juan, 81, 100
- Venecia, Gulf of, 31, 33
- Venezuela, x, 33, 91, 96, 98
- Venice, village built on piles like, xxviii, 12, 86
- Veragua, 109, 110, 113
- Verde, Cape, xli, 43, 53
- Vespucci, Amerigo, texts of his letters published by Varnhagen, ii;
- life by Bandini, ii;
- life by Canovai, iii;
- Latin letter to his father, iii; family, iii, iv;
- employed by Medici and sent to Spain, employed to wind up affairs of Berardi, iv;
- provision contractor, v;
- resolution to give up commercial pursuits and go to sea, vi, 2, 3, 71;
- address to Soderini, 1;
- promoter of the voyage of Hojeda, vii, 21;
- smattering of classical learning, vii;
- character, viii;
- no claim to be considered a pilot, ix;
- not mentioned in Portuguese archives, xi;
- interview with Columbus, xii, xiii, 57;
- spurious letters of, iii n., xii n.;
- book alleged to have been written by, xxi, 11, 16, 39, 51, 55;
- summary of alleged first voyage, xxii;
- course and distance, first voyage, 4;
- excursion into the interior, 15;
- statement as to latitudes and distances run, 17;
- sojourn in the "finest harbour in the world", 18;
- account of proceedings at Iti, 19-21;
- return from first voyage, 21;
- second voyage, vi, 21;
- adventure on the Isle of Giants, 27, 28;
- arrival at "Antiglia" (Española), 29;
- complaint of treatment at Española, 30, 83, 107;
- with Hojeda, viii, 31, 69, 71, 72, 73, 85;
- sent for by the King of Portugal, 34;
- sailed from Lisbon, 35;
- return, 41;
- letter to Medici, 42;
- boasts of his knowledge, of cosmography, 44;
- fanciful account of stars, 50;
- desire that the King of Portugal would return his journal, 51;
- departure on last Portuguese voyage, 52;
- abuse of his commander, 53, 56;
- mistake of Vianelo respecting, xiii, 58;
- letter of naturalization, xiii, 61;
- appointment as chief pilot, xiv, 63-67;
- Las Caras on his first voyage, 68, 69;
- injury to Columbus, 82, 83, 85;
- accounts of natives fictitious, 86;
- account of visit to Española false, 96, 107, 108;
- projected voyage with Pinzon, xiii;
- Hispanicisms in his letter, xix, xx;
- silence respecting comrades, xx;
- evidence against first voyage, xxv, xxxiv, xxxv-xxxvi;
- death of, xv
- Vespucci, Nastagio (Anastasio), father of Amerigo, iii
- Vespucci, Antonio, brother, iv, xv, 56
- Vespucci, Bartolomeo, nephew, iv
- Vespucci, Giorgio Antonio, friar of St. Mark, master of Amerigo and Soderini, iii, 2
- Vespucci, Geronimo, brother, iv
- Vespucci, Giovanni, nephew, became a pilot, iv;
- Vianelo, Hieronimo, Venetian Ambassador, letter giving an account of a voyage of Juan de la Cosa, xiii, 58-61
- Voyages (see Four Voyages)
- Waldseemüller, Martin, or Hylacomylus, the editor of Cosmographiæ Introductio, suggested the name of America, xviii, xliii
- Winds, term used for courses, 19
- Yaquimo, port in Española, Hojeda at, 33, 80, 97, 98
- Yuca, xxiii, xxx, 11, 13, 14 (see Juca)
- Yucatan, iii, xxxii
FOOTNOTES
1 (return)
Amerigo Vespucci, son caractère, ses écrits (même les
moins authentiques), sa vie, et ses navigations. Par F. A. de Varnhagen,
Ministre du Brazil en Perou. (Lima, 1865.)
1 (return)
Amerigo Vespucci, his character, his writings (even the less authentic ones), his life, and his voyages. By F. A. de Varnhagen, Minister of Brazil in Peru. (Lima, 1865.)
2 (return)
Vita e lettere d'Amerigo Vespucci, Gentiluomo Florentino,
raccolte ed illustrate dall' Abate Angelo Maria Bandini. (4to, Firenze,
1745.)
2 (return)
The Life and Letters of Amerigo Vespucci, Florentine Gentleman, collected and illustrated by Abate Angelo Maria Bandini. (4to, Florence, 1745.)
3 (return)
Viaggi d'Amerigo Vespucci con la vita, l'elogio, e la
dissertazione justicativa di questo celebre navigatore, del Padre
Stanislao Canovai, delle scuole pie, pubblico professore di Matematico.
Opera postuma. (Firenze, 8vo, 1817.)
3 (return)
Voyages of Amerigo Vespucci with the life, praise, and justification dissertation of this famous navigator, by Father Stanislaus Canovai, of the religious schools, public professor of Mathematics. Posthumous work. (Florence, 8vo, 1817.)
4 (return)
The first of these letters was published by Bandini from
a manuscript found in the Riccardi Library at Florence. It is intended
to describe the voyage with Hojeda in 1499. The second appeared in the
edition of Marco Polo by Baldelli in 1827, and was also found in the
Riccardi Library. It describes an imaginary voyage to the East Indies.
The third describes a Portuguese voyage, and was published by Bartolozzi
in 1789. It was discovered in the archives of the old Secretariat of
State at Florence, among papers which belonged to the Strozzi Library.
All three profess to be addressed to Lorenzo di Medici. They are reprinted
by Varnhagen, pp. 69-86.
4 (return)
The first of these letters was published by Bandini from a manuscript found in the Riccardi Library in Florence. It's meant to describe the voyage with Hojeda in 1499. The second letter appeared in Baldelli's 1827 edition of Marco Polo and was also found in the Riccardi Library. It describes an imaginary voyage to the East Indies. The third letter discusses a Portuguese voyage and was published by Bartolozzi in 1789. It was discovered in the archives of the old Secretariat of State in Florence, among papers that belonged to the Strozzi Library. All three letters are supposedly addressed to Lorenzo di Medici. They are reprinted by Varnhagen, pp. 69-86.
5 (return)
Bandini, Vita, xxiv.
5 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Bandini, Vita, 24.
6 (return)
There are sixty-eight letters to him, 1483-91, chiefly on
business matters.
6 (return)
There are sixty-eight letters to him, from 1483 to 1491, mostly about business matters.
7 (return)
Nav., iii, 316.
7 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Nav., III, 316.
8 (return)
Four sailed for Española, under the command of Aguado, on
5th August 1495. Others were probably used for the voyage of Pero Alonzo
Niño, which sailed on June 15th, 1496; and for the third expedition of
Columbus in 1498.
8 (return)
Four ships set sail for Española, led by Aguado, on August 5, 1495. Others were likely used for Pero Alonzo Niño's voyage, which departed on June 15, 1496, and for Columbus's third expedition in 1498.
9 (return)
On the authority of Muñoz, quoted by Navarrete (iii, 317
n.). More recent researches have failed to discover these entries seen
by Muñoz in the second book of Gastos de las armadas de las Indias of
the "Casa de Contratacion"; and Mr. Harrisse, therefore, assumes that
they never existed. This does not follow, and the evidence of so high an
authority as Muñoz cannot so lightly be set aside. It is true, however,
that the evidence of Muñoz is not conclusive without documents, and in
that case the last date on which Vespucci is mentioned as being at Seville
is January 12th, 1496.
9 (return)
According to Muñoz, as quoted by Navarrete (iii, 317 n.), more recent research has not found the entries Muñoz mentioned in the second book of Gastos de las armadas de las Indias from the "Casa de Contratacion." Therefore, Mr. Harrisse believes they never existed. However, this conclusion isn't justified, and we can't easily dismiss the evidence from such a reputable source as Muñoz. It is true that Muñoz's evidence isn't conclusive without supporting documents, and the last date Vespucci is noted to be in Seville is January 12th, 1496.
10 (return)
Pliny the elder was born thirty-one years after the death
of Mecænas.
10 (return)
Pliny the Elder was born thirty-one years after Mecænas died.
11 (return)
"The sculptures of Polycletus and the paintings of Apelles."
(Macaulay.)
11 (return)
"The sculptures by Polycletus and the paintings by Apelles."
(Macaulay.)
13 (return)
Chap. clxvi, end.
13 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Chap. 166, end.
15 (return)
Letter to Solderini, Fourth Voyage, p. 53.
15 (return)
Letter to Solderini, Fourth Voyage, p. 53.
16 (return)
Ibid., p. 56.
16 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Same source, p. 56.
18 (return)
Sebastian Cabot only knew of the qualifications of
Vespucci from the report of his nephew Giovanni and others. He said,
in his evidence before the Badajoz Commission (13th November 1515),
that Vespucci took the altitude at Cape St. Augustine, and that he
was expert in taking observations. Giovanni Vespucci also said that
his uncle took sights and kept a journal. Nuño Garcia gave similar
evidence. (Extracts by Muñoz from the Registro de copias de cedulas
de la Casa de la Contratacion, Nav., iii, 319.)
18 (return)
Sebastian Cabot only learned about Vespucci's qualifications from the reports of his nephew Giovanni and others. In his testimony before the Badajoz Commission on November 13, 1515, he stated that Vespucci took measurements at Cape St. Augustine and was skilled in making observations. Giovanni Vespucci also mentioned that his uncle took readings and kept a journal. Nuño Garcia provided similar testimony. (Extracts by Muñoz from the Registro de copias de cedulas de la Casa de la Contratacion, Nav., iii, 319.)
20 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
See pages __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__ to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
22 (return)
These dates make the voyage mentioned in an alleged letter
of Vespucci, recently found in Holland, quite impossible. This fabulous
voyage from Lisbon to Calicut covered the time from March 1500 to
November 15th, 1501. The letter was printed in Dutch by Jan van Doesborch
at Antwerp, on December 1st, 1508 (twelve leaves). Mr. Coote (in the
Athenæum, Jan. 20, 1894) has suggested that the date is a mistake, and
that it should be 1505-1506, the date of the Portuguese voyage of Almeida;
having found that some incidents in the spurious letter occur also in
the account of the voyage of Almeida. But the suggested dates are equally
impossible so far as Vespucci is concerned, for he was certainly in Spain
during the whole of 1505 and 1506. The letter is clearly a fabrication.
22 (return)
These dates make the voyage mentioned in a supposed letter from Vespucci, which was recently discovered in Holland, completely impossible. This incredible voyage from Lisbon to Calicut spanned from March 1500 to November 15th, 1501. The letter was published in Dutch by Jan van Doesborch in Antwerp on December 1st, 1508 (twelve leaves). Mr. Coote (in the Athenæum, Jan. 20, 1894) suggested that the date is a mistake and that it should actually be 1505-1506, corresponding to the Portuguese voyage of Almeida; he noted that some events in the fake letter also appear in Almeida's voyage account. However, these suggested dates are also impossible for Vespucci, as he was definitely in Spain for all of 1505 and 1506. The letter is clearly a forgery.
23 (return)
Nav., iii, 292.
23 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Nav., iii, 292.
24 (return)
Ibid., 294-95, 302.
24 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Same source., 294-95, 302.
26 (return)
Nav., iii, 299.
26 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Nav., iii, 299.
27 (return)
Nav., iii, 305, 308.
27 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Nav., iii, 305, 308.
28 (return)
On her death, in 1524, her pension was passed on to her
sister Catalina. (Nav., iii, 324.)
28 (return)
When she died in 1524, her pension was transferred to her sister Catalina. (Nav., iii, 324.)
29 (return)
Ibid., 306.
29 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Same source, 306.
33 (return)
Varnhagen thought, from the places and dates of other
pamphlets bound up in the same volume with his copy, that it was printed
by Piero Paccini, at Pescia, in 1506.
33 (return)
Varnhagen believed, based on the locations and dates of other pamphlets included in the same volume as his copy, that it was printed by Piero Paccini in Pescia in 1506.
34 (return)
The Spanish traer is used for the Italian portare four
times, cansado for stanco three times, disnudi for ignudi three
times, salir for escire twice, allargar for allungare twice,
dismanparate for abbandonate twice, largi for lontani twice, and
ruego for priego twice. Other Hispanicisms occur once, namely:—
34 (return)
The Spanish traer is used for the Italian portare four times, cansado for stanco three times, disnudi for ignudi three times, salir for escire twice, allargar for allungare twice, dismanparate for abbandonate twice, largi for lontani twice, and ruego for priego twice. Other Hispanicisms occur once, namely:—
Usado | for | Ardito. |
Patagna | " | Frivolezza. |
Circa | " | Vecino. |
Brava | " | Selvaggio. |
Dispedino | " | Licenziano. |
Madiana | " | Mediocra. |
Formosa | " | Bella. |
Levono | " | Portano. |
Vaciare | " | Votare. |
Scusono | " | Ricusano. |
Dolentia | " | Infirmita. |
Relato | " | Raccontato. |
Profito | " | Utilita. |
Dimostra | " | Indizio. |
Folgato | " | Spassato. |
Di basso | " | Sotto. |
Sabiduria | " | Sapienza. |
Corregemo | " | Racconciamo. |
Difesono | " | Impedirono. |
Uorata in un rio. | " | Incagliata in un fiume. |
Dispopolato | " | Disabitato. |
Damnato | " | Damaggiato. |
35 (return)
He calls a bay ensenada instead of seno, surgemo for
gettamo (l'ancora), calefatar and brear instead of spalmare
and impeciare, aquacero for rovescio, serrazon for oscurezza,
tormento for tempesta, palo for legno, riscatto for comprato.
He uses the Spanish phrase doblare un cabo, and the Portuguese word
fateixa for a boat's anchor.
35 (return)
He calls a bay ensenada instead of seno, surgemo for gettamo (l'ancora), calefatar and brear instead of spalmare and impeciare, aquacero for rovescio, serrazon for oscurezza, tormento for tempesta, palo for legno, riscatto for comprato. He uses the Spanish phrase doblare un cabo, and the Portuguese word fateixa for a boat's anchor.
37 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
See pages __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.
40 (return)
In his second voyage he calls the cannibal tribe Cambali.
Columbus, in the Journal of his first voyage, frequently mentions the
Caribas or Canibas.
40 (return)
On his second trip, he refers to the cannibal tribe as Cambali. Columbus often talks about the Caribas or Canibas in the Journal of his first voyage.
42 (return)
The name of Columbus is not once mentioned in the
Cosmographiæ Introductio, containing the Latin version of Vespucci. It
occurs only once in the letter of Vespucci, where, in his second voyage,
he mentions his arrival at Antiglia, formerly discovered by Columbus.
42 (return)
Columbus's name isn’t mentioned at all in the
Cosmographiæ Introductio, which contains the Latin version of Vespucci’s work. It only appears once in Vespucci's letter, where he talks about arriving at Antiglia, which Columbus had discovered earlier.
43 (return)
See also Navarrete, iii, 474. Peter Martyr says, "in the
year before the expedition of Nicuesa and Hojeda", which was in 1509.
43 (return)
See also Navarrete, iii, 474. Peter Martyr says, "in the year before the expedition of Nicuesa and Hojeda", which was in 1509.
44 (return)
Ledesma was aged 37 in March 1513. (Nav., iii, 539.)
44 (return)
Ledesma was 37 years old in March 1513. (Nav., iii, 539.)
45 (return)
A study of Harrisse, and reference to the original
authorities (after writing the note on the Pinzon and Solis voyage at p.
284 of my Life of Columbus), has led me to make several corrections,
especially as regards the date of 1506 given by Herrera. The true date
of the voyage was 1508.
45 (return)
After reviewing Harrisse and checking the original sources (after noting the Pinzon and Solis voyage on page 284 of my Life of Columbus), I've made several corrections, particularly concerning the date of 1506 that Herrera provided. The actual date of the voyage was 1508.
46 (return)
Dec. II. Lib. vii, pp. 85-6, of Eden's translation
(Willes' ed.).
46 (return)
Dec. II. Book 7, pages 85-6, of Eden's translation (Willes' edition).
47 (return)
"That is, the Prince of Chiauaccha, for they call princes
or kings Chiaconus."
47 (return)
"That is, the Prince of Chiauaccha, because they refer to princes or kings as Chiaconus."
48 (return)
"The first year before the departing of the captains
Nicuesa and Fogeda" (Hojeda), which was in 1509.
48 (return)
"The first year before the departure of the captains Nicuesa and Fogeda" (Hojeda), which was in 1509.
49 (return)
Names on the coast-line from Paria to Cabo de la Vela:—
49 (return)
Names along the coastline from Paria to Cabo de la Vela:—
J. DE LA COSA. | CANTINO MAP. |
---|---|
m. de S. eufemia. | Tamarique. |
soto de uerbos. | ilha Rigua. |
C. de la Vela. | boacoya. |
aguada. | |
lago venecuela. | golfo del unficismo. |
almedabra. | |
m. alto. | montansis albissima. |
C. de espera. | |
y. de Brasil. | ylha do Brasil. |
y. de gigantes. | ylha do Giganta. |
C. de la mota. | Costa de gente brava. |
p. flechado. | |
aldea de turma. | |
costa pareja. | Rio de fonseca. |
m. tajado. | |
3 echeo. | Cabo de las Perlas. |
Campina. | Ilha de la Rapossa. |
ylhas de Sana. | |
G. de las Perla. | Golfo de las Perlas. |
Margaleda. | terra de paria. |
tres hr. | I tres testigos. |
boca del drago. | boca del drago. |
Six of the names are the same, all the rest are different. Juan de la
Cosa gives twenty-two, the Cantino map fifteen names.
Six of the names are the same, while all the others are different. Juan de la Cosa lists twenty-two names, and the Cantino map has fifteen names.
50 (return)
Vespucci calls Española by the name used in
Portugal—Antilla. On the Cantino map the West Indian Islands are called
Antillas.
50 (return)
Vespucci refers to Española by the name used in Portugal—Antilla. On the Cantino map, the West Indian Islands are called Antillas.
51 (return)
Dec. II, Lib. x (p. 92 in Eden's translation):—
51 (return)
Dec. II, Lib. x (p. 92 in Eden's translation):—
"From the tyme, therefore, that I fyrste determined to obeye theyr requestes who wylled me fyrst in your name to wryte these thinges in the Latine tongue, I did my endevour that al things myght come foorth with due tryal and experience; whereupon I repayred to the Bishop of Burgos, beyng the cheafe refuge of this navigation. As we were therefore secretely togeather in one chamber, we had many instruments parteining to these affaires, as globes, and many of those mappes which are commonly called the shipmans cardes, or cardes of the sea. Of the which, one was drawen by the Portugales, wherunto Americus Vesputius is said to have put his hande, beyng a man most experte in this facultie, and a Florentine borne, who also under the stipende of the Portugales had sayled towarde the South pole many degrees beyonde the Equinoctial. In this carde we founde the first front of this lande to be broder then the kynges of Uraba had persuaded our men of theyr mountaynes."
"From the time that I first decided to follow the requests of those who urged me to write these things in your name in Latin, I did my best to ensure everything came together with proper testing and experience. So, I went to the Bishop of Burgos, who is the main authority on this navigation. While we were secretly together in one room, we had many tools related to these matters, such as globes and various maps, commonly known as sailor's charts or sea charts. One of these was created by the Portuguese, in which Amerigo Vespucci, an expert in this field and a native Florentine, is said to have played a part. He had also sailed towards the South Pole, many degrees beyond the equator, under the commission of the Portuguese. In this chart, we discovered that the initial coastline of this land was broader than what the Kings of Uraba had led our men to believe about their mountains."
52 (return)
The Viscount Santarem, principal archivist of Portugal in
1826, searched all the original correspondence of King Emanuel from 1495
to 1503 inclusive, and many thousands of documents of that time in the
Torre de Tombo at Lisbon, and at Paris, but never once came across the
name of Vespucci.
52 (return)
In 1826, the Viscount Santarem, the main archivist of Portugal, looked through all the original letters of King Emanuel from 1495 to 1503, along with many thousands of documents from that era in the Torre de Tombo in Lisbon and in Paris, but he never found the name Vespucci.
53 (return)
Beseneque (?).
Beseneque (?).
54 (return)
A Portuguese pilot, who wrote an account of the voyage of
Pedro Alvarez Cabral to India, says that on their return, on reaching
the land near Cape Verde, called Beseneque, they met three Portuguese
ships sent to discover the new land found by Cabral on the voyage out
(Coleccion de Noticias, etc., Lisboa, 1812, cap. 21). It is very
suspicious that Vespucci should not mention this meeting if he was on
board one of these three ships. (Nav., iii, 310.)
54 (return)
A Portuguese pilot, who described the journey of Pedro Alvarez Cabral to India, stated that upon their return, when they arrived near Cape Verde, at a place called Beseneque, they encountered three Portuguese ships sent to explore the new land discovered by Cabral on the way out (Coleccion de Noticias, etc., Lisboa, 1812, cap. 21). It's quite suspicious that Vespucci didn't mention this encounter if he was on one of those three ships. (Nav., iii, 310.)
55 (return)
Varnhagen supposes this land to be South Georgia, in 54°
S., discovered by Captain Cook in 1776. Navarrete suggested Tristan
d'Acunha.
55 (return)
Varnhagen thinks this land is South Georgia, located at 54° S., which was discovered by Captain Cook in 1776. Navarrete proposed it might be Tristan d'Acunha.
56 (return)
Goes mentions an expedition to Brazil commanded by Gonzalo
Coelho, which sailed from Lisbon on June 10th, 1503, and consisted of
six ships. But Coelho returned safely with four out of his six ships,
while Vespucci asserts that the commander perished, in the expedition in
which he served.
56 (return)
Goes talks about an expedition to Brazil led by Gonzalo Coelho, which left Lisbon on June 10, 1503, and included six ships. However, Coelho returned safely with four of his six ships, while Vespucci claims that the commander died during the expedition he was part of.
57 (return)
Latin edition: "To the most illustrious René, King of
Jerusalem and Sicily, Duke of Lorraine and Bar."
57 (return)
Latin edition: "To the most distinguished René, King of Jerusalem and Sicily, Duke of Lorraine and Bar."
58 (return)
Supposed to be Pietro Soderini, Gonfaloniere of the
Republic of Florence in 1504, who had studied with Vespucci. See
Bandini, p. xxv.
58 (return)
It is believed to be Pietro Soderini, the Gonfaloniere of the Republic of Florence in 1504, who had studied with Vespucci. See Bandini, p. xxv.
59 (return)
Fernando is never called King of Castille in any document
of the period.
59 (return)
Fernando is never referred to as the King of Castille in any documents from that time.
"Non vogliate negar l' esperienza
"Don't deny the experience"
Diretro al Sol, del mondo senza gente."
Diretro al Sol, del mondo senza gente.
62 (return)
The third climate of Hipparchus was between the parallels
of Syene and Alexandria.
62 (return)
The third climate of Hipparchus was located between the lines of latitude of Syene and Alexandria.
63 (return)
The distance shows that, like Columbus, he reckons four
miles to a league.
63 (return)
The distance indicates that, similar to Columbus, he considers four miles to be equivalent to a league.
64 (return)
"Ponente figliando una quarta di libeccio." Varnhagen
makes this 0¼ S. O. A course W.S.W. for 1,000 leagues would have
taken him to the Gulf of Paria, which is a little over 900 leagues
W.S.W. from Grand Canary. He would not have reached land in 16° 68 N.
and 70° W. even if he had steered the right course, and there had been
no intervening land, by going 1,000 leagues. Such a distance would have
left him 930 miles short of that position.
64 (return)
"With a quarter blow from the southwest." Varnhagen states that this 0¼ S. O. A course W.S.W. for 1,000 leagues would have led him to the Gulf of Paria, which is just over 900 leagues W.S.W. from Grand Canary. He would not have reached land at 16° 68 N. and 70° W. even if he had followed the correct course, with no land in the way, by traveling 1,000 leagues. That distance would have left him 930 miles short of that location.
65 (return)
Twenty-seven days (Latin version).
Twenty-seven days (Latin version).
66 (return)
Equal to 1333⅓ leagues of three geographical miles.
66 (return)
Equivalent to 1333⅓ leagues of three geographical miles.
67 (return)
70° W. of Canaria, or 85° W. of Greenwich, would be in the
Pacific Ocean; but this is a specimen of Vespucci's romancing. There was
no observation for longitude with instruments in those days. Columbus
observed the time occasionally, when there was an eclipse, comparing it
with the time at some place given in his almanac, but the result was too
rough to be of any use.
67 (return)
70° W. of Canaria, or 85° W. of Greenwich, would be in the
Pacific Ocean; but this is an example of Vespucci's storytelling. There were no instruments to measure longitude back then. Columbus sometimes noted the time during an eclipse, comparing it to the time at a location listed in his almanac, but the results were too inaccurate to be helpful.
68 (return)
The part of the mainland in 16° is in the Gulf of Honduras.
In his second voyage he alleges that he reached 15°, which is probably
the reason why he chose 16° for a landfall on this voyage.
68 (return)
The section of the mainland at 16° is located in the Gulf of Honduras. On his second voyage, he claimed to have reached 15°, which is likely why he selected 16° as a landing point on this trip.
69 (return)
Bombix.
Bombix.
70 (return)
Coltroni. Varnhagen suggests the Spanish word colchones,
mattresses; but coltroni is a good Italian word, and suitable.
70 (return)
Coltroni. Varnhagen proposes the Spanish word colchones, which means mattresses; but coltroni is a fitting Italian term and works well.
71 (return)
Yuca is a word in the language of the West Indian
islanders for the root of Jatophra Manihot.
71 (return)
Yuca is the term used by West Indian islanders for the root of Jatophra Manihot.
72 (return)
Cazabi, the bread made from the same root.
72 (return)
Cazabi, the bread made from the same root.
73 (return)
Inhame (Port.), Ñame (Sp.), a word of African origin.
Yam.
73 (return)
Inhame (Portuguese), Ñame (Spanish), a word with African roots.
Yam.
74 (return)
Zibaldone (Lat. Libellum).
74 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Zibaldone (Lat. Libellum).
75 (return)
Cani alani.
Dog park.
76 (return)
This is a description of the iguana, which Vespucci would
have seen on the coast of Venezuela.
76 (return)
This is a description of the iguana that Vespucci would have seen along the coast of Venezuela.
77 (return)
Lariab in the Italian edition.
77 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Lariab in the Italian version.
78 (return)
Maestrale.
78 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Maestrale.
79 (return)
He says he left Cadiz on 10th May 1497. According to this
it was then 10th June 1498.
79 (return)
He says he left Cadiz on May 10, 1497. According to this, it was then June 10, 1498.
80 (return)
I am indebted to Mr. Quaritch's translation for the
suggestion that the word allogiate may be allegiate for allegerite
("lightened").
80 (return)
I'm grateful to Mr. Quaritch's translation for the idea that the word allogiate might be allegiate for allegerite ("lightened").
81 (return)
I.e., the course. Infra Greco e Levante.
81 (return)
That is, the course. Infra Greco e Levante.
82 (return)
Iti (sing. Ito), an old Italian word, meaning "gone".
Here he gives it as the name of an island. In the second voyage he uses
it for "gone"—"Dipoi che fumo iti circa di una legua." It is probably
a name invented by himself. Navarrete suggests it may be Ha-iti, the
native name for Española, which he adopted for his imaginary island.
82 (return)
Iti (sing. Ito) is an old Italian word that means "gone." Here, he uses it as the name of an island. In the second voyage, he applies it to mean "gone"—"Then we were iti for about a league." It’s likely a name he came up with himself. Navarrete suggests it may be Ha-iti, the local name for Española, which he chose for his fictional island.
84 (return)
Latin edition has 25.
84 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
The Latin edition has 25.
85 (return)
Both editions agree as to this number "222".
85 (return)
Both versions confirm this number "222".
86 (return)
This is untrue. There were four ships. See Las Casas,
chap. 165.
86 (return)
That’s not true. There were four ships. See Las Casas, chap. 165.
87 (return)
He uses the word "wind" for rhumb or course.
87 (return)
He uses the term "wind" to refer to rhumb or direction.
89 (return)
Braccia is a yard, a measure of three spans.
89 (return)
Braccia is a yard, which is the length of three hand spans.
90 (return)
Mirabolani.
90 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Mirabolani.
91 (return)
Alonso Niño and Cristobal Guerra, in their voyage in 1500,
observed the same practice among the natives, and said it was to keep
their teeth white. (Nav., iii, p. 15.)
91 (return)
Alonso Niño and Cristobal Guerra, during their journey in 1500, noticed the same behavior among the locals and stated it was to keep their teeth white. (Nav., iii, p. 15.)
92 (return)
Further on he says that the kinds of animals on the island
were varied and numerous.
92 (return)
Later, he mentions that the types of animals on the island were diverse and plentiful.
93 (return)
Iti, an old Italian word for "gone"—"Dipoi che fumo
iti circa di una legua."
93 (return)
Iti, an old Italian word for "gone"—"After we traveled about a league."
94 (return)
The island of Curaçoa.
Curaçao Island.
95 (return)
This is untrue, as Las Casas has proved.
95 (return)
This is false, as Las Casas has demonstrated.
96 (return)
It should be 13°. The coast explored by Hojeda is, in no
part, north of 13°.
96 (return)
It should be 13°. The coastline that Hojeda explored is not north of 13°.
97 (return)
Conta, a Portuguese word.
97 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Conta, a term in Portuguese.
98 (return)
The island of Española, so called by the Portuguese.
98 (return)
The island of Española, named by the Portuguese.
99 (return)
September 5th, 1499, to November 22nd, 1499.
99 (return)
September 5, 1499, to November 22, 1499.
100 (return)
A false date. It should be November 22nd. He gives the
day correctly.
100 (return)
An incorrect date. It should be November 22nd. He gets the day right.
101 (return)
These dates are shown by Las Casas to be false. Amerigo
does not give any year; but the date of arrival at Cadiz was really
about February 1500. Varnhagen (p. 107 n.) suggested that Hojeda and
La Cosa arrived first at Española, while Vespucci remained on the coast
of the mainland for some months. He refers to the evidence of one
Cristobal Garcia of Palos, given on October 1st, 1515, to the effect
that, he being at San Domingo, Hojeda and La Cosa arrived there in a
small bark, having lost their ships, and with only fifteen or twenty
men, the rest being dead (Nav., iii, 544). But this cannot refer to
the voyage of 1499, when Hojeda had not lost his ships, and did not go
to San Domingo. The evidence, of course, relates to his disastrous
second voyage. The narrative of Roldan, quoted by Las Casas, proves that
Hojeda came to Española with all his ships, that Vespucci was not left
behind on the coast of the mainland, and that the dates given by Vespucci
are false, either through carelessness or design.
101 (return)
Las Casas shows that these dates are incorrect. Amerigo doesn't mention any specific year, but he actually arrived in Cadiz around February 1500. Varnhagen (p. 107 n.) suggested that Hojeda and La Cosa reached Española first, while Vespucci stayed along the mainland coast for several months. He cites testimony from Cristobal Garcia of Palos, given on October 1st, 1515, stating that while he was in San Domingo, Hojeda and La Cosa arrived there in a small boat, having lost their ships and with only fifteen or twenty men left, the others having died (Nav., iii, 544). However, this can't refer to the voyage of 1499, as Hojeda hadn't lost his ships yet and didn't go to San Domingo then. The evidence obviously relates to his failed second voyage. The account from Roldan, referenced by Las Casas, proves that Hojeda arrived in Española with all his ships, that Vespucci was not left behind on the mainland, and that the dates provided by Vespucci are incorrect, either due to carelessness or intent.
102 (return)
Nav., iii, 544.
102 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Nav., iii, 544.
103 (return)
Vespucci.
Vespucci.
104 (return)
Casas and Herrera.
Casas and Herrera.
105 (return)
In one of the forged letters published by Bandini. See p.
75 of Varnhagen.
105 (return)
In one of the fake letters released by Bandini. See p. 75 of Varnhagen.
106 (return)
Only mentioned in the three instructions given by Hojeda
in his second voyage, to his nephew Pedro de Hojeda and Vergara to
search for the vessel Santa Ana, to Vergara to go to Jamaica to buy
provisions, and to Lopez to go in search of Vergara.
106 (return)
It was only mentioned in the three instructions given by Hojeda during his second voyage, directing his nephew Pedro de Hojeda and Vergara to look for the ship Santa Ana, telling Vergara to head to Jamaica to buy supplies, and instructing Lopez to look for Vergara.
109 (return)
Beze quiche, now Gorée. Biseghier in the Medici
letter. Besilieca in the Latin ed.
109 (return)
Beze quiche, now Gorée. Biseghier in the Medici letter. Besilieca in the Latin edition.
110 (return)
S.W. ¼ S.
S.W. ¼ S.
111 (return)
C. S. Roque.
111 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
C. S. Roque.
112 (return)
"Traeua un gran palo", which is Spanish. In Italian,
"portava un legno".
112 (return)
"Traeua a big stick," which is Spanish. In Italian, "carrying a wood."
113 (return)
Fateixa (fatesce), a boat's anchor in Portuguese.
113 (return)
Fateixa (fatesce), which means a boat's anchor in Portuguese.
115 (return)
Lat. 26°, not 32°.
Lat. 26°, not 32°.
116 (return)
Verzino.
116 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Verzino.
117 (return)
Varnhagen thinks this was South Georgia, so named by Cook
in Jan. 1775, in 54° S. Navarrete suggests Tristan d'Acunha. Vespucci
says that 50° was the furthest limit he reached to the south, along the
coast, in the Medici letter, but that he then sailed to within 17° 30′
of the S. Pole, or 73° 30′ S.!! See p. 45.
117 (return)
Varnhagen believes this was South Georgia, a name given by Cook in January 1775, at 54° S. Navarrete proposes Tristan d'Acunha. Vespucci claims that 50° was the furthest south he reached along the coast in the Medici letter, but he then sailed to within 17° 30′ of the South Pole, or 73° 30′ S.!! See p. 45.
119 (return)
This should be ten months, according to the other letter.
119 (return)
This should be ten months, based on the other letter.
120 (return)
Seven days, according to the other letter.
120 (return)
Seven days, based on the other letter.
122 (return)
150 leagues, according to the other letter.
122 (return)
150 leagues, as stated in the other letter.
123 (return)
In the other letter he tells a very different story.
123 (return)
In the other letter, he shares a completely different story.
124 (return)
In 73° 30′ S.! There is no such statement in the other
letter.
124 (return)
At 73° 30′ S.! That statement doesn't appear in the other letter.
125 (return)
Policletus was not a painter.
Policletus wasn’t an artist.
126 (return)
He may mean their orbits, not the stars themselves; but
in either case he is talking nonsense.
126 (return)
He might be referring to their paths, not the stars themselves; but in either case, he's being ridiculous.
127 (return)
Zenit in the Italian version.
127 (__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)
Zenit in the Italian edition.
128 (return)
Gonzalo Coelho, according to Damian de Goez, sailed from
Lisbon on an expedition to Brazil, with six ships, on June 10th, 1503.
128 (return)
Gonzalo Coelho, as per Damian de Goez, left Lisbon on an expedition to Brazil, with six ships, on June 10, 1503.
129 (return)
This may mean either 33° S. lat.; or 33° from the Pole,
which would be 57° S. lat. Malacca is in 2° 14′ N. lat.
129 (return)
This could refer to either 33° S latitude or 33° from the Pole, which would be 57° S latitude. Malacca is located at 2° 14′ N latitude.
130 (return)
Fernando Noronha is probably intended.
130 (return)
Fernando Noronha is likely being referenced.
131 (return)
Bahia.
Bahia.
132 (return)
If this is intended for Gonzalo Coelho, the only Portuguese
commander who is recorded to have sailed from Lisbon for Brazil in 1503,
the statement is false. He returned safely with four out of his six
ships.
132 (return)
If this is meant for Gonzalo Coelho, the only Portuguese commander known to have sailed from Lisbon to Brazil in 1503, the statement is incorrect. He came back safely with four of his six ships.
133 (return)
Navarrete, i, 351.
134 (return)
In the library of San Marco at Venice, in the books of
notes of correspondence of Venetian diplomatists with the Secretary
Marino Sanuto, near the end of vol. vi. (Varnhagen, Nouvelles
Recherches, p. 12.)
134 (return)
In the library of San Marco in Venice, in the correspondence notes of Venetian diplomats with Secretary Marino Sanuto, near the end of vol. vi. (Varnhagen, Nouvelles Recherches, p. 12.)
135 (return)
Juan de la Cosa.
Juan de la Cosa.
136 (return)
Vianelo was misinformed as to Vespucci having accompanied
Juan de la Cosa on this voyage in 1506. There are documentary proofs
that Vespucci was in Spain during the whole of that year. There was an
intention of sending him, with Vicente Pinzon, in search of the Spice
Islands by the west, and he was consulted on the subject in August 1506,
but the intention was abandoned. The account given by Vianelo of the
voyage (especially the stories about the dragons and the gold) may have
been furnished by Vespucci. It is quite in his manner.
136 (return)
Vianelo was mistaken about Vespucci joining Juan de la Cosa on this voyage in 1506. There is evidence that Vespucci was in Spain for the entire year. There were plans to send him, along with Vicente Pinzon, to search for the Spice Islands to the west, and he was consulted about it in August 1506, but those plans were dropped. The account Vianelo provided about the voyage (especially the tales of dragons and gold) may have come from Vespucci. It definitely fits his style.
138 (return)
Vernicare, "to varnish".
139 (return)
Assassimo (?).
Assassimo (?).
140 (return)
Nav., iii, 292, from the Archives of Simancas.
140 (return)
Nav., iii, 292, from the Archives of Simancas.
141 (return)
It has been pretended that John Cabot had sighted the
continent in the previous year, but this is not so. He only sighted Cape
Breton and other islands. In his second voyage he sighted the continent
(1498), but the month is unknown.
141 (return)
It has been claimed that John Cabot saw the continent the year before, but that's not true. He only saw Cape Breton and some other islands. On his second voyage, he did see the continent (1498), but the exact month is unknown.
142 (return)
Las Casas only knew the Latin version.
142 (return)
Las Casas only knew the Latin version.
143 (return)
Juan de la Cosa was called "Vizcaino" (Biscayan) by his
contemporaries; but he was a native of Santoña, in the province of
Santander, a place which was not then, and never had been, in Biscay, or
in the Basque country.
143 (return)
Juan de la Cosa was referred to as "Vizcaino" (Biscayan) by his peers; however, he was originally from Santoña, in the province of Santander, an area that was neither part of Biscay nor the Basque country at that time, and never had been.
144 (return)
The words "other pilots" are to be coupled with Juan de
la Cosa, certainly not with Vespucci, who then went to sea for the first
time, in advanced middle age, and could in no sense be called a pilot.
144 (return)
The term "other pilots" should refer to Juan de la Cosa, definitely not to Vespucci, who only went to sea for the first time in his later years and cannot be considered a pilot in any way.
145 (return)
So in the Latin edition. In the Italian version L is
substituted for P, and b for s, making Lariab. This may be a
misprint, but in the absence of the manuscript it is not possible to be
sure whether the original word was Parias, or Lariab, or something
else. Las Casas bases part of his argument on the use of the word
Paria by Vespucci; but the case against the Florentine's alleged first
voyage is quite conclusive, without this fact. If Vespucci did use the
word Lariab, it must have been invented by him, like Iti. It is in
favour of Lariab that the Italian version only passed from manuscript
to print, while the Latin version was translated first into French, and
thence into Latin, before it was printed. On the other hand, there is
evidence that the editors of the Latin version were unacquainted with
the details of the third voyage of Columbus, in which the word Paria
first occurs. It, therefore, is not possible that the word can have been
inserted mistakenly by them. It seems, therefore, that Lariab is a
misprint of the Italian compositors, and that Parias was the word in
the manuscript of Vespucci.
145 (return)
So in the Latin edition. In the Italian version, L is replaced with P, and b with s, resulting in Lariab. This could be a typo, but without the manuscript, it's impossible to determine if the original word was Parias, Lariab, or something else. Las Casas bases part of his argument on Vespucci's use of the word Paria; however, the case against the Florentine's supposed first voyage is already quite convincing, regardless of this detail. If Vespucci did use the term Lariab, it would have been a word he created, similar to Iti. It's in favor of Lariab that the Italian version transitioned directly from manuscript to print, while the Latin version was first translated into French, and then into Latin, before being published. On the flip side, there’s evidence that the editors of the Latin version were unfamiliar with the details of Columbus's third voyage, where the word Paria first appears. Therefore, it seems unlikely that the word was mistakenly included by them. Thus, it appears that Lariab is likely a typo made by the Italian typesetters, and that Parias was the word in Vespucci’s manuscript.
146 (return)
This is so. The departure, in the Latin version, is on
May 20th, 1497; in the Italian it is May 10th, 1497. The date of the
return is 1499 in the Latin, and 1498 in the Italian edition.
146 (return)
That's correct. The departure date in the Latin version is May 20, 1497; in the Italian version, it's May 10, 1497. The return date is 1499 in the Latin edition and 1498 in the Italian edition.
147 (return)
Columbus arrived at Santo Domingo, on his third voyage,
after discovering Trinidad and the mainland of America, on August 31st,
1498. He found Francisco de Roldan in open rebellion against his brother,
the Adelantado. On October 18th, 1498, he sent five ships to Spain with
a cargo of dyewood, and 600 slaves. By these ships the Admiral despatched
his chart of the new discoveries, with a report, and two long letters
giving an account of the rebellion of Roldan and the state of the colony.
Las Casas believes that letters full of complaints of the Admiral were
also sent home by Roldan and his accomplices. The father of Las Casas,
who had gone out with Columbus in 1493, returned to Spain by this
opportunity.
147 (return)
Columbus arrived in Santo Domingo during his third voyage, after discovering Trinidad and the mainland of America, on August 31, 1498. He found Francisco de Roldan openly rebelling against his brother, the Adelantado. On October 18, 1498, he sent five ships to Spain loaded with dyewood and 600 slaves. Through these ships, the Admiral sent his map of the new discoveries, along with a report and two long letters detailing Roldan's rebellion and the situation of the colony. Las Casas believes that Roldan and his accomplices also sent back letters full of complaints about the Admiral. Las Casas' father, who had accompanied Columbus in 1493, returned to Spain on this occasion.
149 (return)
Juan de la Cosa.
Juan de la Cosa.
150 (return)
Latin version. The Italian version has thirty-seven days.
150 (return)
Latin version. The Italian version has 37 days.
151 (return)
Jacmel.
Jacmel.
152 (return)
Jacmel.
Jacmel.
153 (return)
Juan de la Cosa.
Juan de la Cosa.
154 (return)
Puerto Rico.
Puerto Rico.
155 (return)
Nav., iii, p. 558.
156 (return)
Paria.
Paria.
157 (return)
Navarrete, iii, 558. Peter Martyr (Dec. I, Lib. x) says
that Yañez turned his course to his left hand, by the east, to Paria,
and among the princes who came to him were Chiauaccha and Pintguanus.
157 (return)
Navarrete, iii, 558. Peter Martyr (Dec. I, Lib. x) mentions that Yañez changed his direction to the left, heading east towards Paria, and among the leaders who met with him were Chiauaccha and Pintguanus.
158 (return)
Pedro de Ledesma (being 37 in March 1513, Nav., iii,
539) was born at Seville in 1476. Gregorio Camacho heard him say that
he accompanied Columbus in his first voyage (Nav., iii, 588) when he
would have been aged 16. He was with Columbus in the fourth voyage,
serving as a seaman in the Vizcaina, under Bartolomè Fieschi,
1503-1504, aged 27. He very gallantly swam on shore over a bar to get
tidings at Veragua, but joined the mutineers at Jamaica, and was very
severely wounded. In his evidence he said he was Captain and Pilot,
which is false. He was pilot with Pinzon and Solis in 1510, and pilot
1511-14. He sailed with Solis to Rio de la Plata, and was drowned on the
voyage home in 1516. Las Casas says he was stabbed to death in a street
in Seville (iii, 180).
158 (return)
Pedro de Ledesma, who was 37 in March 1513 (Nav., iii, 539), was born in Seville in 1476. Gregorio Camacho heard him say that he accompanied Columbus on his first voyage (Nav., iii, 588) when he would have been 16. He was with Columbus on the fourth voyage, working as a seaman on the Vizcaina under Bartolomè Fieschi from 1503 to 1504, when he was 27. He bravely swam to shore over a bar to gather news at Veragua but later joined the mutineers in Jamaica and was seriously wounded. In his testimony, he claimed to be the Captain and Pilot, which was not true. He was a pilot with Pinzon and Solis in 1510 and served as a pilot from 1511 to 1514. He sailed with Solis to Rio de la Plata and drowned on the way back in 1516. Las Casas reports that he was stabbed to death in a street in Seville (iii, 180).
159 (return)
A mistake for east.
A mistake for east.
160 (return)
Lib. 11, chap. xxxix.
Lib. 11, chap. 39.
161 (return)
See also Peter Martyr, Dec. II, Lib. vii, p. 85.
161 (return)
See also Peter Martyr, Dec. II, Lib. vii, p. 85.
163 (return)
Paria.
Paria.
164 (return)
Statement of Ledesma, which is erroneous.
164 (return)
Statement from Ledesma, which is incorrect.
Transcriber's Notes:
Inconsistencies in the usage of capitalization, accents and spelling are preserved as printed. As remarked upon in several footnotes, these variations reflect linguistic differences present in the original material from which this text was translated and which have been retained as part of the translation process.
Inconsistencies in the use of capitalization, accents, and spelling are kept as printed. As noted in several footnotes, these variations reflect linguistic differences found in the original material from which this text was translated and have been maintained as part of the translation process.
Minor obvious typographic errors have been corrected.
Minor obvious typographic errors have been fixed.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!